Wiring and troubleshooting.pdf - Spooled up Racing

ON-BOARD"DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [TSGO] 2-7
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
{
__
® @@
-H _ _ ___ ____ _ (2200rCC)
G: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CIRCUIT
WIRING DIAGRAM:
_
__
Shield joint
connector
(1800 cc)
@ @
@
t---Crankshaft
position
, . sensor
Crankshaft
sprocket
j
i '2TU'"3'4T1J 56
J 7 8 l n
17181920 21 2212324 25 2627 282930]1
45464748 49 15051 52 5354 555657
71 7273747517677 78798081 82 83
L
L
@
®
rum
@
@
(1800 cc) (2200 cc)
1 2 34
56 78
910 1112
456 1314 1516
H2M1618
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
NOTE:
Check crankshaft position sensor circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AKO]. >
125

Ii
2-7 [TSHO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
8. Diagnostics fo r Engine Starting Failure
H: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
a=iE--------------
®®
(2
_ _ -__ -__ - _
_-__
-_""'"
Shield joint
connector
(1800
@ @
Camshaft
position
sensor
@ ? sprocket
Icamshaft
.
® ®
(1800 (2200
f rL '3'4u 5 6 l '781.1,
17 181920 21 22123 24 25 2627 28 2930\
45 46 47 48 49 150 51 52 53 54 55 5657
71 72 73 74 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83
L
fT'I2bl
rnmm
1 2 3 4
56 78
910 111 :1
13 14 1J 16
H2M1619
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
NOTE:
Check camshaft position sensor circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AMO]. >
126

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T8HO] 2-7
8. Diagnostics for Engine Starting Failure
MEMO:
127

2-7 [T9AO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
9. General Diagnostic Table
9. General Diagnostic Table
A: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH
NONCONFORMITY SYMPTOM FOR ENGINE
NOTE:
Malfunction of parts other than those listed is also possible.
Symptom
1. Engine stalls during idling.
2. Rough idling
3. Engine does not return to idle.
4. Poor acceleration
S. Engine stalls or engine sags or hesitates at
acceleration.
Problem parts
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Mass air flow sensor
3) Ignition parts (*1)
4) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
S) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
6) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
7) EGR valve
8) Fuel injection parts (*4)
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Mass air flow sensor
3) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
4) Ignition parts (*1)
S) Air intake system (OS)
6) Fuel injection parts (*4)
7) Throttle position sensor
8) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
9) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
10) EGR valve
11) Oxygen sensor
12) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Idle air control solenoid valve
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
3) Accelerator cable (*6)
4) Throttle position sensor
S) Mass air flow sensor
1) Mass air flow sensor
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Fuel injection parts (*4)
4) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
S) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
6) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
7) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
8) AIC switch and AIC cut relay
9) Engine torque control signal circuit
10) Ignition parts (*1)
1) Mass air flow sensor
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
3) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
4) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
S) Purge control solenoid valve
6) EGR valve
7) Fuel injection parts (*4)
8) Throttle position sensor
9) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
128

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
[T9AO] 2-7
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
6. Surge
Problem parts
1) Mass air flow sensor
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
3) Crankshaft position sensor (*3)
4) Camshaft position sensor (*3)
5) EGR valve
6) Fuel injection parts (*4)
7) Throttle position sensor
8) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
1) Mass air flow sensor
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Spark knock 3) Knock sensor
4) Fuel injection parts (*4)
5) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
8. After burning in exhaust system
*1: Check ignitor, ignition coil and spark plug.
*2: Indicate the symptom occurring only in cold temperatures.
*3: Ensure the secure installation.
*4: Check fuel injector, fuel pressure regulator and fuel fi lter.
*5: Inspect air leak in air intake system.
*6: Adjust accelerator cable.
1) Mass air flow sensor
2) Engine coolant temperature sensor (*2)
3) Fuel injection parts (*4)
4) Fuel pump and fuel pump relay
129

2-7 [T9BO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
9, General Diagnostic Table
B: GENERAL DIAGNOSTICS TABLE WITH
NONCONFORMITY SYMPTOM FOR
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Symptom
Starter does not rotate when select lever is in "P" or "N";
starter rotates when select lever is in "R", "D", "3" or "2",
Abnormal noise when select lever is in "P" or "N",
Hissing noise occurs during standing start.
Noise occurs while driving in "D1",
Noise occUrs while driving in "D2",
Noise occurs while driving in "D3",
Noise occurs while driving in "D4",
Engine stalls while shifting from one range to another.
Vehicle moves when select lever is in "N",
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "N" to "D",
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from
li N" to "0".
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "N" to "R",
Problem parts
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Select cable
3) Select lever
4) Starter motor and harness
1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid C
3) Oil pump
4) Drive plate
5) ATF level too high or too low
1) Strainer
2) ATF level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Planetary gear
3) Reduction gear
4) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Low & reverse brake
3) Reduction gear
4) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Low & reverse brake
3) Planetary gear
4) Reduction gear
5) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Control valve
2) Lock-up damper
3) Engine performance
1) Control unit
2) Inhibitor switch
3) Forward clutch
1) Control module
2) Accumulator ("N" to "D")
3) Control valve
4) ATF deterioration
5) Dropping resistor
1) Control module
2) Control valve
3) Forward clutch
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Forward clutch seal ring
6) Front gasket transmission case
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (4A)
3) Control valve
4) ATF deterioration
5) Dropping resistor
130

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T980] 2-7
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from
liN" to "R".
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine stalls).
/
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "R" range only (engine revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "R" range only (engine stalls).
Vehicle does not start in "0", "3" or "2" range only (engine
revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "0", "3", "2" or "1" range only
(engine revving up).
Vehicle does not tarl in "0", "3", "2" or "1" range only
(engine stalls).
Vehicle starts in "R" range only (engine revving up).
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (high stall rpm).
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (lOW stall rpm).
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in "0", "3" or "2"
range (normal stall rpm).
Problem parts
1) Control valve
2) Low & reverse clutch
3) Reverse clutch
4) Duty solenoid A
5)
Forward clutch seal ring
6) Front gasket transmission case
1) Parking brake mechanism
2) Planetary gear
1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid A
3) Control valve
4) Drive pinion
5) Hypoid gear
6) Axle shaft
7) Differential gear
8) Oil pump
9) Input shaft
10) Output shaft
11) Planetary gear
12) Drive plate
13) ATF level too low
14) Front gasket transmission case
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Control valve
4) Low & reverse clutch
5) Reverse clutch
1) Forward clutch
2) Band brake
3) Planetary gear
4) Parking brake mechanism
1) Forward clutch
2) One-way clutch (1-2)
1) Forward clutch
1) Reverse clutch
1) Control valve
1) Control valve
2) Forward clutch
3) Reverse clutch
4) ATF level too low
Front gasket transmission case
5)
1) Oil pump
2) Torque converter one-way clutch
3) Engine performance
1) Control module
2) Control valve
3) High clutch
4) Brake band
5)
Planetary gear
131

2-7 [T980] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in "R" (normal stall
rpm).
No shift occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
No shift occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
No shift occurs from 3rd to 4th gear.
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "3"
range.
Problem parts
1) Control module
2) Overrunning clutch
3) High clutch
4) Brake band
5) Planetary gear
1) Control module
2) Vehicle speed sensor 1
3) Vehicle speed sensor 2
4) Throttle position sensor
5) Shift solenoid 1
6) Shift solenoid 2
7) Control valve
8) Brake band
1) Control module
2) Control valve
3) High clutch
4) One-way clutch (3-4)
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (3R)
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Control valve
5) Band brake
1)
Inhibitor switch
2) Control module
Throttle position sensor
3)
4) Control valve
5) Shift solenoid 3
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "3" or 1) Control valve
"2" range. 2) Overrunning clutch
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "1"
range.
Shift characteristics are erroneous.
No lock-up occurs.
Parking brake is not effected.
Shift lever cannot be moved or is hard to move from "P"
range.
ATF spurts out.
Differential oil spurts out.
Differential oil level changes excessively.
1) Control valve
2) Low & reverse brake clutch
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Control module
3) Vehicle speed sensor 1
4) Vehicle speed sensor 2
5) Throttle pOSition sensor
6) Control valve
1) Control module
2) Throttle pOSition sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Control valve
5) Lock-up facing
6) Engine speed signal
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Parking mechanism
1) ATF level too high
1) Differential gear oil too high
1) Seal pipe
2) Double oil seal
132

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
[T980] 2-7
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Odor is produced from ATF supply pipe.
Shock occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
Slippage occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
Shock occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
Slippage occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
Shock occurs from 3rd to 4th gear.
Problem parts
1) Transfer clutch
2) Forward clutch
3) Overrunning clutch
4) High clutch
5) Band brake
6) Low & reverse clutch
7) Reverse clutch
8) Lock-up facing
9) ATF deterioration
1) Control module
2) Throttle position snsor
3) Accumulator (2A)
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
8) ATF deterioration
9) Engine performance
10) Dropping resistor
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Accumulator (2A)
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Accumulator (3R)
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) High clutch
8) Band brake
9) ATF deterioration
10) Engine performance
11) Dropping resistor
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Accumulator (3R)
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) High clutch
8) Band brake
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Accumulator
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Overrunning clutch
8) Band brake
9) ATF deterioration
10) Engine performance
133

2-7 [T980] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Slippage occurs from 3rd to 4th gear.
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "3" to "2"
range.
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "D" to "1"
range.
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "2" to "1"
range.
Shock occurs when accelerator pedal is released at medium
speeds.
Vibration occurs during straight-forward operation.
Vibration occurs during turns (tight corner "braking" phenomenon).
Problem parts
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) Accumulator
4) ATF temperature sensor
5) Duty solenoid A
6) Control valve
7) Band brake
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Control valve
6) Overrunning clutch
7) Band brake
8) A TF deterioration
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Control valve
6) A TF deterioration
7) Low & reverse brake_
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Control valve
6) Low & reverse clutch
7) ATF deterioration
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Control valve
6) Lock-up damper
7) Engine performance
1) Control module
2) Duty solenoid B
3) Lock-up facing
4) Lock-up damper
1) Control module
2) Vehicle speed sensor 1
3) Vehicle speed sensor 2
4) Throttle position sensor
5) ATF temperature sensor
6) Transfer clutch
7) Transfer valve
8) Duty solenoid C
9) ATF deterioration
134

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
[T9BO] 2-1
9. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Front wheel slippage occurs during standing starts.
Vehicle is not set in FWD mode.
Select lever is hard to move.
Select lever is too high to move (unreasonable resistance).
Select lever slips out of operation during acceleration or
while driving on rough terrain.
Problem parts
1) Control module
2) Vehicle speed sensor 2
3) FWD switch
4) Throttle position sensor
5) ATF temperature sensor
6) Control valve
7) Transfer clutch
8) Transfer valve
9) Transfer pipe
10) Duty solenoid C
11) Transfer clutch hub
1) Control module
2) FWD switch
3) Transfer clutch
4) Transfer valve
5) Duty solenoid C
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
i) Detent spring
2) Manual plate
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
135

2-7 [T10AO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
A: DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) LIST
DTC Abbreviation
No. (Subaru Select Monitor)
Item
Page
P0101 QA-RLOW Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input) 140
P0102 QA-LOW Mass air flow sensor circuit low input 142
P0103 QA-HI Mass air flow sensor circuit high input 148
P0106 PS-R2 Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem 152
P0107 P-SLOW Pressure sensor circuit low input 156
P0108 P-SHI Pressure sensor circuit high input 160
P01 16 TW-LOW Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input 166
P01 17 TW-HI Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input 170
P0121 TH-RHI Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem' (high input) 174
P0122 THV-LOW Throttle position sensor circuit low input 176
P0123 THV-HI Throttle position sensor circuit high input 182
P0125 TW-CL Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control 186
P0130 F02-V Front oxygen sensor circuit malfunction 188
P0133 F02-R Front oxygen sensor circuit slow response 192
P0135 F02H Front oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction 194
P0136 R02-V Rear oxygen sensor circuit malfunction 198
P0139 R02-R Rear oxygen sensor circuit slow response 202
P0141 R02H Rear oxygen sensor heater circuit malfunction 204
P0170 FUEL Fuel trim malfunction 208
P0181 TNKT-F Fuel temperature sensor A circuit range/performance problem 214
P0182 TNKT-LOW Fuel temperature sensor A circuit low input 216
P0183 TNKT-HI Fuel temperature sensor A circuit high input 220
P0261 INJ1 Fuel injector circuit low input - #1 224
P0262 INJ1-HI Fuel injector circuit high input - #1 230
P0264 INJ2 Fuel injector circuit low input - #2 224
P0265 INJ2-HI Fuel injector circuit high input - #2 230
P0267 INJ3 Fuel injector circuit low input - #3 224
P0268 INJ3-HI Fuel injector circuit high input - #3 230
P0270 INJ4 Fuel injector circuit low input - #4 224
P0271 INJ4-HI Fuel injector circuit high input - #4 230
P0301 MIS-1 Cylinder 1 misfire detected 234
P0302 MIS-2 Cylinder 2 misfire detected 234
P0303 MIS-3 Cylinder 3 misfire detected 234
P0304 MIS-4 Cylinder 4 misfire detected 234
P0325 KNOCK Knock sensor circuit malfunction 244
P0335 CRANK Crankshaft position sensor circuit malfunction 248
P0336 CRANK-R Crankshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem 252
P0340 CAM Camshaft position sensor circuit malfunction 254
136

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AO] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
DTC Abbreviation
No. (Subaru Select Monitor)
P0341
CAM-R
P0400
EGR
P0403 EGRSOL
P0420
CAT
P0440
EVAP
P0441
CPC-F
P0443
CPC
P0446 VCMSOL-LO
P0451 TNKP-F
P0452 TN KP-LOW
P0453 TNKP-HI
P0461
FLVL-R
P0462 FLVL-LOW
P0463 FLVL-HI
P0500
VSP
P0505
ISC
P0506 ISC-RLOW
P0507 ISC-RHI
P0600
-
P0601
RAM
P0703
ATBRK
P0705
ATRNG
P0710
ATF
P0720
ATVSP
P0725
ATNE
P0731
ATGR1
P0732
ATGR2
P0733
ATGR3
P0734
ATGR4
P0740 ATLU-F
P0743
ATLU
P0748
ATPL
P0753
ATSFT1
P0758
ATSFT2
P0760 ATOVR-F
P0763
ATOVR
P1100 ST-SWOFF
P1101
N-SW
P1 101 N-SWOFF
P1 102
BR
Item
Page
Camshaft position sensor circuit range/performance problem 258
Exhaust gas recirculation flow malfunction 260
Exhaust gas recirculation circuit low input 266
Catalyst system efficiency below threshold 270
Evaporative emission control system malfunction 272
Evaporative emission control system incorrect purge flow 276
Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit low input 278
Evaporative emission control system vent control low input 282
Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor range/performance
problem
Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor low input 288
Evaporative emission control system pressure sensor high input 294
Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem 300
Fuel level sensor circuit low input 302
Fuel level sensor circuit high input 308
Vehicle speed sensor malfunction 314
Idle control system malfunction 316
Idle control system RPM lower than expected 324
Idle control system RPM higher than expected 326
Serial communication link malfunction 328
Internal control module memory check sum error 330
Brake switch input malfunction 332
Transmission range sensor circuit malfunction 336
Transmission fluid temperature sensor circuit malfunction 355
Output speed sensor (vehicle speed sensor 1) circuit malfunction 356
Engine speed input circuit malfunction 357
Gear 1 incorrect ratio 358
Gear 2 incorrect ratio 358
Gear 3 incorrect ratio 358
Gear 4 incorrect ratio 358
Torque converter clutch system malfunction 362
Torque converter clutch system electrical 366
Pressure control solenoid electrical 367
Shift solenoid A electrical 368
Shift solenoid B electrical 369
Shift solenoid C malfunction 370
Shift solenoid C electrical 374
Starter switch circuit low input 376
Neutral position switch circuit malfunction [MT vehicles] 378
Neutral pOSition switch circuit high input [AT vehicles] 382
Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit low input 388
286
137

2-7 [T10AO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
DTC Abbreviation
No. (Subaru Select Monitor)
Item
P1 103 TRQ Engine torque control signal circuit malfunction
P1120 ST-SWON Starter switch circuit high input
P1121 N-SWON Neutral position switch circuitJow input [AT vehicles]
P1122 BR-HI Pressure sources switching solenoid valve circuit high input
P1141 QA-RHI Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input)
P1142 TH-RLOW Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input)
P1143 PS-RLOW Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (low input)
P1144 PS-RHI Pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem (high input)
P1400 PCVSOL-LO Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit low input
P1420 PCVSOL-HI Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve circuit high input
P1421 EGRSOL-HI Exhaust gas recirculation circuit high input
P1422 CPC-HI Evaporative emission control system purge control valve circuit high input
P1423 VCMSOL-HI Evaporative emission control system vent control high input
P1440 PCV-FLOW Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (low input)
P1441 PCV-FHI Fuel tank pressure control system function problem (high input)
P1442 FLVL-R2 Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance problem 2
P1500 FAN-1 Radiator fan relay 1 circuit low input
P1502 FAN-F Radiator fan function problem
P1507 ISC-SHI Idle control system malfunction (fail-safe)
P1520 FAN-1HI Radiator fan relay 1 circuit high input
P1540 VSP-S Vehicle speed sensor malfunction 2
P1700 ATTH Throttle position sensor circuit malfunction for automatic transmission
P1701 ATCRS Cruise control set signal circuit malfunction for automatic transmission
P1702 ATDIAG-LO Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit low input
P1722 ATDIAG-HI Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit high input
P1742 ATDIAG-2 Automatic transmission diagnosis input signal circuit malfunction
Page
392
396
398
402
406
408
410
414
416
420
424
428
432
436
440
444
446
450
452
454
458
460
462
464
468
472
138

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AO] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
139

2-7 [T1080] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POIOl
(FBI )
B: DTC P0101
- MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM
(LOW INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1056
----
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Erroneous idling
.. Engine stalls .
.. Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Ma in relay
=
®
S EeM· 7
®

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1081] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 1081 I CHECK DTC P0102 OR P0103 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0102 or
P0103?
6- Inspect DTC P0102 or P0103 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO] . >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0101 .
C§) : Replace mass air flow sensor.
141

2-7 [T10CO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI02
(FBI )
C: DTC P0102
- MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT lOW
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1058
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Ma in relay
=
,.-------------------------------------------------------,
_____________________________________________________ I
ID" I
I I
I
I I
"
Mass air
flow
sensor
f-----,: :
--QDf--------e$
® ® S8F-2
§m2
3 4
5
@
H2M1620
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
142

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10C1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10C1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
QA
1 . 67g / s
( F06 )
2.02V
B2M04B1
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FOG
.. F06: Mass air flow and voltage input from mass air flow
sensor are shown on display at the same time.
: Is the value equal to or more than 1.3 g/sec
or 0.3 V and equal to or less than 250 g/sec
or 5.0 V in function mode FOG?
Probable cause: Poor connect of connectors, circuit and
grounding line.
Gr::!: : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to a
normal condition at this time. A temporary poor
contact of the connector or harness may be the
cause. Repair harness or connector in the mass
air flow sensor.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open or ground short circuit in harness between mass
air flow sensor and ECM connector
.. Poor contact in mass air flow sensor or ECM con nector
C§) : Go to step 10C2.
143

2-7 [T10C2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
'---___________ B2 MO 532A
___ CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
10C2 VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground while engine is idling.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 0.3 V?
... Cv Go to step 10C3.
C§ : Go to next step 2).
QA ( F06 )
1 . 67g / s 2.02V
B2M0481
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground while engine is idling.
: Does the voltage change more than 0.3 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with Subaru select
monitor?
Repair poor contact in ECM con nector.
C£D :
C§ :
Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
10C3
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MASS AIR
FLOW SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from mass air flow sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between mass air flow sensor connector
and engine ground.
B2M0645A
144

12 Lf3'7"
1718192021222
15 647148119150
71 2 3174175 6'
L
®
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10C4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(83) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
0- Go to step 10C4.
: Repair open circuit in harness between main
relay and mass air flow sensor connector.
56 7 8 l-1 '/ 10C4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
.
125 (2627(282530 '--}-u
,\
3154155 15657 \
71.1 l(a0(a1 8283
®
/
r=r
Q
'-'-----"-
82M1059A
1112N'
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Discon nect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and mass
air flow sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 5 - (83) No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
0- : Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow
sensor connector
• Poor contact in mass air flow sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and mass
air flow sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 53 - (83) No. 3:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to step 10C5.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and mass air flow
sensor connector
• Poor contact in mass air flow sensor con nector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
145

2-7 [nOe5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M1060A
10C5
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 5 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Gr
:
Replace mass air flow sensor.
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and mass air flow sensor con nector.
146

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [noes] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
147

2-7 [T10DO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI03
D: DTC P0103
- MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
o Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1061
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
o Erroneous idling
o Engine stalls.
o Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
=
-------------------------------------------------------,
_____________________________________________________ I
v --4QO--------e---,$
I I
I I I
----,: :
"
_
® @) SBF-2
Mass air
flow
sensor
tftij
®
H2M1620
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
148

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10D1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
1001 THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
QA
1 67g .
/ s
( F06 )
2.02V
82M0481
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FOB
• F06: Mass air flow and voltage input from 'mass air flow
sensor are shown on display at the same time.
C€HC3> : Is the value equal to or more than 1.3 g/sec
or 0.3 V and equal to or less than 250 g/sec
or 5.0 V in function mode FOB?
Probable cause: Poor connect of connectors, circuit and
grounding line.
Cv : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to a
normal condition at this time.
@) : Go to step 1002.
149

2-7 [T10D2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
QA ( F06 )
1 . 67g / s 2.02V
B2M0481
10D2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from mass air flow sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Read data on Subaru select monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FOG
: Is the value more than 250 g/sec or 5 V in
function mode FOG?
C : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
mass air flow sensor and ECM connector. After
repair, replace ECM.
@) : Replace mass air flow sensor .
.. OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to OBO-II General
Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
150

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [110D2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
151

2-7 [T10EO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI06
E: DTC P0106
- PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1062
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
@
Shield joint
connector
*1 : 1800 cc
*2 : 2000 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
Main re lay
®®
SBF-2
® ® ®
(1800 cc) (2200 cc)
§±i]2
3 4
5 6
H2M1621
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
152

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10E2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10E1 CHECK DTC P0107, P0108, P1102 OR P1122
ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0107, P0108,
P1102 OR P1122?
C Inspect OTC P0107, P0108, P1 102 OR P1 122
using "10. Diag nostics Chart with Trouble Code".
< Ref. to 2-7 [T1 0AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect OTC P0106.
: Go to step 10E2.
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
aBO-II general scan tool )
..
..
_
_-,
.
\
(
Data link connector
for
MAN I:P
Subaru select
monitor only )
; ""'''
(F 2 1 )
29kPa218mmHg
82M0756
/ 10E2 / CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF .
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the aBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select Monitor or
the aBO-II general scan tool switch ON.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the aBO-II
general scan tool.
e Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F21 and F20
e F21 : Display shows pressure signal value sent from the
pressure sensor.
e F20: Display shows pressure signal value sent from the
pressure sensor.
: Is the value more than 85 kPa in function
mode F21 ?
Go to step 10E3.
: Go to next step 6).
153

2-7 [T10E3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
BARO.P (F 20)
1 O OkPa752mmHg
6) Read data an Subaru Select Manitar ar OBO-II general
scan taal.
: Is the value less than 32 kPa in function
mode F20?
Go. to' step 10E4.
C§) : Go. to' step 7).
B2M0755
BARO.P (F 20)
1 O OkPa752mmHg
B2M0755
7) Read data an Subaru Select Manitar or OBO-II general
scan taal.
: Is the value more than 133 kPa in function
mode F20?
Replace pressure sensar.
: Repair paar cantact in pressure sensar
can nectar, pressure saurces switching salenaid
valve cannectar, and ECM canne.ctar.
.. OBO-II general scan tao. I
Far detailed aperatian procedures, refer to' the OBO-II
General Scan Too.l Instructian Manual.
1800 cc model
'--____ _ __ ... ______ B 2M l _ _
B2M1269B
/ 10E3 / CHECK VACUUM HOSE.
: ./s there a fault in vacuum hose?
NOTE:
Check the fallawing items .
.. Oiscannectian af the vacuum hase fram pressure
saurces switching salenaid valve to' intake manifald
.. Hales in the vacuum hase between pressure saurces
switching salenaid valve to' intake manifald
_ -l .. Clagging af the vacuum hase between pressure
saurces switching salenaid valve to' intake manifald
.. Oiscannectian af the vacuum hase fram pressure sensar
to' pressure saurces switching salenaid valve
.. Hales in the vacuum hase between pressure sensar and
pressure saurces switching salenaid valve
.. Clagging af the vacuum hase between pressure sensar
and pressure saurces switching salenaid valve
.. Clagging af the filter
154
Repair ar replace hases ar filter.
Go. to' step 10E4.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10E4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M11338
----
10E4
CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING
SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does pressure sources switching solenoid
valve produce operating sound? (ON OFF
each 1.5 sec.)
NOTE:
Pressure sources switching solenoid valve operation
check can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor
(Function mode: FD10). For the procedure, refer to "COM­
PULSORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE". < Ref. to
2-7 [T3FO]. >
Replace pressure sensor.
: Replace pressure sources switching solenoid
valve.
155

2-7 [T10FO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI07
(FBI )
F: DTC P0107
- PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT lOW
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
82M1064
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
@
Shield joint
connector
*1: 1800 cc
*2 : 2000 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
Main relay
@®
SBF-2
@
@
(1800 ccl
a 45
@
(2200 ccl
1lml1
® @ ®
rnIDl
3 4
@ m 5 6
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts,
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
®
-5 678
H2M1621
conduct
156

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10F2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10F1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
MAN I.P (F 2 1 )
29kPa218mmHg
82M0756
5) Read the data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
DeSignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F21
• F21 : Display shows pressure signal value sent from
pressure sensor.
: Is the value less than 0 kPa in function mode
F21?
C Go to step 10F2.
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time.
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
82M0535A
10F2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 21 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Cvs) Go to next step 2).
: Go to next .
157

2-7 [T10F3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0535A
'/
rl
®
8 7 U 6 5 r-r;r'3 U"2Ff"
\\ 3C9827t 251241231222120191817
'\
57 565554/ I 2151 5C9B74645
U--
183182 81 80r 8177 176 5174 7 2 1
P
I.
n
'-
u
B2M0536A
BARO.P (F 20)
1 OOkPa752mmHg
B2M0755

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10F4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(82) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Go to next step 5).
(§) : Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and
pressure sensor con nector.
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
® '/
6) Disconnect connector from ECM.
fru'3 '4 U 5 6 U 7 8 u1!----r"t-
171819 212212 24251261272829301
L
45146 '''496051 253546656 m iJu
71 2 i 4 5176 7778 918C a 1 82 3
'---
/,
@
!ill]]]
n
-'-----"-
Q
B2M1065A
7) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 20 - (82) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C : Go to next step 8).
(§) :
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector
.. Poor contact in shield joint connector (883)
OBD0695A
8) Measure resistance of harness between pressure sensor
connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(82) No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance more than 500 kO?
C€ Go to step 10f4.
(§) :
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and pressure sensor con nector.
110f4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in pressure sensor con nector. < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in pressure sensor connector?

2-7 [T10GO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI08
(FBI )
G: DTC P0108
- PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1066
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
®
Shield joint
connector
*1: 1800 cc
Pressure sources
switching so lenoid
va lve
Main relay
*2: 2000 cc
®® SBF-2
®
®
(1800 ccl
WI 4 6
®
(2200 ccl
1lml1
® @ @)
3 4
c@p g 5 6
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts,
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
®
R 5678
H2M1621
conduct
160

(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
·
. OBD-II general scan tool )
··· 1
\
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10G2] 2-7
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select
monitor only )
7."",,, i
10G1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
MANI.P (F 2 1 )
29kPa218mmHg
B2M0756
5) Read the data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F21
• F21: Display shows pressure signal value sent from
pressure sensor.
: Is the value more than 140 kPa in function
mode F21?
C) : Go to step 10GS.
(§) : Go to step 10G2.
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
82M0535A
10G2
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 21 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Go to next step 2) .
(§) : Go to next .
161

2-7 [T10G2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
82M0535A

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10G3] 2-7
10.·Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0693A
10G3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between pressure sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(82) No. 3 (+ ) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
. : Go to next step 5).
C® : Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and
pressure sensor connector.
884
f'2rL '34"-' 5 6
1718 9 21222:3124125 2
456 74E49 05152
71 2 :7 5 67778.
L
1/
7 8 Lrl
f---r1.
27282930 8
l 4 5 657
'8081 823 '--I 1 2
n
Q
...::....--.::.
I.
B2M0537A
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Discon nect connector from ECM.
7) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 26 - (82) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
cY Go to next step 8) .
C® : Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and
pressure sensor connector.
8) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 20 - (82) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C : Go to step 10G4.
C® : Repair harness and connector
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector
• Poor contact in shield joint connector (883)
163

2-7 [T10G4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MANI.P (F 2 1 )
29kPa218mmHg
B2M0756
110G4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in pressure sensor connector. < Ref.
to FOREWORO [T3C1].>

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10G5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
165

2-7 [nOHOl ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
,
PO 116
B2Ml067
----
H: DTC P01 16
- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Hard to start
• Erroneous idling
• Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
Shield joint
connector
f J'"3"'41lJ 5 6 J 7 8 L
17 18 1920 21 22123 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
4 46 47 48 49150 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
L
71 72 73 74 75176 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
*1 :@
(1800 cc)
,.....,
1 2 34
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
*2 :@
(2200 cc)
*3 :@
(1800 cc)
ni2I3l
*4 :@
(2200 cc)
m2f3rn
®
H2M1622
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [TlDO] and [TlEO]. >
166

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10H2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10H1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
TW
( F04 )
176 O F
B2M0479
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F04
• F04: Water temperature is indicated in 110C" and "°F".
: Is the value greater than 150°C or 300°F in
function mode F04?
Cv : Go to step 10H2.
C§) : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sensor
• Poor contact in ECM
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10H2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOL-
ANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove air intake duct. < Ref. to 2-7 [W1AO] . >
3) Remove idle air control solenoid valve by-pass air hose
(2200 cc model).
4) Discon nect connector from engine coolant temperature
sensor.
5) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor or
OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
167

2-7 [T10H2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
TW (F04 )
176 O F
B2M0479
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F04
• F04: Water temperature is indicated in C 110 "
and "°F".
S : Is the value less than -40°C or -40°F in function
mode F04?
: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
C® : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
engine coolant temperature sensor and ECM connector.
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
168

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10H2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
169

2-7 [T1010] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
L-
OBD
PO 117
__ __ __ __ B2M106B
______ __ ____ ____
I: DTC P0117
- ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Hard to start
.. Erroneous idling
.. Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
®
Shield joint
connector
*1 :@
(1800 cc)
1 2 3 14
56 7'8
910 11 12
13 14 1510
*2 :@
(2200 cc)
*3 :@
(1800 cc)
ni2l3l
*4 :@
(2200 cc)
m213T4l
®
H2M1622
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2·7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
170

(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
OBD-II general scan tool )
«· 1
\
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1012] 2-7
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select
monitor only )
7.M118"
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
1011 THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBo-1i general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBo-11 general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
TW
( F04 )
82M0479
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBo-1i general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F04
• F04: Water temperature is indicated in 11 0 C " and "°F".
: Is the value less than -40°C or -40°F ;n function
mode F04?
C : Go to step 1m3.
(§) : Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sensor
• Poor contact in ECM
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
• OBo-11 general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBo-1i
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
1m2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ENGINE COOL-
ANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND ECM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove air intake duct.
3) Remove idle air control solenoid valve by-pass air hose.
(2200 cc model)
4) Disconnect connector from engine coolant temperature
sensor.
171

2-7 [T1013] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
":"
CJ
@

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [n0l3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0697A
2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
3) Measure resistance of harness between engine coolant
temperature sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(EB) No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 Q?
(5r : Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and engine coolant
temperature sensor connector
.. Poor contact in engine coolant temperature sensor
connector
.. Poor contact in ECM connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (821)
.. Poor contact in shield joint con nector (883)
173

2-7 [T10JO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
POl2I
B2M1069
J: DTC P0121
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH
INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
____
@
Shie ld joint
connector
®B
__
__
__
________
21
Thrott le
position
sensor
*1 : @
(1800 cc)
1 2 134
f 1'3"'4"" 56 J 78 L
17 18 1920 21 22 2324 25 26 27 28 29 301\ 56 II Itl
45 46 47 48 49 5051 52 5354 55 5657 91011 12
71 72737475 767778 79 80 81 82 83 13141 16
*2 : @
(2200 *3 : @ *4 : @
cc) (1800 cc) (2200
rrf2t3l
rm:mJ
cc)
m2i3T4l
H2M1623
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
174

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10J1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10J1
/ CHECK DTC P0122 OR P0123 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate D rC P0122 or
P0123?
Inspect DTC P0122 or P0123 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T1 0AO] . >
NOTE:
In ' this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P01 21.
: Replace throttle position sensor.
175

2-7 [T10KO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
POI22
B2M1070
K: DTC P0122
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Shield joint
connector
®B
== @ __ ====== rn ®
E2 ________
Thrott
le
position
sensor
* 1 : @
(1800 ee)
*2 : @
(2200 cd
*3 : @
(1800 ee)
*4 : @
(2200 ee)
34
5678
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
1 2
ni2t3l
[ill]Q]
m2f3r4l
H2M1623
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
176

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10K1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10K1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
THV
(F07 )
0% O. 21V
B2M0482
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
DeSignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F07
• F07: Throttle position sensor output signal is indicated.
: Is the value less than 0.1 V in function mode
F07?
6') Go to step 10G2.
C® : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. A temporary poor
contact of the con nector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B21)
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
177

2-7 [T10K2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
10K2 VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground while throttle valve is fully closed.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 21 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
@: : Go to next step 2).
(§) : Go to next .
: Does the voltage change more than 4.5 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with voltage meter?

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10K3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0700A
10K3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CONNEC­
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from throttle position sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between throttle position sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 3 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Cv : Go to next step 5).
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between throttle position sensor
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821)
B2M0543A
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and throttle position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 6 - (E13) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Cv : Go to next step 7).
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between throttle position sensor
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821)
179

2-7 [T10K4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0702A
7) Measure resistance of harness between throttle position
sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Cv Repair ground short circuit in harness between
throttle position sensor and ECM connector.
@) Go to step 10K4.
110K4 ICHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in throttle position sensor connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in throttle position sensor
connector?
Cv Repair poor contact in throttle position sensor
connector.
@) Replace throttle position sensor.
180

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10K4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
181

2-7 [T10LO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI23
(FBI )
l: DTC P0123
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1071
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Shield joint
connector
®B
®
Throttle
position
sensor
f '2ru'34L 5 6 ..J/'Sru7
17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1\
45 46 47 48 49 .50 51 52 5354 55 56 157
7172 7374 75 7677 78 79 80 81 82 83
L
* 1 :@
(1800 cc)
34
5678
1 2
910 11 12
1314 15 16
*2 : @
(2200 cc)
*3 : @
(1800 cc)
ni2I3l
till1Q]
*4 :@
(2200 cc)
rn2i3T4l
H2M1623
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
182

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10l1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10L1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
THV
( F07 )
0% O. 21V
B2M04B2
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F07
.. FO?: Throttle position sensor output signal is indicated.
: Is the value more than 4.9 V in function
mode F07?
Cv : Go to step 10L2.
C® : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to a
normal condition at this time. A temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector
.. Poor contact in ECM connector
.. Poor contact in coupling con nector (B21)
.. OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
183

2-7 [T10L2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0703A
10L2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR AND BODY CONNEC·
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from throttle position sensor.
3) Measure resistance of harness between throttle position
sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 O?
C) : Go to next step 4).
C® : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between throttle position sensor
and ECM connector
.. Poor contact in shield joint connector (883)
OBD0704A
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between throttle position sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E13) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.9 V?
0' : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
throttle position sensor and ECM connector. After
repair, replace ECM.
C®
Replace throttle position sensor.
184

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10l2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
185

2-7 [T10MO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
M: DTC P0125
- INSUFFICIENT COOLANT TEMPERATURE
FOR CLOSED LOOP FUEL CONTROL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
POI25
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
0800191
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine would not return to idling.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Engine coolant
temperature sensor
Shield joint
connector
*1 :@
(1800 eel
-"',
f '2fL 3'4" J 5 6 u7'SH i 1 2 3 4
17181920 21 22 2324 2526127 2829 30 \ 56 j l/j
45 464748 49 50 51 5253154 55 56
910
71 73 74 75 76 7778 7918081 82 83
13 141 16
L
57
ll 1z
*2 :@
(2200 eel
*3 :@
(1800 eel
rri'2I3l
[ill]Q]
*4 :@
(2200 eel
rn2i3r4J
®
H2M1622
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
186

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10M1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10M1 I CHECK DlC P0116 OR P0117 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0116 or
@
P0117?
Inspect DTC P01 16 or P01 17 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T1 0AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0125.
: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
187

2-7 [T10NO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
(FBI)
N: DTC P0130
-. FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
P0130
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
09D0199
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
®®
SB F-2
----G4r---------.
@
@ Front oxygen sensor
a:'-===-====,====================:
*1 :

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10N2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10N1
CHECK FOR OTHER CAUSES AFFECTING
EXHAUST GAS.
: Is CO % more than 2 % after engine warmup?
Cv : Check fuel system.
NOTE:
• Check for use of improper fuel.
• Check if engine oil or coolant level is extremely low.
@) Go to step 10N2.
1 10N2 I CHECK FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect the Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Start engine and Turn the Subaru Select Monitor and
the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Warm-up the engine until coolant temperature is above
70°C (160°F) and keep the engine speed at 2,000 rpm to
3,000 rpm for one minute.
02max - min ( FI2 )
O.80V O IOV
.
82M0487
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F12
• F12: Front oxygen sensor max. and min. output signals
are indicated at the same time.

2-7 [T10N3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1625A
10N3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FRONT OXY­
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between front oxygen sensor harness
connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(818) No. 4 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 0.2 V?
C : Go to step 10N4.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and front oxygen
sensor connector
• Poor contact in the ECM connector
1 10N4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in front oxygen sensor
connector?
Qr Repair poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector.
Replace front oxygen sensor.
190

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10N4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
191

2-7 [11000] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
0: DTC P0133
- FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
POl33
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
OBD0209
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main re lay
®® SBF-2
----n4----O-----
@
@ Front oxygen sensor
a=-'-===-===='====================:
*1 :@
*2 :@
@ *1 :@ *2 :@ @)
(1800 eel (2200 eel
3
fEll B g 4
4 6 56 5 6
® @
-5 678 IIII
H2M1624
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
192

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1002] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
11001 I CHECK DTC P0130 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD .. II
C® :
general scan tool indicate DTC P0130?
Inspect DTC P01 30 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0133.
C§ : Go to step 1002.
11002 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
c3>
: Is there a fault in exhaust system?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
• Loose installation of front portion of exhaust pipe onto
cylinder heads
• Loose connection between front exhaust pipe and front
catalytic converter
• Damage of exhaust pipe resulting in a hole
Cs) Repair exhaust system.
C§ : Replace front oxygen sensor.
193

2-7 [T10PO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI35
(FBI)
P: DTC P0135
- FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
OBD0212
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main re lay
I EeM
r==·-==;-=-=-
= - = ...,
@
II!r===============
® C®
SBF-2
----U4r---------
lOO"ryg" :'"'"'
E
*1 :(@P
*2 : @
®
1 2 3
4
567
91011
13 1415 10
*1 :(@P
(1800 ee)
ni2I3l
*2 :@
(2200 ee)
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
rn2i3T4i
Im2I:Z:Im
2
3 4
5 6
H2M1626
194

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10P2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10P1
I CHECK DTC P0141 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0135 and
P0141 at the same time?
Go to next step 1).
Go to step 10P2.
"='
B O 7A
'--____________
_ _ ----1
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Discon nect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 42 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 Q?
0" : Repair poor contact in ECM con nector.
C§ : Repair harness and con nector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and coupling
connector (B22)
• Open circuit in harness between coupling connector
(B22) and engine grounding terminal
• Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
10P2
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
195

2-7 [T10P3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
F02H ( F32 )
1 .00 A
82M0497
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
DeSignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F32
• F32: Front oxygen sensor heater current is indicated.
c3> : Is the value more than 0.2 A in function
mode F32?
Cv : Repair connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
C§) : Go to step 10P3.
• OBO-II scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
@)
-B1sru1413--' 211 10 9 L rl f.---..rL
1 \\
44143 41i\039
IL0 696867 f
9695194939 !
L
-n
-:..:-
I(
37S5
'El4 63261 605958 '\
9CI89138137868584 }
,--
U
J.
82M0548A
10P3
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
(USING VOLTAGE METER.)
1) Start and idle the engine.
2) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 38 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
Cv : Go to step 10P4.
C§) : Go to next step 3).
3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
: Does the voltage change less than 1.0 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with voltage meter?
Repair poor contact in ECM con nector.
Go to next step 4).
4) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sensor.
5) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 38 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
Cv : Replace ECM.
196

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10P5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and front oxygen sensor connector. After
repair, replace ECM.
-:...-
D
'----eV
@
IJJ
OBD0667C
10P4
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FRONT OXy­
GEN SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from front oxygen sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between front oxygen sensor connector
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(818) No. 2 (+ ) - Engine ground (-):
3> : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv : Go to step 10P5.
: Repair power supply line.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and front
oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in main relay connector
OBD0706
1 10P5 I CHECK FRONT OXYGEN SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between front oxygen sensor connector
terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 _.No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 30 Q?
C€ : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between front oxygen sensor
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in front oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM con nector
: Replace front oxygen sensor.
197

2-7 [T10QO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI36
(FBI)
Q: DTC P0136
- REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
08D0220
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
® y. ... -'-'-'--Y
@@
SBF-2
----04G------------------- ________
*1 : *2 :@ ® @ @ GD
(1800 ee) (2200 ee)
§I
• 456 -5678 3 4 5 6 -5678
11Iil IIUil1
H2M1627
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
198

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [nOQ3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10Q1 / CHECK DTC P0130 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0130?
Cv Go to step 10Q2.
(§) Go to step 10Q3.
/ 10Q2 / CHECK FAILURE CAUSE OF P0130.
Perform the step 1 of OTC P0130.
: Is the failure cause of P0130 in the fuel system?
Cv : Check fuel system.
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect OTC P0136.
(§) : Go to step 10Q3.
/ 10Q3 / CHECK REAR OXYGEN .SENSOR DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general scan
tool to data link con nector.
3) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor or
OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature
is above 70°C (160°F), and keep the engine speed at 2,000
rpm to 3,000 rpm for two minutes.
R02
0.60 V
(FI3 )
B2M0488
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Oesignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F13
• F13: Rear oxygen sensor output signal is indicated.
: Does the value fluctuate in function mode
F13?
Gr Go to step 10QS.
(§) Go to next step 6).
199

2-7 [T10Q4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
R02 (FI3 )
0.60 V
B2M0488
OBD0707A
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBo-1i General
Scan Tool.
: Is the value fixed between 0.2 and 0.4 V in
function mode F13?
C® : Go to step 10Q4.
(§) :
Replace rear oxygen sensor.
.. OBD-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBo-1i
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10Q4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN REAR OXY­
GEN SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) isconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor harness
connector and engine ground or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 0.2 V?
Replace rear oxygen sensor.
@:!iD :
(§) :
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen sensor
and ECM connector
.. Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor con nector
.. Poor contact in ECM connector
.. Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting harness
connector
110Q5 1 CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
: Is there a fault in exhaust system?
NOTE:
Check the following items .
.. Loose installation of portions
.. Damage (crack, hole etc.) of parts
.. Looseness and ill fitting of parts between front oxygen
sensor and rear oxygen sensor
C®
(§) :
Repair or replace faulty parts.
Replace rear oxygen sensor.
200

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [11005] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
201

2-7 [T10RO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
R: DTC P0139
- REAR OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT SLOW
RESPONSE -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
POI39 • Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
Main relay
OBD0229
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@ @)
SBF-2
---- 4:r---------__.
Q -========:::oo:
@
13;
connector
*1 :@
*2 :@
@ GD
® Rear oxygen sensor
I:
*1 :@ *2 :@ ®
(1800 ccl (2200 ccl
rrf2Bl
t:illIID
rn2l3T4l
t2ffi:IZIm
g2
3 4
5 6
H2M1627
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
202

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10R1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10R1 1 CHECK DTC P0136 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
Gr :
general scan tool indicate DrC P0136?
Inspect DTC P0136 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0139.
: Replace rear oxygen sensor.
203

2-7 [T1050] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
S: DTC P0141
- REAR OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
P0141
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
Main relay
08D0232
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®® SBF-2
---- n4--------
® Rear oxygen sensor
I:
® *1 :@p *2 :@ @)
1 2 34
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
2
ITf2bl rn2i3T4J 3 4
(1800 ee) (2200 ee)
till:I2l 5 6
® @ ®
H2M1628
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
204

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10S2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
ICHECK DTC P0135 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0141 and
P0135 at the same time?
Go to next step 1).
Go to step 10S2.
'--____
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM con nector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 42 -.Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 O?

2-7 [T10S3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
R02H (F33 )
1 .00 A
B2M0498
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F33
• F33: Rear oxygen sensor heater current is indicated.
: Is the value more than 0.2 A in function
mode F33?
@
: Repair connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting harness
connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
C§) : Go to step 1053.
• OBO-II scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
1053 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
(USING VOLTAGE METER.)
1) Start and idle the engine.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 37 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
C) : Go to step 1054.
C§) : Go to next step 3).
3) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground.
: Does the voltage change less than 1.0 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with voltage meter?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to next step 4).
4) isconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
5) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground . .
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 37 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?
Cv : Replace ECM.
B2M0554A
206

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10S5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
C§V
Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and rear oxygen sensor connector. After
repair, replace ECM.
OBD0710A
OBD0706
10S4
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO REAR OXYGEN
SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from rear oxygen sensor.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between rear oxygen sensor connector
and engine ground or chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(T6) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv : Go to step 10S5.
Repair power supply line.
C§V :
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and rear
oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting harness
connector
1 10S5 1 CHECK REAR OXYGEN SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between rear oxygen sensor connector
terminals.
Terminals
No. 1-No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 30 Q?
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between rear oxygen sensor
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in rear oxygen sensor connecting harness
connector
C§V : Replace rear oxygen sensor.
207

2-1 [T10TO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
POI70
(FB I)
0800240
T: DTC P0170
- FUEL TRIM MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
/ 1011 / CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
: Are there holes or loose bolts on exhaust
system?
Cv :
(§) : Go to step 10T2.
Repair exhaust system.
1 10T2 / CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
: Are there holes, loose bolts or disconnection
of hose on air intake system?
6' : Repair air intake system.
(§) : Go to step 10T3.
/)" 1':'
I, ' . ,',
, " . .
,' , '
' ." .
,:.,: " :

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10T3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
(2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank.
(3) Start the engine, and run it until it stalls.
(4) After stopping the engine, crank the engine for 5
to 7 seconds to reduce fuel pressure.
(5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect connector to fuel tank.
3) Disconnect fuel delivery hose from fuel filter, and connect
fuel pressure gauge.
\ OBD0711
4) Start the engine and idle while gear position is neutral.
5) Measure fuel pressure while disconnecting pressure
regulator vacuum hose from intake manifold.

2-7 [T10T4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
6) After connecting pressure regulator vacuum hose,
measure fuel pressure.
: Is fuel pressure between 157 and 206 kPa
(1.6 - 2.1 kglcm 2 , 23 - 30 psi)?
Go to step 10T4.
@) : Repair the following items.
Fuel pressure too high
Fuel pressure too low
• Faulty pressure regulator
• Clogged fuel return line or bent
hose
• Faulty pressure regulator
• Improper fuel pump discharge
• Clogged fuel supply line
WARNING:
Before removing fuel pressure gauge, release fuel
pressure.
NOTE:
• If fuel pressure does not increase, squeeze fuel return
hose 2 to 3 times, then measure fuel pressure again .
• If out of specification as measured at this step, check
or replace pressure regulator and pressure regulator vacuum
hose.
10T4
CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
SENSOR.
< REF. TO 2-7 [T1 0HO] OR [T1 010]. >
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link con nector.
3) Start the engine and warm-up completely.
210

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10T5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
TW
(F04 )
176 o f
B2M0479
4) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F04
.. F04: Water temperature is indicated in 110 C" and "°F".

2-7 [11015] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
QA ( F06 )
1 67g .
/ s 2.02V
B2M0481
------
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or aBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Oesignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F06
• FOB: Mass air flow and voltage input from mass air flow
sensor are shown on display.
: Is the voltage in function mode F06 within the
specifications shown in the following table?
Model
1800 cc
2200 cc
Engine speed
Idling
2,500 rpm
Idling
2,500 rpm
Specified value
1.6 - 2.8 (g/sec)
6.1 - 10.3 (g/sec)
1.7 - 3.3 (g/sec)
7.1 - 14.2 (g/sec)
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by OTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
: Replace mass air flow sensor.
• aBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the aBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
212

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10T5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
213

2-7 [T10UO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
(FBI)
PO 181
U: DTC P0181
- FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
f
H2M1350
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
@@
@@)
Fuel tank
Fuel
sensor
temperature
l [Jr-----, lr-----18l t-----ir----'
g®
Shield joint
connector
iru3'4r; '-'5'6" .l7'811J1
17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 3011
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 545 56 57
71 72 73 74 75 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83
L
m213m
n42l
tml
rTf2I3l
@12]]J
H2M1629
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
214

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10U1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
I CHECK DTC P0182 OR P0183 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0182 or
P0183?
Inspect DTC P0182 or P0183 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO] . >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P01 81 .
: Replace fuel temperature sensor.
215

2-7 [novo] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PO 182
V: DTC P0182
- FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT
lOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTiNG CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1079
WIRING. DIAGRAM:
@ ®® @@)
E]f-----,
j lr---ff----.If---
8C®
Shield joint
connector
Fuel tank
Fuel temperature
sensor
i lfI8Tlf(,
17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30J ,\
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 5455 56 57
71 72 73 74 75 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83
L
rn2i3T4l
tNQIZ]ID
r1i2l
[ffi]
®
n12l3l
H2M1629
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
216

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10V2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10V1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
TNKT ( F44)
68°F
H2M130B
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor
.
or OBO-II general
scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F44
.. F44: Fuel temperature is indicated in "oC" and "OF".
: Is the value greater than 150°C or 300°F in
function mode F44?
Go to step 10V2.
C§) : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time .
.. OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
-, _
j·/':·.'···l··
:::::·
.
,:
.'.:- :' - :
- _ __ 0 • • . • , . ,
. :
" . ,
e
• • I I , ' '.
: :- . . . . " .
'
'.
.
.
'
.
.
. . .
" \
:J:. o - .,:::
o
. ' , . . "
.. . ' , . - , 0
.. < ;-::.:: %'
. . ' . . . . .' . --::" 0
. . - . ' . . " .
' .
'
:';::;,.

2-7 [T10V2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
TNKT
H
L--______ ______ 2M
__
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
( F 4 4 ) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F44
6 8 0 F • F44: Fuel temperature is indicated in 110 C " and "°F".
1
: Is the value less than -40°C or -40°F in function
mode F44?
30
-l
8
C) : Replace fuel temperature sensor.
: Repair ground short circuit in harness between
fuel pump and ECM connector .
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
218

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10V2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
219

2-7 [T10WO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
POl83
W: DTC P0183
- FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR A CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
82M10BO
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@
Sf---.-
@@
@@
I l..-----it----II----
Fuel tank
Fuel temperature
sensor
8®
Shield joint
connector
1'3"14TU""5'6fU'7'8n
1718 1920 21 22123 24 25 26127 28 29 30J
45 46 47 48 49150 151 52 53154 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75176 7778 79l8O 81 82 83
L
rn2f3T4l
r1i2l
tml
rTI2I3l
H2M1629
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2·7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
220

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1 0W2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10W1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
4) Start engine.
TNKT
(F44)
68°F
H2M1308
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBO-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F44
• F44: Fuel temperature is ind icated in 110 C" and "°F ".
: Is the value less than -40°C or -40°F in function
mode F44?
Cvs) : Go to step 10W2.
: Repair poor contact.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in fuel pump connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling con nectors (B83, B99 and
R67)
• OBO-II geeral scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10W2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TEM-
PERATURE SENSOR AND ECM CONNEC·
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove access hole lid.
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
rTf2t3l
m:l]]]
G2M0340
H2M1250B
4) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C-.§;) Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel pump connector.
Go to next step 5).
221

2-7 [T10W3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
n12t3lrRs8'
01]]]
'--__ _________ _ H_ 2 M_1_ 2 5----'
n12t3lrRs8'
01]]]
H2M1250B
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10W3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
223

2-1 [T10XO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P026I
(FBI )
X: DTC P0261
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
#1 -
OBD
P0264
B2M1081
(FBI )
< INJ 2>
Y: DTC P0264
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
#2 -
OBD
P0267
B2M1082
(FBI )
Z: DTC P0267
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
#3 -
OBD
P0270
B2M1083
(FBI )
< INJ 4>
AA: DTC P0270
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
#4 -
B2M 1 084
224

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AAO] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Failure of engine to start
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idling
• Rough driving
Main rela
=
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
4
® ® SBF-2
@)
#3 #4 I ,
EeM
#1 # 2
®
1 2 3 4
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
2
3 4
5 6
@)@@@)
H2M1617
CAUTION:
• Check or repair only faulty cylinders.
• After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
225

2-7 [T10AA1] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
-:1§MrtJ1413 --,
®
211 10 9Jd
432414C39383 36[35343332 31 0-
I
069ae 6766656463a2 61 60958 '\
9695\j4939 91 90891388786 85 84
u
I(
'--
iP-r
-11
-....:- ... r-
B2M0556A
1 10AA1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (884) No. 96 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
#2 (884) No. 70 ( + ) - Chassis ground (-):
#3 (884) No. 44 ( + ) - Chassis ground (-):
#4 (884) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C® : Go to step 10AA2.
: Go to step 10AA3.
1 10AA2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1 ].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Cv) :
:
Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
226

O.N-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AA4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0713A
10AA3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC­
TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect con nector from fuel injector on faulty cylinders.
3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and engine
ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (E5) No. 1 - Engine ground:
#2 (E16) No. 1 - Engine ground: .
#3 (£6) No. 1 - Engine ground:
#4 (E17) No. 1 - Engine ground:
3> : Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
fuel injector and ECM connector.
(§) Go to next step 4).
.@
'/
ri-u 9 0 U 1112 r-1314 U'5
1233563738904142434
\ 5896061162163646566676869 0
, ,--- \ 84858€8718818990919293949596 I
U
L.J
!.
If
4) Measure resistance of harness con nector between
ECM connector and fuel injector on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (884) No. 96 - (E5) No. 1:
#2 (884) No. 70 - (E16) No. 1:
#3 (884) No. 44 - (E6) No. 1:
#4 (884) No. 16 - (E17) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Cv,y : Go to step 10AA4.
(§) :
Repair harness and con nector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel injector
connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (822)
B2M0557A
1 10AA4 I CHECK FUEL INJECTOR.
Measure resistance between fuel injector terminals on
faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 5 and 20 O?
(§) Replace faulty fuel injector.
6-,y : Go to step 10AA5.
227

2-7 [T10AAS] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
l--__ "="___ _ _____ OB D 0715A __ _ -J
110AA5 I CHECK POWER SUPPLY LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel injector and engine
ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (ES) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-):
#2 (E16) No. 2 (+) _.Engine ground (-):
#3 (E6) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-):
#4 (E1 7) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-'-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
VES : Repair poor contact in all connectors in fuel
injector circuit.
@) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and fuel
injector connector on faulty cylinders
• Poor contact in coupling connector (822)
• Poor contact in main relay connector
• Poor contact in fuel injector con nector on faulty cylinders
228

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AA5] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
229

2-7 [T10ABO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P0262
AB: DTC P0262
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
#1 -
B2M1085
OBD - (FBI )
P0265
AC: DTC P0265
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
#2 -
B2M1086
OBD (FBI )
P0268
AD: DTC P0268
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
#3 -
B2M1087
OBD (FBI )
P027 I
AE: DTC P0211
- FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
#4 -
B2M1088
230

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AEO] 2-7
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Failure of engine to start
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idling
• Rough driving
WIRING DIAGRAM:
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Main relay
=
EeM
®
®®
#3
#1 #2
@)
# 4
I
12 34
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
§±!]2 3 4
5 6
@®@@)
H2M1617
CAUTION:
• Check or repair only faulty cylinders.
• After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
231

2-7 [T10AE1] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
L
r---"'"'
@
'I
1615rul14 --, 12 1 le 9 L
n
I ::; I}u
"*" \"r- 82M0556A
1 10AE1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (884) No. 96 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
#2 (884) No. 70 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
#3 (884) No. 44 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
#4 (884) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more fhan 10 V?
6's)
@) :
Go to step 10AE3.
Go to step 10AE2.
1 10AE2 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Rep/ace ECM.
@) :
@
fa 15 U '14 '13 r-1 2 11 r-10 rg 0.1 '---.r-L
4443 4241 40t39 t38 3 36 35t34 t33 32 31
I
06968 676665 646 6261 6059 8
9f 959493 9291 9(89
I
88187 186 8584
L
'--
n
'/
)-u
*
- 82M0556A
10AE3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL INJEC­
TOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from fuel injector on faulty cylinder.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground on faulty cylinders.
Connector & terminal
#1 (884) No. 96 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
#2 (884) No. 70 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
#3 (884) No. 44 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
#4 (884) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel injector. After repair, replace ECM.
@) Go to next step 5).
232

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AE4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance between fuel injector terminals on
faulty cylinder.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@:: Replace faulty fuel injector and ECM.
@) : Go to step 10AE4.
/ 10AE4 / CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1 ]. >
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
@:: Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
@) :
233

2-7 [T10AFO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOS TICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
AF: DTC P0301
- CYLINDER 1 MISFIRE DETECTED -
P030I
0800277
OBD (FB I)
AG: DTC P0302
- CYLINDER 2 MISFIRE DETECTED -
P0302
0800278
OBD (FB I)
AH: DTC P0303
- CYLINDER 3 MISFIRE DETECTED -
P0303
0800279
OBD (FB I)
AI: DTC P0304
- CYLINDER 4 MISFIRE DETECTED -
P0304
0800280
234

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AIO] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
.. Immediately at fault recognition (A misfire which could
damage catalyst occurs.)
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Engine stalls .
.. Erroneous idling
.. Rough driving
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Crankshaft
position
sensor
Camshaft
position
sensor
Mass air
f I ow sensor
Main relay
@ :: ® o
Engine
coolant
temperature
sensor
Neutral Neutral Throttle
position position position
switch (MTl switch (AT) sensor
®
*2 : Plastic body type only
Fuel injectors
®
c@p
@
[ill]
@
I 1 I ii3i'4 I 51
@ ®
®
®
1 2 3
5678
3 4
9101112 5 6
IjlilWMfilal
rnm
-=
1 3
5678
910 1112
13 14 1 16
@@
@@
@@
q]jzp
H2M1630
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
235

2-7 [T10AI1] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK DTC P01 01, P0102, P0103, P0116,
10AI1 P0117, P0125, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265,
P0267, P0268, P0270 OR P0271 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0101, P0102,
P0103, P0116, P0117, P0125, P0261, P0262,
P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270 or P0271?
Inspect DTC P01 01, P0102, P0103, P01 16, P01 17,
P0125, P0261 , P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267,
P0268, P0270 or P0271 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO] . >
NOTE:
In ' this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0301,
P0302, P0303 and P0304.
: Go to step 10A12.
10AI2
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to the data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON and turn Subaru Select
Monitor switch to ON.
EGRmax-min (F4 2 )
1 OOkPa 4kPa
4) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
Designate mode use function key.
Function mode: F42
NOTE:
F42: Maximum and minimum EGR system pressure value
are indicated at the same time.
5) Print out the displayed data on paper.
I rnmmm[jQJ I
C D E F t
DDDDD
8 9 A 8
DDDDD
4 5 6 7 I
00000
o 1 2 3 ENT
DDDOJD
SuBARU
B2M0759
G3M0152
6) Clear memory on Subaru Select Monitor.
Designate mode use function key.
Press [F], [C], [0], [ENT] in that order.
236

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1 0AI4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
7) Start engine, and drive the vehicle more than 10 minutes.

2-7 [T10AI4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
I mITJmm[1Q] I
C D E F t
00000
8 9 A B
00000
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDD
o 1 2 3 ENT
00000
SUBA RU
G3M0152
4) Read diagnostic trouble code (oTC).
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode use function key.
Function mode: FB1
.. OBo-1i general scan tool
For detailed operation procedu res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Operation Manual.
NOTE:
Perform diagnosis accord ing to the items listed below.
.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate only one DrC?
C : Go to step 10A15.
C§) : Go to next .
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0301 and
P0302?
: Go to step 10A16.
C§) : Go to next .
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0303 and
P0304?
C : Go to step 10A17.
C§) : Go to next .
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0301 and
P0303?
Cv : Go to step 10A18.
C§) : Go to next E3> .
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0302 and
P0304?
Go to step 10A19.
Go to step 10A110.
238

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AI6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
ONLY ONE CYLINDER
: Is there a fault in that cylinder?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
• Spark plug
• Spark plug cord
• Fuel injector
• Compression ratio
Cvs) Repair or replace faulty parts.
(§) : Go to step 10A111.
NOTE:
GROUP OF #1 AND #2 CYLINDERS
: Are there faults in #1 and #2 cylinders?
• Check the following items.
• Spark plugs
• Fuel injectors
• Ignition coil
• If no abnormal is discovered, check for "B. D: IGNITION
CONTROL SYSTEM" of #1 and #2 cylinders side. < Ref. to
2-7 [TBDG]. >
6':! Repair or replace faulty parts.
(§) : Go to step 10A111.
239

2-7 [T10AI7] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
NOTE:
GROUP OF #3 AND #4 CYLINDERS
: Are there faults in #3 and #4 cylinders?
• Check the following items.
• Spark plugs
• Fuel injectors
• Ignition coil
• If no abnormal is discovered, check for "8. 0: IGNITION
CONTROL SYSTEM" of #3 and #4 cylinders side. < Ref. to
2-7 [T800]. >
Cv : Repair or replace faulty parts.
: Go to step 10A111.
GROUP OF #1 AND #3 CYLINDERS
: Are there faults in #1 and #3 cylinders?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
• Spark plugs
• Fuel injectors
• Skipping timing belt teeth
:
Repair or replace faulty parts.
: Go to step 10A111.
240

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AI10] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
GROUP OF #2 AND #4 CYLINDERS
: Are there faults in #2 and #4 cylinders?
NOTE:
Check the following items .
.. Spark plugs
.. Fuel injectors
.. Skipping timing belt teeth
GrfD : Repair or replace faulty parts.
: Go to step 10A111.
CHECK : Is the engine idle rough?
: Go to step 10AI11 .
: Go to OTC P0170.
241

2-7 [T10AI11] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
EGRmax-min (F4 2 )
1 OOkPa 4kPa
CHECK EGR SYSTEM.
: Is the minimum EGR system pressure value
(value of function mode (F42) less than 1
kPa?
NOTE:
Use the value read in step 10X2 for function mode F42.
B2M0759
@: : Clean EGR valve.
CAUTION:
Do not use solvent when cleaning EGR valve assembly,
as it can damage diaphragm.
NOTE:
• Remove and blow away the exhaust deposits. Make
sure the valve operates smoothly and the valve seat area
is completely cleaned .
• Replace EGR valve as required.
@) : Go to OTC P0170.
242

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AI11] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
243

2-7 [T10AJO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
AJ: DTC P0325
- KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
P0325
It Immediately at fault recognition
OB00283
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
It Poor driving performance
It Knocking occurs.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
® ® ® @)
L:JbJ I:lFlO ---:-!L------"
*4 : 2200 ee
a
*2 :@
* 1 : @]>
Knock
sensor
@]> ® ® ®
(1800 eel (2200 eel (1800 eel (2200 eel
l' J'3"'4" 56 J 78 L
1718 1920 2122 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30'\
5678
rri2bl rn2T3r4l
71 72 73 74 75 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83 lillm 13 14 15 16
L
1 2 34
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56571 9 10 11 12
H2M1631
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
244

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AJ2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
r---
""=i ;:-
®
f1l. -4--' 51 6
1711 E
L
n
"'&r
I(
7 8 Lrl f----rL
C 81 82 83 '--I
!.
B2M0560A
10AJ1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN KNOCK SEN­
SOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2)· Discon nect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 700 kQ?
C) Go to step 10AJ2.
: Go to next step 4).
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 400 kQ?
C5§D Go to step 10AJ3.
Go to step 10AJ4.
:
B2M0560A
B2M1090
1 10AJ2 I CHECK KNOCK SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from knock sensor.
2) Measure resistance between knock sensor connector
terminal and engine ground.
Terminal
No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance more than 700 kQ?
Cv : Go to next .
: Repair harness and con nector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between knock sensor and
ECM connector
• Poor contact in knock sensor connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821)
245

2-7 [T10AJ3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AJ4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
247

2-7 [T10AKO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
AK: DTC POllS
- CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
P0335
08D0292
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Engine stalls .
.. Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Shield joint
connector
®t-Crankshaft
position
sensor
o
Crankshaft
sprocket
f'2rL 3''4r-1 J 5 6
17 18 192021 22 232425262728 2930 1
4546 47484950 51 525354 555657
71 727374757677 78 798081 82 83
L
7 8 LI7i
fTi2t3l
®
(1800 cc)
1 2 34
5678
!t 10 11 12
131415 16
®
(2200 cc)
-=-
LH2314
51 6 718
9JJO 1W2J
H2M1618
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
248

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AK1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0718A
10AK1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CRANKSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from crankshaft position sensor.
3) Measure resistance of harness between crankshaft
position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance more than 100 kn?
Cv : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between crankshaft position
sensor and ECM connector
• Poor contact in ECM con nector
• Poor contact in coupling con nector (B21) [1800 cc]
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B20) [2200 cc]
(§) : Go to next step 4).
4) Measure resistance of harness between crankshaft
position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 n?
C : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
crankshaft position sensor and ECM connector.
NOTE:
OBD0718A The harness between both connectors are shielded.
----
Repair ground short circuit in harness together with
shield.
(§) : Go to next step 5).
249

2-7 [T10AK2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0719A
5) Measure resistance of harness between crankshaft
position sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E10) No. 2 - Engine ground:

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AK2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
251

2-7 [T10AlO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0336
AL: DTC P0336
- CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1091
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine stalls.
• Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
====
@
@ @
_ _ _ _ _ _ (2200 CC)
_ _ _ _ _
_ __
r
= = = =
Shield joint
connector
(1800 cc)
® ®
®'--Crankshaft
position
sensor
o
Crankshaft
sprocket
rf ru'3'4Tl.J 5 6 U 7 8 LJ?:
17 181920 21 22]2324 25 26127 28 29 301
45 4647 411 49150 51 52 53154 55 56 5/1
71 72 73747517677787918081 82 83
L
L
ni2bl
® ®
(1800 ee) (2200 ec)
56
1 2 34
78
910 11 12
13141516
H2M1618
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
252

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10Al1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK DTC P033S ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0335?
6' : Inspect DTC P0335 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
Replace crankshaft position sensor.
:
253

2-7 [T10AMO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
AM: DTC P0340
- CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
P0340
• Immediately at fault recognition
08D0304
a==== + ;:;,-:-::=::=::"...
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine stalls.
• Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
:
_
=:=:::-:::-
::-'C,,-22iO
® @ @
Sh ield joint
connector
,
(1800
.
,
-------------_ ..
ccl
::: ::::
4° CC)
@ @
Camshaft
position
sensor
® fl
Icamshaft
sprocket
. .
f 2 J34'l.J 5 6 u7'aTL
1718 1920 21 22123 24 25 26127 2829 301,
45 4647 48 49150 51 52 53154 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75176 7778 79180 81 82 83
L
@
@
rrtml
[ill]Q]
@
(1800 ccl (2200
56 1 234
78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
ccl
@
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
H2M1619
254

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AM1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0720A
10AM1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN CAMSHAFT
POSITION SENSOR AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from camshaft position sensor.
3) Measure resistance of harness between camshaft position
sensor con nector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance more than 100 ko.?
Repair harness and connector.
C :
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between camshaft position sensor
and ECM con nector
• Poor contact in ECM con nector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821) [1800 ccl
• Poor contact in coupling connector (820) [2200 ccl
: Go to next step 4).
4) Measure resistance of harness between camshaft position
sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 o.?
C) : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
camshaft position sensor connector and ECM
connector.
OBD0720A NOTE:
----
The harness between both connectors are shielded.
Repair ground short circuit in harness together with
shield.
: Go to next step 5).
255

2-7 [T10AM2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS n SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0721A
5) Measure resistance of harness between camshaft position
sensor connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E15) No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 O?
: Go to step 10AM2.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between camshaft position sensor
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821) [1800 cc]
• Poor contact in coupling connector (820) [2200 cc]
110AM2 I CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR.
: Is the camshaft position sensor installation
bolt tightened securely?
Go to next step 1).
: Tighten camshaft position sensor installation bolt
securely.
Pick up coil
1 2
0
r
L-.-__ _
_ ___
_ _
_ __
H _
2M _
1 _
63 ----J
1) Remove camshaft position sensor.
2) Measure resistance between connector terminals of
camshaft position sensor.
Terminals
No. 1-No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 1 and 4 kO?
Cv Repair poor contact in camshaft position sensor
connector.
2A Replace camshaft position sensor.
256

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AM2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
257

2-7 [T10ANO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P034I
B2M1092
AN: DTC P0341
- CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine stalls.
• Failure of engine to start
@
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@ @
a=,:::::::_::::::,2:::: ::::::
'-=' 1 ' ,
r--
(1800
1
®H
Shield joint
connector
-- ---Iccl
@ @
Camshaft
pos ition
sensor
®lWJ, Camshaft
? sprocket
. .
J7m
f J3J 56
17181920 21 22 23 2425 2627 28 29 301
45 46 47 48 495051 525354555657
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
L
@
@
ni2t3l
[ill1QJ
@
(1800 ccl
1234
5678
91011 12
13 141516
@
(2200 cc)
111213141
J5161718l
19j1Ql11112r
H2M1619
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
258

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AN1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK
@ :
:
CHECK DlC P0340 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0340?
Inspect DTC P0340 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7 [T10AO]. >
Replace camshaft position sensor.
259

2-7 [T10AOO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0400
(FB I)
06D0315
AO: DTC P0400
- EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION FLOW
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Poor driving performance on low engine speed
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
® @)
SBF-2
-------- QOr------r-------,
ru
Pressure
sensor
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
EGR
® solenoid
va lve
t--r====6LJ==E
@
910 11 12 13 14 15 16
31 32 3334 353637 38 39 40 41 42 4344
58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 5 6
@)
-
®
@ @ ®
3 4
@ [M] 5 6
® @
CAUTION:
Before confirmation of actual driving pattern, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
1 2 3
4
5 6 7 8
9 10 1112
13 14 15 16 @
H2M1633
260

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10A02] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10A01 /CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type MT?
C : Check AT/MT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T1 0D80] . >
(§) : Go to step 10A02.
10A02 CHECK DTC P0106, P0101, P0108, P0403,
P1102, P1122 OR P1421 ON DISPLAY.
3:> : Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0106, P0101,
P0108, P0403, P1102, P1122 or P1421?
@: : _ Inspect DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0403,
P1102, P1 122 or P1421 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO] . >
_ Manually check that EGR valve diaphragm is
not stuck.
WARNING:
Be careful when checking EGR valve, since it may be
extremely hot.
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0400.
After checking the above item, go to CONFIRMATION
OF ACTUAL DRIVING PATTERN.
(§) : Go to step 10A03.
261

2-7 [T10A03] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10A03 / CHECK VACUUM LINE.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10A04] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M1095
4) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
5) Discon nect connector from EGR solenoid valve.
6) Connect 12 V battery's ground e terminal to one terminal
of the EGR solenoid valve. Then connect 12 V battery's
EB terminal to the other terminal of it.
CAUTION:
Do not use the 12 V battery installed in the vehicle,
because the electrical system may be damaged.
7) Start the engine.

2-7 [T10A04] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CONFIRMATION OF ACTUAL DRIVING
PATTERN.
1) Conduct CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
2) Connect Subaru select monitor to its data link connector.
3) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator fan
makes one complete rotation. (All accessory switches are
OFF.)
4) Turn Subaru select monitor switch to ON.
I mm mmUQ] I
c 0 E F t
00000
8 9 A 8
OODOD
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDD
o 1 2 3 ENT
1DI1D11D11D1D
SUBARU
G3M0152
5) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F A4
I
-
CA E1 FC
OR 02
-
- - - -
- - -
-
[]] lB rn rn rn
[]] rn []] w [Q]
I
B2M0564
6) Drive at 88 ±5 km/h (55 ±3 MPH) until the LED No. 2
comes on.
NOTE:
Keep the throttle valve opening at the same degree, since
diagnosis will be interrupted when the opening varies.
Diagnosis starts in 190 seconds after starting engine and
takes 4 seconds.
Put the gear to "0" range for the diagnosis.
INSPECT ( FBO )
NO TROUBLE
7) Designate mode usi ng function key.
Function mode: FBO
8) Confirm the "No trouble" indication on Subaru select
monitor.
H2M1206
264

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10A04] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
265

2-7 [T10APO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
(FB I)
AP: DTC P0403
- EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT
LOW INPUT -
P0403
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
< EGRSOL>
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
0800323
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Poor driving performance on low engine speed
WIRING DIAGRAM:
® (ill) SBF-2
--7----DD--------e-'®
EGR
solenoid
I.QV valve
EGR va lve
2
3 4
6
1 2 3 4
56 78
910 111 2
13 14 15 16
@
@
H2M1634
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
266

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AP3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10AP1
I CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type MT?
Check AT/MT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T1 0D80] . >
Go to step 10AP2.
B2M0566A
L-__________________________
1 10AP2 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 71 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv Go to 10AP3.
: Go to step 10AP4.
1 10AP3 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. (However, the
possibility of poor contact still remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector
.. Poor contact in ECM connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (821)
267

2-7 [T10AP4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0678A
10AP4
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR SOLE­
NOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from EGR solenoid valve and
ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between EGR solenoid
valve con nector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E18) No. 2 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Cv Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector.
(§) Go to next step 4).
f'2ru34 --, 5 6 U 7 8 L f.--.-r1.
1718192021222 24125 2612 !2E293C ,\
4546474849 051 2 31545556 7 '\
71 2i7374 5 67 7€179180818283
Ih r
L
® 2 LJ
n
------ to Q or-----
--=-
-'----=-
1/
B2M0567A
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and EGR
solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 71 - (E18) No. 2:
: Is the voltage less than 1 O?
Cv : Go to step 10AP5.
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between EGR solenoid valve
and ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling con nector (821)
• Poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
/ 10AP5 / CHECK EGR SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between EGR solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 10 and 100 O?
Cvs) Go to step 10AP6.
OBD0327 (§) : Replace EGR solenoid valve.
L-__________________________
268

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AP7] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0328A
10AP6
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO EGR SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between EGR solenoid valve and
engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E18) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv Go to step 10AP1.
C® : Repair open circuit in harness between main
relay and EGR solenoid valve connector.
/ 10AP1 / CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in EGR solenoid valve
connector?
Repair poor contact in EGR solenoid valve connector.
C® Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
269

2-7 [T10AQO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0420
(FBI)
08D0329
AQ: DTC P0420
- CATALYST SYSTEM EffiCIENCY BELOW
THRESHOLD -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Immediately at fault recognition (2200 cc Federal spec.
vehicles only)
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine stalls.
• Idle mixture is out of specifications.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
ECM
®®
m m m - -;- - -tI=- - - -
----------------
1
---- ,I
(ill) GD IU
v- ®
®
Front oxygen
sensor
Rear oxygen
sensor
® ® ® @ ®
(1800 ee) (2200 ee)
a - -
3 4 456 5678 5 6 5 78
IIUII
@
BI 34
H2M1635
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
270

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AQ3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK ANY OTHER DTC P0130, P0133,
10AQ1 P0135, P0136, P0139 AND P0141 ON DIS­
PLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate D rC P0130, P0133,
P0135, P0136, P0139 and P0141?
Cs) Inspect the relevant DTC using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0420.
C§ : Go to step 10AQ2.
1 10AQ2 ICHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM.
Check for gas leaks or air suction caused by loose or
dislocated nuts and bolts, and open hole at exhaust pipes.
: Is there a fault in exhaust system?
NOTE:
Check the following positions.
• Between cylinder head and front exhaust pipe
• Between front exhaust pipe and front catalytic converter
• Between front catalytic converter and rear catalytic
converter
G- : Repair or replace exhaust system.
C§ : Go to step 10AQ3.
1 10AQ3 ICHECK REAR CATALYTIC CONVERTER.
1) Separate rear catalytic converter from rear exhaust
pipe.
: Is there damage at rear face of rear catalyst?
: Replace front and rear catalytic converters.
C§ : Go to next step 2).
2) Remove front catalytic converter.
: Is there damage at rear face or front face of
front catalyst?
@ : Replace front catalytic converter.
C§ : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
271

2-7 [T10ARO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0440
(FBI)
H2M1365
AR: DTC P0440
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITiON:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Gasoline smell
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
[]
Vent control
solenoid va Ive
Fuel tank
pressure
control
solenoid valve
@@
@ @
®
®
@
-=
@
®®
6LJ
SBF-2
®
EEl
@@ ®
o::rn
@
BI
®
§m2
3 4
5 6
ill
I Purge control
solenoid valve
®
@
®
1 2 3 4
56 7 8
910 1111:
13 14 15 16
H2M1636
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
272

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AR3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10AR1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC (BESIDES DTC
P0440) ON DISPLAY.
: Is there any other DrC on display?
: Inspect the relevant DTC using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO]. >
Go to step 10AR2.
10AR2
CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP AND FUEL
FILLER PIPE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Open the fuel flap.
: Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?
Cv) : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
(§) : Go to next
Go to step 10AR4.
Replace vent control solenoid valve.
(§) :
273

2-7 [T10AR4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
\
B2M1039B
10AR4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE.
G-) Go to step 10AR6.
Replace pressure control solenoid valve.
:
274

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AR6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10AR6
CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Does fuel leak in fuel line?
Repair or replace fuel line.
c) :
(§) : Go to next .
: Is there any damage at canister?
Repair or replace canister.
C§ :
(§) : Go to next .
: Is there any damage at fuel tank?
Cs) : Repair or replace fuel tank.
(§) : Go to next .
: Are there holes, cracks, clogging or disconnections
of hoses or pipes in evaporative
:
(§) :
emission control system?
Repair or replace hoses or pipes.
Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
275

2-7 [T10ASO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
P044 I
AS: DTC P0441
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM INCORRECT PURGE FLOW -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
08D0331
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@ @)
SBF-2
@D ---@D-2--dD---mr---QD-----------.---------- ē$
a--------'-======= :::f33I=========::::j_\d
34
1 2
56718
910 11 1
13 14 1 11ij
2
3 4
5 6
H2M1637
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
276

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AS2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10AS1 CHECK DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P0443,
P1102, P1122 OR P1422 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0106, P0107,
P0108, P0443, P1102, P1122 or P1422?
Inspect the relevant DTC P01 06, P0107, P0108,
P0443, P1102, P1122 or P1422 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO] . >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0441.
: Go to step 10AS2.
H2M1133B
10AS2
CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE OPERATION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower portion of
instrument panel (on the driver's side), to the side of the
center console box.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does purge control solenoid valve produce
operating sound at about 0.3 Hz?
NOTE:
Purge control solenoid valve operation check can also be
executed using Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode:
FD02). For the procedure, refer to "COMPU LSORY VALVE
OPERATION CHECK MODE". < Ref. to 2-7 [T3FO]. >
Cv : Go to next step 4).
: Replace purge control solenoid valve.
4) Disconnect canister purge hose from canister.
S : Does pulsation occur by blowing through the
Cvs) :
canister purge hose?
Repair or replace evaporation line.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Loose connections in evaporation line
.. Cracks in evaporation line
.. Clogging in evaporation line
: Replace purge control solenoid valve.
277

2-7 [T10ATO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBn (FB I)
AT: DTC P0443
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
lOW INPUT -
P0443
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
OBD0335 TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
----
• Erroneous idling
Main relay
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@) @)
SBF-2
a-----========tOOJ:Et-----------,m?';d
---@V-2--QD-- rnr---QD-- --------.---------ē$
1 2 34
56 78
910 1 112
13 14 15 16
2 3 4
5 6
H2M1637
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. 10 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
278

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AT2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0570A
/ 10AT1 / CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL fROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 72 ( + ) - Chassis ground (-):

2-7 [T10AT3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS. II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
'/
®
1[U'3'4" 5 6 L.['7'8 1
17181902122 242561278293Jl
45146147148149 051 2 3154 5 65J
,\
\
71 217374 5 67 7S179i8081 8283 \\., .
L
'-j) Ll
I.
n
'----IO Q OI----
82M0571A
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
purge control solenoid valve of harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 72 - (E4) No. 2:

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AT5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0339A
10AT4
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PURGE CON­
TROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between purge control solenoid valve
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E4) No. 1 (+) - Engine ground (-):
S : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
@: : Go to step 10AT5.
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and purge
control solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (822)
• Poor contact in main relay connector
1 10AT5 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in purge control solenoid valve connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact ;n purge control solenoid
valve connector?
Cv : Repair poor contact in purge control solenoid
valve connector.
(§) : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
281

2-7 [T10AUO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PO 4 4 6
AU: DTC P0446
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM VENT CONTROL lOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1098
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
®
81---
@ @)
SBF-2
'---=-------lC!J----

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AU3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10AU1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 35 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv Go to step 10AU2.
: Go to step 10AU3.
1 10AU2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
:
Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. (However, the
possibility of poor contact still remains.)
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor .contact in vent control solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (B97, B99, R15
and R67)
H2M1239C
10AU3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN VENT CON-
TROL SOLENOID VALVE AND ECM CON­
NECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Discon nect connectors from vent control solenoid
valve and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between vent control
solenoid valve connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R69) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 Q?
Cs) Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and vent control solenoid valve connector.
Go to next step 4).
283

2-7 [T10AU4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
hllll@)
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and vent
control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 35 - (R69) No. 2:
S : Is the voltage less than 1 O?
Cv : Go to step 10AU4.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and vent control
solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (899 and R67)
H2M1238A
----
1 10AU4 I CHECK VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Me-asure resistance between vent control solenoid valve
terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 --No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 10 and 100 O?
Cs) Go to step 10AU5.
: Replace vent control solenoid valve.
284

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AU6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
H2M1241C
10AU5
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO VENT CON­
TROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between vent control solenoid valve
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R69) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
: Go to step 10AU6.
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and vent
control solenoid valve
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (897 and R15)
• Poor contact in main relay connector
1 10AU6 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in vent control solenoid valve connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
e : Is there poor contact in vent control solenoid
valve connector?
Repair poor contact in vent control solenoid valve
connector.
C§) Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
285

2-7 [T10AVO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
(FBI)
P0451
AV: DTC P0451
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
H2M1377
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@ ®® @
r-----rr,==m=
EeM
Fuel tank
pressure
sensor
@
rfI
f'2 w 3'"4TlJ 5 6 J"'/CSn.
1718 192021 22/23 24 25 26 27 28 29 301
45 46 47 48 4915051 52 53 54 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75176 77 78 79/80 81 82 83
L
L
Shield joint
connector
ni2I3l
f.!tQIQ]
1 12131415 ,., 16/7/8/9/ 11
1 111112113114151161111181191201
10 , . o::rm
H2M1639
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
286

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AV1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10AV1 / CHECK PRESSURE/VACUUM LINE.

2-7 [T10AWO] ONBOARD DIAGNOSTICS n SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P0452
A W: DTC P0452
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR LOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
Immediately at fault recognition
82M1099
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ECM
@
r-
®® ®
-
f.JL
mF=
Fuel tank
pressure
sensor
'""T
:I.Q:
J
gc®
Shield joint
connector
"T"
==-
@
f74J 56 r7Rf
1718 192021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 \\
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75767778798081 82 83
L
c® ® ®
456 I L213l4L5L ::::L161718191·
B
1 1111121131141151161171181191201
10
rnillJ
.
H2M1639
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
288

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AW2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
TNKP
O. IOkPa
C F43 )
IrnrnHg
H2M1326
10AW1
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.
3) Install fuel filler cap.
4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the aBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the aBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
6) Read the data on Subaru Select Monitor or the aBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F43
• F43: Display shows pressure signal value sent from fuel
tank pressure sensor.
: Is the value less than -2.8 kPa in function
mode F43?
@:O Go to step 10AW2.
@) : Even if MIL lig hts up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time.
• aBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the aBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
B2M0535A
10AW2 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 21 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
0- Go to step 10AW3.
@) : Go to next step 2).
289

2-7 [T10AW3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
82M0535A
------
2) Measure voltage between ECM con nector and chassis
ground.
: Does the voltage change more than 4.5 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with voltage meter?
@O : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
TNKP
O. lOkPa
C F43 )
ImmHg
H2M1326
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
10AW3 VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
: Go to step 10AW4.
: Go to next step 2).
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor .
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F43
.. F43: Display shows pressure signal value sent from fuel
tank pressure sensor.
: Does the value change more than -2.8 kPa
by shaking harness and connector of ECM
while monitoring the value with Subaru
select monitor?
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 10AW4.
290

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AW4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10AW4 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNEC·
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Detach right side trunk side trim panel (Sedan) or right
side rear quarter trim panel (Wagon).
H2M1255B
3) Discon nect connector from fuel tank pressure sensor.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure sensor
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R47) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

2-7 [T10AW5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
®
'/
rfru'3"'4" 5 6 7 8 Lrl ---"-
1 18192
4 46'
71r72
L
2 2< 2< 2 2E2€2 2E 2 3( ,\
4f 4 5C 515 5 545E 5E 5 '\
7 7E 7£7 7f79 B(] 818 8 L..-I)-v
0
Q
--=----=-
!.
®
DI'llil
H2M1640A
6) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
7) Disconnect connector from ECM.
8) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pres"'
sure sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 20 - (R47) No. 2:
E:0 : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
. ) : Go to next step 9).
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel tank
pressure sensor connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connectors (883 and 899)
H2M1257B
9) Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank pressure
sensor connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R47) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is there poor contact in fuel tank pressure
sensor connector?
Cv Repair poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor
connector.
(§)
Replace fuel tank pressure sensor.
292

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AW5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
293

2-7 [T10AXO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0453
(FBI )
AX: DTC P0453
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Immediately at fault recognition
82M1100
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ECM
CI
@D@
r
W
Fuel tank
pressure
sensor
""T
.£!l
1 1
=-
Shield joint
connector
i '2[1I'3''4T1J 5 6 u'7'8M
1718 1920 21 22123 24 25 26127 28 29 30 1'
45 46 47 48 49150 51 52 53154 55 56 57
71172 73 74 75176 7778 79180 81 82 83
L
ni2!3l
GmJ:§J
H2M1639
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
294

(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
. OBO-II general scan tool )
""
\
I
TNKP
O. lOkPa
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AX2] 2-7
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select
62?)
'/ / H2M1181A
(F43)
ImmHg
H2M1326
10AX1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CONNECT SUBARU SELECT MONITOR OR
THE OBD-II GENERAL SCAN TOOL, AND
READ DATA.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel filler cap.
3) Install fuel filler cap.
4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBO-II general scan tool switch to ON.
6) Read the data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F43
• F43: Display shows pressure signal value sent from fuel
tank pressure sensor.
: Is the value more than 2.8 kPa in function
mode F43?
Cv : Go to step 10AX6.
: Go to step 10AX2.
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation proced u res, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
10AX2
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 21 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Gr : Go to step 10AX3.
: Go to next step 2).
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.

2-7 [T10AX3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
TNKP
O. IOkPa
C F43 )
ImmHg
H2M1326
10AX3
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Measure voltage between I:::CM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 0.2 V?
Cvs) : Go to step 10AX4.
(§) : Go to next step 2).
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
eD Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F43
eD F43: Display shows pressure signal value sent from fuel
tank pressure sensor.
: Does the value change more than -2.8 kPa
by shaking harness and connector of ECM
while monitoring the value with Subaru
select monitor? .
Cv Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Go to step 10AX4.
(§)
10AX4
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR CONNEC­
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Detach right side trunk side trim panel (Sedan) or right
side rear quarter trim panel (Wagon).
296

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AX4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
.,..-.-___________
... H _ 2M _
1 _ 25 _
5B -I
3) Discon nect connector from fuel tank pressure sensor.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure sensor
con nector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R47) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
C€3> : Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Cv : Go to next step 6) .
@) : Repair harness and con nector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel tank
pressure sensor connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (899)
(§)
'/
12"1 3T"4" 15 6 7 18 lrl '--.r-t.
r 1:

2-7 [T10AX5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
@
'/
'1'2rl. '34-' 5 6 7 8 lrl
1 H192 212 2 2252f 2 2f 2 3C 0,
4f 4E 5C 51525 5 5f 5 '\
717 7HE7E 7 7E7f 8C 81 8 8 ,---I
L
4: 4 t
n
Q
-"--=-
I,
®
o:rillJ
H2M1640A
9) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pressure
sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 20 - (R47) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
C : Go to step 10AX5.
C§ : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the fol/owing:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel tank
pressure sensor connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (883 and 899)
1 10AX5 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure sensor connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AX6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
TNKP
O. IOkPa
(F43)
ImmHg
H2M1326
3) isconnect connector from fuel tank pressure sensor.
4) Remove fuel filler cap.
5) Install fuel filler cap.
6) Turn ignition switch to ON. and Subaru Select Monitor
or the OBo-1i general scan tool switch to ON.
7) Read data on Subaru select monitor or the OBo-1i general
scan tool.
., Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F43
:3> : Is the value more than 2.8 kPa in function
mode F43?
Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel tank pressure sensor connector.
(§) Replace fuel tank pressure sensor .
., OBo-1i general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBD-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.
299

2-7 [T10AYO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P046 1
A Y: DTC P0461
- FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGEl
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1101
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Combination
meter
Fuel
Ignition
No.15 \.!?!..Y \.!.2V SBF-4
t'fi72' s wit c h
'ii6i' t'f4.I'
ITr----------) 'b----------------------
tB
@ Fuel level
® -=-
I------@ sensor
I:i1JEcM @® @ @) ' QD @@)
-----------
L"",;oo A
® ® Fuel pump ASSY
® @) ® ®
@
i '3'4o'6r"l ''7'8lJ7 171819202122123 2425262728293011 34
56
1
7
2
8
71 72 73 74 75176 7778 7980 8182 831 13 141516 111213141516ITI8T?lilOI111121131141151161
45 4647 4849150 51 52 5354 5556
571 910 11 12
@ ®
r1i2l DI2JZl nf2t3l
rmJ [ill]]]
H2M1643
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
300

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AY1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK DTC P0462 OR P0463 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0462 or
P0463?
Inspect DTC P0462 or P0463 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect this trouble.
: Replace fuel sending unit and fuel sub meter unit.
301

2-7 [T10AZO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P0462
AZ: DTC P0462
- FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1102
Combination
meter
Fuel
No.15
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Ignition
® switch ® @)
SBF-4
---h 0------ ---------------;---e--$
@
,
I
6
I----I
r-=-rDECM . (® @ @ @ ®
® Fuel level
@ sensor
LJO-----l-O----I @ Fue l pump ASSY
J,,";oo A
® @)
@ @) ®
@)
till!§:!
f "2 l.J'3'4Tl r-5'6Tl. 'I7'8Tl 1 2 3 4
17181920 2122232425262728 4546
29301\
8
474849 5051 5253 54555657
910 1112
71 72 73 7475 76 77787980 81 8283 13 141516
L:
56 7
®
111213/415161fi8J9/10111i12/131141151161
@ ®
n42l fli2bl
tm:l @B]]J
H2M1643
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
302

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM · [T10AZ2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10AZ1 CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER
OPERATION IN COMBINATION METER.
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
11121314Islsl{[8ThI10\1111211311411 @
--=-
0
Q
H2M1413B
4) Measure resistance of harness between combination
meter connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(;12) No. 15 - Chassis ground:

2-7 [T10AZ3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS 81 SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
10AZ3 VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 27 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 0.12 V?
@ Go to step 10AZ4.
C§) Go to next step 3).
FLEVEL (F45)
2.50V
H2M1327
3) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
: Does the value change less than 0.12 V by
shaking harness and connector of ECM while
monitoring the value with Subaru Select
Monitor?
Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F45
F45: Fuel level sensor output signal is indicated.
@
C§) :
Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. A temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
Poor contact in fuel pump connector
Poor contact in combination meter connector
Poor contact in ECM connector
Poor contact in coupling connectors (B39, B22, B99,
B97, R67 and R15)
304

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AZ4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM, COMBI-
10AZ4 NATION METER AND FUEL PUMP CONNEC·
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on the right
rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or luggage compartment
floor (Wagon).
G2M0340
-
n
Q
@
4 5 6
H2M1419B
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
4) Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(RS8) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Go to next step 5).
(§) Go to step 10AZS.
r"""'I
--:
n
Q
=----...::.
@)
4 5 6
H2M1419B
5) Separate fuel tank cord connector (R67) and rear wiring
harness connector (R46).
6) Measure resistance of harness between fuel sub meter
unit connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(RS8) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Cv : Repair ground short circuit in fuel tank cord.
(§) : Go to next step 7).
"':::7
0
Q
I]@
H2M1420B
7) Separate rear wiring harness connector (R3) and bulkhead
wiring harness connector (899).
8) Measure resistance of harness between rear wiring
harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R46) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
S : Is the resistance less than 10 O?
C Repair ground short circuit in rear wiring harness.
(§) : Go to next step 9).
305

2-7 [T10AZ5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1645A
9) Separate bulkhead wIring harness connector (839)
and instrument panel wiring harness connector (i4).
10) Measure resistance of harness between bulkhead wiring
harness connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(839) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
cY Repair ground short circuit in bulkhead wiring
harness.
@) Repair ground short circuit in instrument panel
wiring harness.
10AZ5 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION
METER AND FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1) Connect connector to fuel pump.
2) Pull out combination meter from instrument panel.
< Ref. to 6-2 [W8AO]. >
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
1 1 1 2 1 314 151 6 1 {jjTh 11011 111211 31141ThJj]1
@
--:F
n
Q
H2M1423B
4) Measure resistance of harness between combination
meter connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(;12) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 200 O?
Cvs) : Go to step 10AZ6.
@) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between combination meter
connector and junction A on rear wiring harness
• Poor contact in coupling connector (839)
306

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10AZ6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10AZ6 I CHECK COMBINATION METER.
1) Disconnect speedometer cable from combination
meter and remove combination meter.
: Is the fuel meter installation screw tightened
securely?
Cs) : Go to next step 2).
(§) : Tighten fuel meter installation screw securely.
2) Remove printed circuit plate assembly from combination
meter assembly.
: Is there flaw or burning on printed circuit
plate assembly?
Cv Replace printed circuit plate assembly.
(§) : Replace fuel meter assembly .
. 307

2-7 [T1 OBAO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0463
(FBI )
BA: DTC P0463
- FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M1103
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Combination
meter
Fuel
Ignition
@ sw it c h
No.15 \I::!.!;/
tfi6i" t"f44\
\.!2V SBF-4
-----Or----- ------r------------= ---
e
$
@ Fuel level
@) -= t-- _--i@ sensor
@ ® (ill)
-
r-=lDECM r----------- QD
® I @®
L"OdiOO A ® ®
@ @) ® @)
f1TIf3l
Fuel pump ASSY
@ ®
r1f2l rTf2t3l
rn:±J rnIDJ]J IID:ffiJ
1'2'rL ;;r1U 5'6r1 .[ 7'81L 1 2 34
17181920 21 22123 242526272829301\
5678
555657
910 1112
71 72 73 747517677787980
81 82 83 13 1415 16 11 121314151617]8T$1101111121131141151161
L..
45 4647 4849150 51 52 5354
H2M1643
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
308

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BA2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10BA1 CHECK SPEEDOMETER AND TACHOMETER
OPERATION IN COMBINATION METER.
: Does speedometer and tachometer operate
normally?
Go to step 10BA3.
: Go to step 10BA2.
10BA2 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF COMBINA­
TION METER.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Pull out combination meter from instrument panel.
< Ref. to 6-2 [W8AO] . >
3) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
11 121314IsI6IHillIW\1 1112\1 3\1 411shl\
@
-
If
Q
H2M14138
4) Measure resistance of harness between combination
meter connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(;12) No. 15 - Chassis ground:
: Is resistance less than 5 Q?
Repair or replace combination meter.
0' :
:
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between combination meter
connector and grounding terminal
• Poor contact in combination meter connector
• Poor contact in grounding terminal
309

310
2-7 [T10BA3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
'"--____________ H _ 2M _ 1 _ 41 ---J
CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM. (USING
10BA3 VOLTAGE METER AND SUBARU SELECT
MONITOR.)
1) Turn ignition switch to ON. (Engine OFF)
2) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 27 ( + ) - Chassis ground (-):
4B : Is the voltage more than 4.75 V?
:
Go to step 10BA4.
Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. A temporary poor
contact of the connector may be the cause.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in fuel pump connector
• Poor contact in combination meter connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (839, 822, 899,
897, R67 and R15)
1 10BA4 I CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove fuel pump access hole lid located on the right
rear of trunk compartment floor (Sedan) or luggage compartment
floor (Wagon).
G2M0340
H2M1415
3) Disconnect connector from fuel pump.
4) Measure resistance between connector terminals of
fuel pump.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 100 Q?
Cv) Go to step 10BA5.
Replace fuel sending unit.
:

311
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BA6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
n
Q
1rnl@
H2M1416B
10BA5 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR.
Measure resistance of harness between fuel pump connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Is the resistance less than 5 O?
Cvs) : Go to step 10BA6.
@) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
48 Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector
and chassis grounding terminal
48 Poor contact in fuel pump connector
48 Poor contact in coupling connectors (R15, 897 and
822)
n
",Vft.l
@
4 5 6
H2M1417B
10BA6 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
FUEL PUMP CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel pump connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R58) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
S : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
@: : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
48 Open circuit in harness between fuel pump connector
and junction A on rear wiring harness
48 Poor contact in fuel pump connector
48 Poor contact in coupling con nector (R67)
@) : Go to next step 3).

312
2-7 [T10BA6] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
'\
r:;= 11 •../3'4 r"1 5 6 U. 7 8 u---:=Ir-
45146 47i4E495051 5253 f;556571 (
71 7273 4 5 6 7€ 791 IH2831
iU
,--... ,\
1 181920 1 2 3242526 7 8 9301 1 ®
n
----
H2M1418B
3) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
4) Disconnect connector from ECM.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between ECM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 27 ( + ) - Chassis ground:

313
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BA6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:

314
2-7 [T10BBO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
BB: DTC P0500
- VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
P0500
fit Immediately at fault recognition
08D0340
WIRING DIAGRAM:
______
® Combination meter
@ 4
rn®ri
______
E
@
1 __---
@
1 4
1 11121314 151617 18 1920
11 1213 14 15 161-fi"iiW 11011 11121131141151161
H2M1646
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [nOBB3] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10BB1 CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERATION iN
COMBINATION METER.
.
.--
, ";;'
'(
r-u
®
8 7
6 5 r43
,\ 3 9 812" 126 5 4 3 2 1 0191817
'\ 57565554153152151 5C 49484746145
\ 83 82 81809178177 76 5747272171
U
/
')-1
0
'-
~
B2M0573A
10BB2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 83 ( + ) - Chassis ground (-):

316
2-7 [T10BCO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0505
(FB I)
08D0358
Main relay
BC: DTC P0505
- IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
tID Immediately at fault recognition
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
tID Erroneous idling
tID Engine stalls.
tID Engine breathing
WIRING DIAGRAM:
a®
-®-B22-®:E3 :::m=f--,E' - ---

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BC2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10BC1 I CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and idle it.
: Is there a fault in air intake system?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
• Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air control
solenoid valve and throttle body
• Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control solenoid
valve gasket and throttle body gasket
• Loose connections and cracks of idle air control solenoid
valve by-pass hoses
• Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Repair or replace air intake system.
C® : Go to step 10BC2.
-: ;:-
®
'1615 u -:-:r.::r-1 12!1
L
D
'/
1019 rl L-.r-..
,\
\
'--'}-u
1 10BC2 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 13 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
I
: Is the voltage more than 3 V?
: Go to next step 3).
B2M0576A
C® : Go to step 10BC5.
3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 3 V?
: Go to next step 4).
C® : Go to step 10BC5.
317

2-7 [T10BC3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1-:':;-
'/
@)
211 rfjO'9'l1rl
t:6'151.f]1413"
144!42 42 ' 1 )r39r38r37635r3413332 31 ,\
L
=
rr069' '" '6665,,4152 62 61iQ.0595E \
9695 ! i9291 9089B8768584
I
l
CJ ,
'---
/
B2M0576A
4) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
5) Disconnect connector from idle air control solenoid
valve.
6) Turn ignition switch to ON.
7) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 13 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cs) : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector.
After repair, replace ECM.
C§ : Go to next step 8).
8) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
:
Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector.
After repair, replace ECM.
C§ : Go to step 10BC3.
/10BC3 ICHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
@: : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
C§ : Go to step 10BC4.
318

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BC4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
li3i211 (1800 ee)
- -
l
( (2200ee)
- -
-
n
Q
-
H2M1380A
10BC4 CHECK IDLE AIR CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between idle air control solenoid
valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance more than 20 O?
: Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
(§) : Go to next step 3).
3) Measure resistance between idle air control solenoid
valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 2 - No. 3:
: Is the resistance more than 20 O?
C : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
(§) : Go to next step 4).
4) Measure resistance between idle air control solenoid
valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1-No. 2:

2-7 [T10BC5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
(1 800 cc) (2200 CC)
1]
--J
H2M1381A
(1 800 cc) (2200 CC)
[3J2hl1
--5
T, I
1800 cc model
( Ir----.
I CTC:J+-1 ---
y \.
® A (c
/llJ7
H2M1382A
H2M13838
6) Remove idle air control solenoid valve. < Ref. to 2-7
[W12AO] .>
7) Check operation of idle air control solenoid valve.
: Is idle air control solenoid valve fully opened
when applying the battery to terminals No. 2
( + ) and No. 1 (-)?
: Go to next step 8).
Clean idle air control solenoid valve. < Ref. to 2-7
[W12BO].>
8) Check operation of idle air control solenoid valve.
: Is idle air control solenoid valve fully closed
when applying the battery to terminals No. 2
(+) and No. 3 (-)?
@: : Go to step 10BC5.
Clean idle air control solenoid valve. < Ref. to 2-7
[W12BO]. >
10BC5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO IDLE AIR CON­
TROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from idle air control solenoid
valve.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between idle air control solenoid valve
and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(E7) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C : Go to step 10BC6.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between idle air control solenoid
valve and main relay connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B22)
320

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BC6] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
• 2200 cc model
®
[ill]]] /
.
'/
I--u
®
91C 1 11 rc:p."f,jU'15fRi
,\ 3133 33!5363 3 3E' ' 1
'\ 5 56(616 66 61 6t' . 6 7
\ a a at a Bf BS 9( 919 . 9E 9E
'j
l-{ 9
'-=-----=-
• 1800 cc model
1/
®
®
cmrn
I
I--J 910 111 rc:p."f,jIU95rs
,\ 31323 35363 3f 3' ' 1 4344
'\ 5! 5 6( 6162 63 6 6 6f " lfcl-
I
a BE BE B a8B9ge 919 IgsLJ
n
Q
'-"-----"-
U
H2M1384B
10BC6
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND IDLE
AIR CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE CONNEC·
TOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and idle
air control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 14 - (E7) No. 1:
S : Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
CYi: : Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and idle air control
solenoid valve connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (821) [1800 cc]
.. Poor contact in coupling con nector (822) [2200 cc]
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and idle
air control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 13 - (E7) No. 3:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
@: : Go to next step 5).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and idle air control
solenoid valve connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (821) [1800 cc]
.. Poor contact in coupling con nector (822) [2200 cc]
321

2-7 [T10Be7] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
L--__-,."="_________B
_
2M _
O _
58 ---J
5) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 13 Chassis ground:
-
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Cv :
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and idle air control solenoid valve connector.
OA C® : Go to next step 6).
6) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 14 Chassis ground:
c9 : Is there poor contact in idle air control solenoid
valve connector?
CS§D : Repair poor contact in idle air control solenoid
valve connector.
C® : Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
322

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BC7] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
323

2-1 [T10BDO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P0506
Main relay
B2M1104
SD: DTC P0506
- IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM LOWER
THAN EXPECTED -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Engine is difficult to start.
.. Engine does not start.
.. Erroneous idling
.. Engine stalls.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
a®====-=@-22m-@E3:rn=f--
® @) SBF-2
!E
-II
--
-= ® E7
-----

325
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BD2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
110801 1 CHECK DTC P0505· ON OISPlA Y.

2-7 [nOBEO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0507
(FBI )
B2M1105
BE: DTC P0507
- IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM RPM HIGHER
THAN EXPECTED -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified
idling revolution.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
® @ SBF-2
a®:®-22 -@--rn! -- ® --' II -
-----e$ 1
EeM 1======+==
'-
I '=========::bhJ
t82i"@ ® I
+ ===1Hl Idle air @
control
solenoid
valve
(2200 eel
'
=========iO ;tr
®@
I 34
56 78
910 1112
13 14 15 16
2
3 4
5 6
solenoid
valve
- (1800
®
eel
®
(2200 eel
(1800 eel
H2M1647
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
326

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BE2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10BE1 ICHECK DTC P0505 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-I/
general scan tool indicate DTC P0505?
: Inspect DTC P0505 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P0507.
(§) : Go to step 10BE2.
1 10BE2 I CHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and idle it.
: Is there a fault in air intake system?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
• Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air control
solenoid valve and throttle body .
• Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control solenoid
valve gasket and throttle body gasket
• Loose connections and cracks of idle air control solenoid
valve by-pass hoses
• Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Cvs) Repair air suction and leaks.
(§) : Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
327

328
2-7 [T10BFO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
BF: DTC P0600
- SERIAL COMMUNICATION LINK
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@@
1
Main relay
@@
SBF-2
----OD-----------e--e
II
®
@ ® ® @
II
3 4
§lli
PsFsl D
5 6 56789
H2M1648
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

329
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BF1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10BF1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEE.N ECM AND
DATA LINK CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and data
link connector (for Subaru Select Monitor & OBD-II general
scan tool).
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 93 - (840) No. 10:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@ : Go to next step 4).
(§) :
Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and
data link connector.
82M0583A
----
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 93 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
C Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and data link connector.
(§) Repair poor contact in ECM connector and data
link connector.

330
2-7 [T10BGO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P060I
(FB I)
0800376
BG: DTC P0601
- INTERNAL CONTROL MODULE MEMORY
CHECK SUM ERROR -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine does not start.
• Engine stalls.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main rela
=
®
To idle air control
solenoid va lve,
purge control
solenoid valve etc. ----'
® ® SBF-2
[eM
L_;;-@-i22)® ® ®
[
®
2 3 4
5 6
H2 34
56 f7fB
910 11 2
13 1415 1
H2M1613
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BG1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10BG1 / CHECK DTC P0601 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0601?
@ : Replace ECM.
@) : It is not necessary to inspect DTC P0601.
331

332
2-7 [T10BHO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0703
(FB 1 )
BH: DTC P0703
- BRAKE SWITCH INPUT MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M0655
WIRING DIAGRAM:
______
®
____ __ ________-. __ __ ____
-oNO.
D 1 2 ____
SoBF-3__ FL1.25B
__
__
To stop lights
,.. : With cruise control
Brake light
switch
®
H2M1649
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BH2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10BH1 I CHECK OPERATION OF BRAKE LIGHT.
: Does brake light come on when depressing
C
C®
the brake pedal?
: Go to step 10BH2.
: Repair or replace brake light circuit.
*: With cruise
control
® @*:C@
oThl rfi'21
[ffi]
H2M1204B
10BH2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1) Disconnect connectors from TeM and brake light
switch.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TeM and
brake light switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 7 - (864) No. 1 (Without cruise control):
(856) No. 7 - (865) No. 3 (With cruise control):

2-7 [T10BH3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0588A
1 10BH3 ICHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and brake light switch.
2) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 7 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BH4] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
335

2-7 [T1081O] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 0705
(FB 1 )
BI: DTC P0705
- TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M0656
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Starter does not rotate when selector lever is in "P" or
"N" range.
• Starter rotates when selector lever is in "R", "0", "3", "2"
or "1" range.
• Engine brake is not effected when selector lever is in "3"
range.
• Shift characteristics are erroneous.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Inhibitor
switch
IP R N D 3
I I
I
t I rr=;::
21 i
4
rr=
"11
"3 L..;;...
a: @
b: @
* : Plastic body type only
® a: @
b: @
c: @
H2M1650
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
336

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10B11 / CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH TYPE.
: Is inhibitor switch type plastic body?
0- Go to step 10B12.
: Go to step 10B14.
®
H2M1659A
10BI2 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and transmission.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 9 - (T7) No. 8:

2-7 [T10BI4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
®
CJ
'-----i-o Q 0+----1
H2M1661A
10BI4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and transmission
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 8 - (T7) No. 5:
S : Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Cv : Go to step 10B15.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor
switch connector.
• Poor contact in coupling connector (812)
®
H2M1662A
10BI5
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and transmission
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 1 - (T7) No. 6:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
@: : Go to step 10B16.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor
switch connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (812)
®
H2M1663A
10BI6
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and transmission
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 2 - (T7) No. 4:

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [nOBIS] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor
switch connector
.. Poor contact in coupling con nector (812)
CJ
®
'----+0 Q oI--_..J
H2M1664A
10BI7 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and transmission
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 3 - (T7) No. 11:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Cv) : Go to step 10B18.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor
switch connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (812)
CJ
®
'----+0 Q oI--_..J
H2M1665A
10BI8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and transmission
harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 4 - (T7) No. 3:
c3> : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@) : Go to step 10B19.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between ECM and inhibitor
switch connector
.. Poor contact in coupling connector (812)
339

2-7 [T10819] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1666A
10BI9 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 9 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Cvs) Go to step 10BI10.
C§) : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
H2M1667A
10BI10 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Ccmnector & terminal
(856) No. 10 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Cvs) : Go to step 10BI11.
C§) : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
340

341
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI12] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1668A
10BI11 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 8 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
C Go to step 10B112.
:
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
H2M1669A
10BI12 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
c3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
C Go to step 10B113.
: Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.

2-7 [T10BI13] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1670A
10BI13 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 2 - Chassis ground:

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [1108116] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1672A
10BI15
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
INHIBITOR SWITCH CONNECTOR.
Measure resistance of harness between TCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
Ec3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cs) : Go to step 10B116.
C® : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
H2M1673
/ 10B116 / CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 8 - No. 10
: _ Is the resistance less than 1 0. in "P" position?
_ Is the resistance more than 1 Mo. in other
positions?
Go to step 10B111.
Go to step 10B123.
343

344
2-7 [T10BI17] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1674
1 1013111 1 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 9 - No. 10
: e Is the resistance less than 1 n in HR " position?
e Is the resistance more than 1 Mn in other
positions?
Go to step 1013118.
Go to step 1013123.
H2M1748
1 1013118 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 5 - No. 10
: e Is the resistance less than 1 n in uN" position?
e Is the resistance more than 1 Mn in other
positions?
Go to step 1013119.
Go to step 1013123.

345
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI20] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1676
1 10BI19 1 CHECK INHIBiTOR SWiTCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 6 - No. 10
: .. Is the resistance less than 1 Q ;n HO" positicm?
.. Is the resistance more than 1 MQ in other
positions?
Go to step 10B120.
Go to step 10B123.
Ii'6f5T 4 ffi2=ml
[Wntm]
H2M1677
1 10BI20 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 4-No. 10
: .. Is the resistance less than 1 Q in H3" position?
.. Is the resistance more than 1 MQ ;n other
positions?
Go to step 10B121 .
Go to step 10B123.

2-7 [T10BI21] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
mJ
H2M1678
1 10BI21 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 11 - No. 10
: • Is the resistance less than 1 0 in "2" position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 MO in other
positions?
Go to step 10B122.
Go to step 10B123.
116151 12111 4 93121111
8 7
H2M1679
1 10BI22 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 3 - No. 10
: • Is the resistance less than 1 0 in "1 " position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 MO in other
positions?
C : Go to step 10B126.
@) : Go to step 10B123.
CHECK SELECTOR CABLE.
: Is there faulty connection in the selector
cable?
Cvs) : Repair connection of selector cable.
@) : Replace inhibitor switch.
346

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI24] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
® ®
c=J
'-Io...-+o Q 01- ...,
@) ®
c=J
-foO ... Q O+-- ..JJ..J
OBD0596A
10BI24 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TeM and transmission
harness connector.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TeM and
transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 9 - (812) No. 3:

2-7 [T108124] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 4 - (812) No. 5:

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BI25] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
:
Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
S : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
C : Go to step 10B125.
: Repair ground short circuit in harness between
TCM and transmission harness connector.
0
Q
'-"----=-
1 816_f
I 4 1 3 1 2 111
B2M1286A
1 10BI25 1 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between transmission harness connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 3 - No. 4
: Go to €9 .
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 2 - No. 4
: • Is the resistance less than 1 0. in "R " position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 Mo. in other
positions?
Cv : Go to next
: Go to €9 .
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 1 - No. 4
: • Is the resistance less than 1 0. in "N" position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 Mo. in other
positions?
@: : Go to next
: Go to €9 .
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 8 - No. 4
: • Is the resistance less than 1 0. in "D" position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 Mo. in other
positions?
Go to next .
Go to E9 .
349

350
2-7 [T108125] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(f3) No. 7 - No. 4
: • Is the resistance less than 1 Q in "3" position?
• Is the resistance more than 1 MQ in other
positions?
0'rV : Go to next
@) : Go to

351
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [1108127] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M16BOA
1 10BI26 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to TCM and transmission.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 9 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: _ Is the voltage less than 1 V in "P" and "N"
positions?
_ Is the voltage more than 8 V in other positions?
Go to step 108127.
Go to step 1 OB133.
H2M16B1A
1 108127 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: _ Is the voltage less than 1 V in "R" position?
_ Is the voltage more than 6 V in other positions?
Go to step 108128.
Go to step 108133.

2-7 [T10BI28] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1682A
1108128 ICHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 8 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: CD Is the voltage less than 1 V in uN" and UP"
positions?
CD Is the voltage more than 8 V in other positions?
Go to step 108129.
Go to step 108133.
H2M1683A
1108129 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: CD Is the voltage less than 1 V in "D" position?
CD Is the voltage more than 6 V in other positions?
Go to step 108130.
Go to step 108133.
352

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [1108131] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1684A
1108130 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: • Is the voltage less than 1 V in "3" position?
• Is the voltage more than 6 V in other positions?
Go to step 108131.
Go to step 108133.
H2M1685A
1108131 ' 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: • Is the voltage less than 1 V in "2" position?
• Is the voltage more than 6 V in other positions?
Go to step 108132.
Go to step 108133.
353

2-7 [T108132] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1686A
1108132 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: • Is the voltage less than 1 V in "1 " position?
• Is the voltage more than 6 V in other positions?
: Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Go to step 108133.
1108133 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in rCM connector?
Cv : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Replace TCM.
354

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BJ1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P07IO
(FB I)
OB00380
BJ: DTC P0710
- TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive drivi ng cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No shift up to 4th speed (after engine warm-up)
• No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
• Excessive shift shock
WIRING DIAGRAM:
a: @
c: @
@®
L:Jj====================== ====::J
c: @ a: @
=
1 2 34
56 7 8
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
H2M1749
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
1 10BJ1 1 CHECK DTC P0710 ON DISPLAY.

2-7 [T10BKO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
P0720
®
0800392
BK: DTC P0720
- OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR 1) CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fau·lt
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No shift or excessive tight corner "braking"
WIRING DIAGRAM:
------------------------------------------
®
12 3
4
56 7!8
910 1112
1 14 1 16
H2M1687
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
11 OB K1 1 CHECK DTC P0720 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0720?
Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8NO] . >
C® It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0720.
356

357
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10Bl1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0725
(FB I)
OBD0404
BL: DTC P0725
- ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
.. AT diagnostic indicator light (AT OIL TEMP indicator
light) remains on when vehicle speed is "0".
WIRING DIAGRAM:
-
r-
TCM
...,....
fM
ECM
'--
-
-J'91O-'J 11 12 l r'lTi4 115 FJ6
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
\ 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
LJ
84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96
u
B2M05B5
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
110Bl1 I CHECK DTC P0725 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0725?
0' : Check engine speed input signal circuit. < Ref. to
3-2 [TSJO] . >
: It is not necessary to inspect DTC P0725.

358
2-7 [T10BMO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P073 1
(FB 1 )
BM: DTC P0731
- GEAR 1 INCORRECT RATIO -
OBD
P0732
(FB 1 )
82M0657
BN: DTC P0732
- GEAR 2 INCORRECT RATIO -
OBD
P0733
(FB 1 )
82M0658
BO: DTC P0733
- GEAR 3 INCORRECT RATIO -
OBD
P0734
(FB 1 )
82M0659
BP: DTC P0734
- GEAR 4 INCORRECT RATIO -
82M0660
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not
effected in "3" range; excessive shift shock; excessive tight
corner "braking"

359
Shield joint
connector
@DIPI PI
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BP1] 2-7
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Throttle
position
sensor
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
@)
B
reM
a: @
c: @
•
cl
•
==:::;1t----
10BP1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC (BESIDES DTC
P0731, P0732, P0733, P0734) ON DISPLAY.
: Is there any other DTC on display?
C) : Inspect relevant DTC using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trou ble Code". < Ref. to 2-7 [T1 OAO] . >
C§ : Go to step 10BP2.

360
2-7 [T10BP2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10BP2 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIR­
CUIT.
Check throttle position sensor circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[TSMO].>
: Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
Cv
: Repair or replace throttle position sensor circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BP3.
10BP3 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 CIR­
CUIT.
Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[TSNO]. >
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
0-
1 circuit?
: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BP4.
10BP4 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 CIR­
CUIT.
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[TSOO]. >
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit?
C€s) : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BP5.
110BP5 ICHECK ENGINE SPEED INPUT CIRCUIT.
Check engine speed input circuit. < Ref. to 3-2 [TSJO]. >
: Is there any trouble in engine speed input
circuit?
C) : Repair or replace engine speed input circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BP6.
110BP6 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>

361
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BP7] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
\10BP7 \ CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.
: Is there any mechanical trouble in automatic
transmission?
0' : Repair or replace automatic transmission.
: Replace TCM.

362
2-7 [T10BQO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB 1 )
P0740
B2M0661
BQ: DTC P0740
- TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
• No shift or excessive tight corner "braking"
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Automatic tra nsmission
B:@
b: @
c:@
@ ®
=
Duty ATF Veh icle
solenoid temperature speed
B sensor sensor 1
11rT
-/ I
I
Brake
light
switch
I I
Thrqttle
position
sensor
I
fU' ,
., - - --- .. -------- - --- - --------- -------------- ...
-------'t-
, ,
,
--
- --- -
--------- - -
----
..,...
-
@
[i}3
TCM -
=rt1
=
7
r;=:
T
8
@ ® *:®
Inh ibitor switch
1
• : PIBstic body type only
(I V,hk'"
Combination
meter
" ",
sensor 2
I '
\
EC
1
a: @
b: @
c: @
1 2 3456
78910 1112
1 3456 8
9 10 1112 131415 16
1 2 345678910
111 314151617181920
1 34
56 7
910 1112
13 1415 16
8
®
1?liliIMI1
H2M1689

363
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BQ4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
10BQ1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC (BESIDES DTC
P0140) ON DISPLAY.
(§) : Go to step 10BQ2.
110BQ2 I CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B CIRCUIT.
Check duty solenoid B circuit. < Ref. to 3-2 [T8DOj. >
: Is there any trouble in duty solenoid B circuit?
Cs) : Repair or replace duty solenoid B circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BQ3.
10BQ3 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIR­
CUIT.
Check throttle position sensor circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8MOj. >
: Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
C : Repair or replace throttle position sensor circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BQ4.
10BQ4 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 CIR­
CUIT.
Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8NOj. >
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
1 circuit?

364
2-7 [T10BQ5] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 CIR­
CUIT.
Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[TSOO].>
: Is there any trouble in engine speed input
circuit?
C® : Repair or replace engine speed input circuit.
:-Go to step 10BQ7.
110BQ7 1 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT.
Check inhibitor switch circuit. < Ref. to 2-7 [T10BI0]. >
: Is there any trouble in inhibitor switch circuit?
: Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
Cv
: Go to step 10BQ8.
110BQ8 1 CHECK BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT.
Check brake light switch circuit. < Ref. to 2-7 [T10BHO]. >
: Is there any trouble in brake light switch circuit?
) : Repair or replace brake light switch circuit.
: Go to step 10BQ9.

365
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BQ11] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
108Q9 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIR­
CUIT.
Check ATF temperature sensor circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[TBHO]. >
E3> : Is there any trouble in A TF temperature sensor
circuit?
: Repair or replace ATF temperature sensor circuit.
(§) : Go to step 108Q10.
1108Q10 ICHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in TCM connector?
@ : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
(§) : Go to step 108Q11.
1108Q11 1 CHECK MECHANICAL TROU8LE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.
S : Is there any mechanical trouble in automatic
transmission?
C : Repair or replace automatic transmission.
(§) : Replace TCM.

2-7 [T10BRO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0743
(FB 1 )
82M0662
DR: DTC P0743
- TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SYSTEM
(DUTY SOLENOID B) ELECTRICAL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No lock-up (after engine warm-up)
WIRING DIAGRAM:
=============®Bllrn®M============
®
1 2 34 56 78
910 11 1 2
13 14 15 16
H2M1750
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
110BR1 I CHECK DTC P0743 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0743?
Cvs) : Check duty solenoid B circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T800]. >
C§) : It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0743.
366

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BS1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0748
(FB 1 )
82M0663
BS: DTC P0148
- PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID (DUTY
SOLENOID A) ELECTRICAL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Excessive shift shock
WIRING DIAGRAM:
=====================IIQD==================
@
1 2 34
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
®
H2M1751
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
110BS1 ICHECK DTC P0748 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0748?
CS§D Check duty solenoid A circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8CO]. >
(§) It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0748.
367

2-7 [T108TO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB 1 )
P0753
82M0664
8T: DTC P0753
_. SHIFT SOLENOID A (SHIFT SOLENOID 1)
ELECTRICAL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No shift
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
r=lCJ
®®
d=========================EE=====:;--'
E
1 2 34
56 78
910 111 2
13 14 15 16
H2M1752
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
110BT1 1 CHECK DTC P0753 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or aBO-II
general scan tool indicate orc P0753?
C : Check shift solenoid 1 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8GO].>
.C§§) : It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0753.
368

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BU1] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB 1 )
P0758
B2M0665
BU: DTC P0758
- SHIFT SOLENOID B (SHIFT SOLENOID 2)
ELECTRICAL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• No shift
WIRING DIAGRAM:
E
1 2 3 4
5678
910 1112
13 141516
®
H2M1753
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
/10BU1 / CHECK DTC P0758 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0758?
0- : Check shift solenoid 2 circuit. < Ref. to 3-2
[T8FO]. >
: It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0758.
369

2-7 [T10BVO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB 1 )
PO 760
TeM
f1ill
13
b
I""'""
4
a
1
*
a: @
b: @
c: @
B2M0666
BV: DTC P0760
- SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3)
MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Ineffective engine brake with selector lever in "3"
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
Bll
® T4
;::;;=c
f-'L
'T ':::'::.
@ ®
6
7
@
bt:
Automatic transmission
Shift solenoid 1
Shift solenoid 3
® @--'no'
Shift solenoid 2
©
Inhibitor switch
P R
3
L=
4
==-
7
r+
N D 1
-=
l
* : Plastic body type only
a: @
123456
789101112
b: @ c: @
12345678
91011 1213141516
1234567891
111213141516171
1 2 34
5678
910
13 141516
1112
®
@
®
123456
89101112
H2M1754
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
10BV1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC (BESIDES DTC
P0760) ON DISPLAY.
: Is there any other DTC on display?
: Go to step 10BV2.
370

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BV3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/10BV2 / CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH CIRCUIT.
Check inhibitor switch circuit. < Ref. to 2-7 [T10810]. >
S : Is there any trouble in inhibitor switch circuit?
) : Repair or replace inhibitor switch circuit.
(§) : Go to step 10BV3.
SELECT
EGi
SELECT
AT
SYSTEM
Y : O,N: /
+ [/]
SYSTEM
Y : O,N: /
H2M1150
/10BV3 / CHECK GEAR POSITION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect the Subaru select monitor to data link connector.
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with safety
stands.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
4) Start and warm-up the engine and transmission.
s) Subaru select monitor switch to ON.
6) Select AT mode using function key.
Press the function key [I], and change to AT mode.
7) Press the function key [0].
I ITJ O] mm[jQJ I
C D E F t
00000
8 9 A B
OODOD
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDD
o 1 2 3 ENT
lDlDDDD
SUBA RU
G3M0152
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode for AT: F10
GEAR
I st
(FlO)
9) Move selector lever to "0" and drive the vehicle.
10) Read data on Subaru select monitor.
: Does gear position change according to throttle
position and vehicle speed?
Cv) : Go to step 10BV4.
(§) : Go to step 10BV6.
08D0615
371

2-7 [T10BV4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
110BV4 ICHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in rCM connector?
(v::!:s) : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Go to step 10BV5.
110BV5 I CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T1OBV10] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
\10BV9 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in rCM connector?
Gr : Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Go to step 10BV10.
110BV10 I CHECK MECHANICAL TROUBLE.
Check mechanical trouble in automatic transmission.
: Is there any mechanical trouble in automatic
transmission?
C : Repair or replace automatic transmission.
: Replace TCM.
373

374
2-7 [T10BWO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P0763
(FB 1 )
< ATOVR >
82M0667
BW: DTC P0763
- SHIFT SOLENOID C (SHIFT SOLENOID 3)
ELECTRICAL -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Ineffective engine brake with selector lever in "3"
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
®®
d========================:jEBf-----
1 2 34
56 78
910 111 2
13 14 15 16
H2M1755
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
110BW1 1 CHECK DTC P0763 ON DISPLAY.
(§) : It is not necessary to inspect OTC P0763.

375
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BW1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:

376
2-7 [T10BXO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PIIOO
82M1113
BX: DTC P1100
- STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
* : Plastic body
type only
Starter
0/
Ignition
switch
SBF-4 FL 1.25
®
®
11lmlfil1
H2M1612
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

377
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BX1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
\10BX1 \CHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
: Does starter motor operate when ignition
switch to "ST"?
NOTE:
• On AT vehicles, place the inhibitor switch in the " P" or
"N" position.
• On MT vehicles, depress the clutch pedal.
Cv
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open or ground short circuit in harness between ECM
and starter motor connector.
• Poor contact in ECM connector.
: Check starter motor circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T8BO]. >

378
2-7 [T10BYO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 1 01
B2M1114
BY: DTC P1101
- NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION [MT VEHICLES] -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ECM
®
r--
-
®
'1'2ru 3 4 J 5 6 u 7 8 l rf
17 1819202122232425262728 29 301
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 8182 83
L
®®
-=-
@@
I
""2
""-
l/V
n
=
rO
® @
1 2 34
5678
910 1112
13 14 15 16
om
]
B2M0588
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

379
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BY2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
r---
'/
®
rl-r'B'7r1 6 5 "''4''3rL '2'Ff
0. 3C129 827(2f 5 4(23 221 0191817
\ 57565554535251 5Ci49i48i47146145
\ 83 8 81 80i7 877176175"[47372171
U-
I.
}J
n
'-
u
B2M0589A
/ 10BY1 / CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V in neutral
position?
Cv:::!:s) : Go to next step 3).
: Go to step 10BY3.
-;;-
--:-
--
r{ I--U 8 7 @) 6 5 I""''4'3U'2Ff
3as 28272€125124 2322 2120191817
7 56555453521 5049 48474645
\ 83 8 818079178177176 5174 7 2 1
Ip
J
n
u-
I..-F-
B2M0589A
3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

380
2-7 [T10BY3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
,
0
-Q -"----=--
[ID] @
OBD0469A
!10BY3 ! CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission harness,
3) Measure resistance between transmission harness and
connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(12) No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance more than 1 Mo. in neutral
position?
C : Go to next step 4).
C§V : Repair short circuit in transmission harness or
replace neutral position switch.
4) Measure resistance between transmission harness
connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(12) No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 0. in other positions?
Cv Go to step 10BY4.
C§V : Repair open circuit in transmission harness or
replace neutral position switch.
®
f"2 lJ'3'4r-1 5 6 7 8, l Ii C-.r-t.
1718 9202122 N25262: 89SC ,\
45 6147148149 051 2 3 455 657 '\
71 2173174 5 67 7€ 9BOa1 283
Ih r
L L...-I} LJ
'/
I.
''0
'---+O-
B2M0590A
10BY4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH.
1) Disconnect connector from ECM,
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 - (825) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 o.?

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BY5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
3) Measure resistance between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 - Chassis ground:
S : Is the resistance less than 10 O?
(vEY Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission harness connector.
@) Go to next step 4).
B2M0591A
.---
-..:-
Ii
Q
'---
rrm@
OBD0472A
4) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
harness connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(825) No. 2 - Engine ground:

2-7 [T10BZO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 1 01
(FBI )
B2M1115
BZ: DTC P1101
- NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT [AT VEHICLES] -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Erroneous idling
WIRING DIAGRAM:
(5'
®
-
EeM
Ii
'---
Starter
motor
@
-
®
it2fl 3 4 U 1 ... 16 U 1 ..r- 19 111 12 J 11 114 fjf
1118 19120121122 23 24 25 26 27 It Ijl 13 32 34 3 36 37131 13 4C 41 143 14 1 2 34
4'i 4t 41 4t 1491:>01:>11:>21:>31:>4
15, 9 61
171 172173174175 I/Il III I ttl 1/9180 1 83 184 65 11:11 10 19 9 910 1112
LJ
L
15
L-J
®®
:fffi
N D
* : ®
* : Plastic body
type only
® ®
62163 64 16: 6 161 6B 17( 56 78
11lmlI1
H2M1690
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
382

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BZ3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/ 10BZ1 ICHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.
: Go to step 10BZ2.
J.
--
n
'-
-.,:
'( ®
rlr-U 8 7 6 5 "'-'4 '3 1I 2"Ff"
309282726542 22120 91817
'\ 575 5554321 5(lli!746

2-7 [T10BZ4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
--::-
--
r(
®
-Ja'7r"O 6 5 '-'4'31 "2T
3C 9 8272f 5 4 3t22 21f;!0191817
0,
'\ 57565554535251 5C14914E1474645
838 8180
U- J.l
I
n
'--
175 8 n76 5174 7 2 1
...J
B2M0593A
110BZ4 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BZ8] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M1119
!10BZ1 ! CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 0 in "N" and
"P" positions?
CY : Go to next .
: Replace inhibitor switch.
: Is there any fault in selector cable connection
to inhibitor switch?
: Repair selector cable connection. < Ref. to 3-2
[W3BO).>
: Replace ECM.
10BZ8 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and transmission
harness connector.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
transmission harness connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 - (812) No. 11:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Cvs) : Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and transmission
harness connector
• Poor contact in transmission harness connector
• Poor contact in ECM connector
4) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
harness connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(812) No. 12 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 5 O?
cy Go to step 10BZ9.
Repair open circuit in inhibitor switch ground line.
H2M1210B
385

2-7 [T10BZ9] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
82M1288A
110BZ9 1 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between transmission harness connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 11 - No. 12:
: Replace ECM.
386

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10BZ9] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
387

2-7 [T10CAO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
PII02
OBD0481
CA: DTC P1102
- PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING
SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
CD Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CD
CD
Erroneous idling
Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
@
Shield joint
connector
*1 : 1800 cc
*2 : 2000 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
Main relay
®®
SBF-2
@
®
(1800 ccl
lim 4 6
®
(2200 ccl
fa
® @
o:tmJ
@
®
3 4
5 6
CAUTION:
Afier repair or replacement of faulty parts,
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
®
-5 678
H2M1621
conduct
388

389
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CA3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0596A
\10CA1 \CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C Go to step 10CA2.
: Go to step 10CA3.
\10CA2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
C : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
OBD0488A
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10CA3 PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLE­
NOID VALVE CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sources switching
solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between pressure
sources switching solenoid valve connector and engine
ground.
Connector & terminal
(81) No. 1 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
Cv : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and pressure sources switching solenoid
valve connector.
Go to next step 4).

390
2-7 [T10CA4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
f--U 9 0 1112 '1314 lJ 5
M
'I
®
'\ 5E596C61626346566676869 n
I\ 8 S586878889909192939495r i
)f
U===
CJ
®
82M0597A
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and pressure
sources switching solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 15 - (81) No ..
1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C : Go to step 10CA4.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and pressure
sources switching solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in shield joint connector (883)
82M1120
10CA4 CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING
SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between pressure sources switching
solenoid valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 10 and 100 O?
C : Go to step 10CA5.
: Replace pressure sources switching solenoid
valve.

391
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CA6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
-:...:-
Fi
V'JC
'-=----=
®®
OBD0676A
10CA5
CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO PRESSURE
SOURCES SWITCHING SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between pressure sources switching
solenoid valve harness connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(81) No. 2 (+) - Engine ground (-):

392
2-7 [T10CBO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
PII03
0900489
CB: DTC P1103
- ENGINE TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL
CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Excessive shift shock
WIRING DIAGRAM:
i '2flJ 3 4 lJ 5 6 U 7 8 L1'l
17181920 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 301\
45 46 47 484950 5152 53 54 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 7576 77787980 81 82 83
L
L
92M0598
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

393
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CB3] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0599A
\10CB1 \ CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 79 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4.5 V?
Cvs) : Go to step 10CB2.
C§V : Go to step 10CB3.
\10CB2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Cv
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
C§V : Replace ECM.
10CB3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and TCM
connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 79 - (855) No. 16:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
: Go to next step 4).
C§V :
Repair open circuit in harness between ECM and
TCM connector.
B2M0601A
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 79 - Chassis ground:
3> : Is the resistance less than 10 Q?
C§ Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM connector.
C§V Go to step 10CB4.

394
2-7 [T10CB4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
110CB4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in TCM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in rCM connector?
C :
(§) :
Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
Replace TCM.

395
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CB4] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:

396
2-7 [T10CCO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 12 0
(FBI )
B2M1122
CC: DTC P1120
- STARTER SWITCH CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
____
®
_ (ATl
== ==
==== ====
== == ==== @D =
e
B1
4
2
ffi
QD
n
== ====
* : Plastic body
type only
Starter
0/
Clutch
switch (MTl 8
I r=o;i
E
Starter
interlock
re lay (MTl
Ignition
switch
S8F-4 FL 1.25
®
H2M1612
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CC1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
110CC1 ICHECK OPERATION OF STARTER MOTOR.
397

2-1 [T10CDO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 12 1
(FBI )
B2M1123
CD: DTC P1121
- NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT [AT VEHICLES] -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Erroneous idling
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EeM
®
r--
'--
Starter
motor ®
si
® -
®
@@
W
"llZ.I
fl.2 IL 3 4 U 1516 U 17 8 LIU 19 10 U 11 12 U 113 14IuT5r1o
31 132
17111 11 20121 22 2 242r:.. 26121 111 [-II
4 141 41148 49150 51 152 53154 55 15i 58159
17 17: 73 4/!l 116 " III! 1918C 8' !
L
L.J
14
i1
" N D
* : ®
36 rJl JI! IJ9 4u 41 243 144 1 2 34
Ii'l Ihh )1 bli 09 /U 56 78
89 90 91 192 93 910 11 12
U
* : Plastic body
type only
@ ®
11lmlI1
H2M1690
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
398

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CD3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CD1 1 CHECK DTC P0705 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0705?
C : Inspect DTC P070S using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
: Go to step 10CD2.
,...----,
'/
®
r-J 8 7 6 5 r-'4'3[1. 2ff
,\ 3C 928272€252423 221O 91817
'\ 575655543251 5C 9148147146145
\83 82 81O 8 776 51L4172 1
U- LJ
l
I
0
I....f-
B2M0593A
1 10CD2 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(B84) No. 82 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 V in other
positions?
Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time.
Go to step 10CD3.
1 10CD3 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH TYPE.

2-7 [T10CD4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
82M0595A
10CD4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and transmission
harness connector.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 - Chassis ground:
3> : Is the resistance less than 10 O?
C) Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and transmission harness connector.
Go to step 10CD5.
H2M1756A
10CD5 CHECK TRANSMISSION HARNESS CON­
NECTOR.
1) Disconnect connector from inhibitor switch.
2) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
harness connector and engine ground.
Connector & terminal
(T3) No. 11 - Engine ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 O?
C : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
transmission harness and inhibitor switch connector.
Go to step 10CD6.
82M1119
1 10CD6 1 CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
Measure resistance between inhibitor switch connector
receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO in other
positions?
6'! : Go to next .
: Replace inhibitor switch.
400

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CD8] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
: Is there any fault in selector cable connection
to inhibitor switch?
: Repair selector cable connection. < Ref. to 3-2
[W3BO]. >
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
82M0595A
10CD1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
TRANSMISSION HARNESS CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM and transmission
harness connector.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 82 - Chassis ground:

2-1 [T10CEO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diag nostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P 1122
B2M1124
CE: DTC P1122
- PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING
SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Erroneous idling
.. Failure of engine to start
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
®
Shield joint
connector
*1 : 1800 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
Main relay
*2 : 2000 cc
® C® 'SBF-2
E
®
® ® ® @ @)
(1800 ccl (2200 ccl
a
3 4
- rnillJ @ §±j
4 6 5 6
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts,
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
C®
-5 678
H2M1621
conduct
402

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CE3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
I
..
@
'/
16'i4'13ru 2 11 10 9 Lri
44 342 4140 t39138 137 S6 t35 t34 t33 3231
16968676616564636261605958
'9549392191 9CI89188a78685841
T: '--
/
r=r
-
B2M0596A
1 10CE1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Cs) Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
C® :
r--
-:F
@)
r.S15U1413r1 211 10 9 Lrl
44 3424140 t39 t38 3 363534333231
16968676665 646 6261 6059 8
,
;9594939291 9C 898887868584
L
r=r
...
'I
~ I
B2M0596A
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
10CE3 PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING SOLE­
NOID VALVE CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from pressure sources switching
solenoid valve.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 15 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
: Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and pressure sources switching solenoid
valve connector. After repair, replace ECM.
C® Go to next step 5).
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance between pressure sources switching
solenoid valve connector terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Replace pressure sources switching solenoid
valve and ECM.
B2M1120 C® Go to step 10CE4.
----
403

2-7 [T10CE4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CE4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
0- : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
:
404

405
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CE4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:

406
2-7 [T10CFO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CF: DTC P1141
- MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH
OBD
(FBI ) INPUT) -
P 1141
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M1126 TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
----
.. Erroneous idling
.. Engine stalls .
.. Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
=
.. -------------------------------------- - ----------,
_____________________________________________________ I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
1-----, ll -QO--------e
ID'"-
\..V flow
® ® S8F-2
Mass air
sensor
§m2
3 4
5 6
®
H2M1620
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

407
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CF1] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CF1 ICHECK DTC P0102 OR P0103 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DrC P0102 or
P0103?
Inspect DTC P0102 or P0103 using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P1141.
(§ : Replace mass air flow sensor.

408
2-7 [T10CGO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 142
(FBI )
B2M1127
CG: DTC P1142
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (LOW
INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Erroneous idling
.. Engine stalls .
.. Poor driving performance
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@
Shield joint
connector
®B
fiYi1\
==== ____ =======21Br ________
Throttle
position
sensor
rf 2" J'JrLlTlJ 5 6 U 7 8 L
1718 1920 21 22123 24 25 26127 28 29 301\
45 46 47 48 49150 51 52 53154 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75176 7778 791tlO 81 82 83
L
*1 : @
*2
(1800 ee)
34
56718
910 11 12
13 14 1 10
1 2
:@
*3:@ (2200 ee)
(1800 *4 : @
ee) (2200 ee)
ni2'I3l
rn2f3T4l
H2M1623
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

409
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CG1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CG1 I CHECK DlC P0122 OR P0123 ON DISPLAY.
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P1142.
: Replace throttle position sensor.

410
2-7 [T10CHO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 143
(FBI )
CH: DTC P1143
- PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (LOW
INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M1128
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
®
Shield joint
connector
*1 : 1800 cc
*2 : 2000 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
valve
@®
SBF-2
@ @ @
(1800 ccl (2200 ccl
2
3 4
5 6
H2M1621
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

411
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
OBD-II general scan tool )
""
\
I
Data link connector
( for Subaru select
Z/)
BARO. P
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CH1] 2-7
'/' / H2M1181A
(F 20)
1 OOkPa752mmHg
82M0755
-
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CH1 \ CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select Monitor or
the OBO-II general scan tool switch ON.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Oesignate mode using function key.
Function mode: F20
• F20: Oisplay shows pressure signal value sent from the
pressure sensor.
: Is the value less than 32 /CPa in function
mode F20?
Cvs) : Go to step 10CH3.
: Go to step 10CH2.
• OBO-II general scan tool
For detailed operation procedures, refer to the OBO-II
General Scan Tool Instruction Manual.

412
2-7 [T10CH2] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
BARO. P (F 20)
1 O OkPa752mmHg
B2M0755
1 10CH2 I CHECK PRESSURE SENSOR.
1) Measure actual atmospheric pressure.
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or OBD-II general
scan tool.
• Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F20
• F20: Display shows pressure signal value sent from the
pressure sensor.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CH4] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10CH4 CHECK PRESSURE SOURCES SWITCHING
SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.

2-7 [T10CIO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P 1 144
CI: DTC P1144
- PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
RANGE/PERFORMANCE PROBLEM (HIGH
INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M1129
WIRING DiAGRAM:
Pressure
sensor
@
Shield joint
connector
*1 : 1800 cc
*2 : 2000 cc
Pressure sources
switching solenoid
va lve
Ma in relay
® C®
SBF-2
4
®
®
(1800 ccl
a 4 6
CAUTION:
®
(2200 ccl
-5 678
® @ @)
3 4
@ 5 6
After repair or replacement of faulty parts,
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
C®
-5 678
H2M1621
conduct
414

1
I
,
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CI1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CI1 I CHECK DATA FOR CONTROL
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II general
scan tool to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch ON and Subaru Select Monitor or
the OBO-II general scan tool switch ON.
4) Start engine.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor or the OBO-II
general scan tool.
.. Subaru Select Monitor
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F20
.. F20: Display shows pressure signal value sent from the
pressure sensor.
BARO. P (F 20)
1 OOkPa752mmHg
82M0755
----

2-7 [T10CJO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PI40 0
CJ: DTC P1400
- FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT LOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1130
WIRING DIAGRAM:
-=
® ® SBF-2
rn o.....a
tid
®
®
3 4
5 6
®@ @@ @
: C r l pressure
@@
® @ @ @
113ml311 11InlIlallsml14111101 M [ill]
I
Fuel tank
contro I
solenoid
valve
H2M1693 '
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
416

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CJ3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CJ1 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C : Go to step "10CJ2.
: Go to step "10CJ3.
1 10CJ2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
C : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
H2M1239D
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK
10CJ3 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(RS8) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 10 Q?
C : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel tank pressure control solenoid
valve connector.
: Go to next step 4).
417

2-7 [T10CJ4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
(I
-'1r-Ū 9 1C 1112 'r:r:: T-i U95f.ffi
\\ 5t58' 61 6 6 64 6e666 6E 6E7e
313 : 3l 3e3E3 3E394( 41 4 44 @
U--If B4135 B BE BEIS( 91929:: 94 9E 9E LJ
I.
om@
0
Q
-=-----=-
H2M1409B
4) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and fuel
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 10 - (R68) No. 2:
3> : Is the voltage less than 1 01
C® : Go to step 10CJ4.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and fuel tank
pressure control solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (899 and R15)
H2M123BA
10CJ4 CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 10 and 100 01
Cs) Go to step 10CJ5.
: Replace fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve.
418

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CJ6] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1241D
10CJ5 CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO FUEL TANK
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(R68) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv::!: : Go to step 10CJ6.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between main relay and fuel
tank pressure control solenoid valve connector
• Poor contact in coupling connectors (897 and R15)
• Poor contact in main relay connector
/ 10CJ6 / CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in fuel tank pressure control solenoid
valve connector. < Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in fuel tank pressure
control solenoid valve connector?
6') Repair poor contact in fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve connector.
Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
419

2-7 [T10CKO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PI42 0
CK: DTC P1420
- FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1131
WIRING DIAGRAM:
'::'
@ ®
m
SBF-2
0"':=0
ru
®
®
3 4
§m
@@ @@ @
: r'
@@
® @ @ @
'',fi1'' 'l'n'lffilll§!6Ilfulnlfo'lOl M IT1'2J
Fuel tank
pressure control
I solenoid
valve
H2M1693
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
420

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CK3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CK1 1 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 10 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
C€9 : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv : Go to step 10CK3.
/
H2M1408B : Go to step 10CK2.
L- ______ ____ __________ ____
1 10CK2 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
C€HC3> : Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Gr Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
:
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN FUEL TANK
10CK3 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
C€Hc9 : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and fuel tank pressure control solenoid
valve connector. After repair, replace ECM.
: Go to next step 5).
421

2-7 [T10CK4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance between fuel tank pressure control
solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
e : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
G-
Replace fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve
and ECM.
H2M1238A (§) Go to step 10CK4.
--------
1 10CK4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
G- Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
(§) Replace ECM.
422

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CK4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
423

424
2-7 [T10ClO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P142 1
B2M1132
CL: DTC P1421
- EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Poor driving performance on low engine speed
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
® @) SBF-2
L---7----OD------.--e$
EGR va lve
1234
6 8
910 11 12
2
3 4
5 6
1 2
56
34
78
9 H) 11 12
13 14 15 16
H2M1634
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10Cl4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
I CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type MT?
Check AT IMT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T10D80]. >
Go to step 10CL2.
B2M0566A
----
1 10CL2 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 71 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Go to step 10CL4.
: Go to step 10CL3.
1 10CL3 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
cY Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
:
IIIIL.
'--__ _____
-=- ________ __ ______ B _ 2 _ MO _ 56 ---.J
10CL4 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN EGR SOLE­
NOID VALVE AND ECM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from EGR solenoid valve.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 71 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
6A : Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C) : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and EGR solenoid valve connector. After
repair, replace ECM.
Go to next step 5).
425

2-7 [T10CLS] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
II
-Q
4ffiP
08D0327
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance between EGR solenoid valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
C Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
(§) :
426

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10Cl5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
427

428
2-7 [T10CMO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
PI422
(FBI )
CM: DTC P1422
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM PURGE CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
L-
______ ________________ B2M1133
__
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
@ ®
SBF-2
BBL-------=========I=JH::=========Q__crf!l\d
---@V-2--QD-- rnr---QD----------.-------- ē
1 2 3 4
56 78
910 11 12
13 14 15 16
®
§m2
3 4
5 6
H2M1637
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS n SYSTEM [T10CM3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CM1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 72 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

2-7 [T10CM4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
n
Q
®
08D0338
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
6) Measure resistance between purge control solenoid
valve terminals.
Terminals
No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
G- Replace purge control solenoid valve and ECM.
@) : Go to step 10CM4.
1 10CM4 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1]. >

431
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CM4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:

2-1 [T10CNO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P I 42 3
CN: DTC P1423
- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM VENT CONTROL HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1134
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Main relay
®
@ @)
SBF-2
L---=----jrnl------ru--e--,$
Vent control
50lenoid
'-----1:I----I:f---1rl II
..--
®@ @ ® va lve
@@ ®®
Jl
----,
cani5ter I
@) ® @ ®
H2M1638
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
432

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CN3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CN1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 35 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
S : Is there poor contact in ECM connector?

2-7 [T10CN4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CN4 ICHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1]. >
€H3> : Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Gr Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
Replace ECM.
:
434

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CN4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
435

2-7 [T10COO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
Pl440
CO: DTC P1440
- FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
FUNCTION PROBLEM (LOW INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1135
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®
®
§ill 5 6
::-
® ® SBF-2
m
()">..()
@)@ @@ @
: r l pressu
@@
ru
@) @ @ @
1Ifil3Iffil 11IfilIIllsmlII1101 Y [1ilJ
I
Fue l tank
re contro I
solenoid
va lve
H2M1693
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
436

437
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10C02] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1133B
'-----'
10C01 CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does fuel tank pressure control solenoid
valve produce operating sound?
NOTE:
Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve operation check
can also be executed usi ng Subaru Select Monitor (Function
mode: FD07). For the procedure, refer to "COMPUL­
SORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE". < Ref. to 2-7
[T3FO]. >
0') Go to step 10C02.
(!§) : Replace fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve.
10C02 CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP AND FUEL
FILLER PIPE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Open the fuel flap.
: Is the fuel filler cap tightened securely?
@OED : Tighten fuel filler cap securely.
(!§) : Go to next
.
: Is there any damage to the seal between fuel
filler cap and fuel filler pipe?
CvED Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe.
(!§) : Go to step 10C03.

438
2-7 [T10C03] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
-.::---- Vent control
solenoid valve
/
1 10C03 I CHECK VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Turn ignition switch to ON.

439
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10C05] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10COS CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Does fuel leak in fuel line?
Repair or replace fuel line.
@ :
(§) : Go to next .

440
2-7 [T10CPO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS n SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
PI44I
(FBI )
CP: DTC P1441
- FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
FUNCTION PROBLEM (HIGH INPUT) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2Ml136
WIRING DIAGRAM:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CP3] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H2M1133B
----
10CP1 CHECK FUEL TANK PRESSURE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does fuel tank pressure control solenoid
valve produce operating sound?
NOTE:
Fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve operation check
can also be executed using Subaru Select Monitor (Function
mode: FD07). For the procedure, refer to "COMPUL­
SORY VALVE OPERATION CHECK MODE". < Ref. to 2-7
[T3FO]. >
C Go to step 10CP2.
(§ : Replace fuel tank pressure control solenoid valve.
10CP2
CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP AND FUEL
FILLER PIPE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Open the fuel flap.
: Is there any damage at fuel filler cap and
fuel filler pipe?
Repair or replace fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe.
(§ : Go to step 10CP3.
--- Vent control
solenoid valve
j
1 10CP3 1 CHECK VENT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE.
Turn ignition switch to ON.
E3> : Does vent control solenoid valve produce
operating sound?
NOTE:
Vent control solenoid valve operation check can also be
executed using Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode:
FD08). For the procedure, refer to "COMPULSORY VALVE
OPERATION CHECK MODE". < Ref. to 2-7 [T3FO]. >
C) Go to step 10CP4.
(§ : Replace vent control solenoid valve.
441

442
2-7 [T10CP4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
\ B2M1039B
10CP4 CHECK PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE.
0' Go to step 10CP5.
: Replace purge control solenoid valve.
10CP5
CHECK EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEM LINE.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CP5] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
443

444
2-7 [T10CQO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
P1442
CQ: DTC P1442
- FUEL LEVEL SENSOR CIRCUIT RANGEl
PERFORMANCE PROBLEM 2 -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M1137
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Combination
meter
Fuel
Ignition
f"872\ s w
No.15
i tc h tB61' t'"f.i4'
\!:V \.!:.:V SBF-4
----o-----
------r------------= ---e
@ 7 ,
Fuel level
@ sensor
l----------LO----- @ Fuel pump ASSY
I
6
1------1
I:ID @@ ® @ @
J,,";oo A
® @)
® ® @ @ @ @
Ff'fIDl
nI2l [I]Z[2] ni2t3l
1m] t:illIQJ
'12" '3"'4r1 ''51)r1 "7sTL r1, 1 2 34
1718192021222324 2526272829301
4546474849 50 51 5253 5455 5657 910 1112
172 73 7475767778 79 80 81 8283 13 1415 16
L
5 6 7 8
i1i2i3i4i5i6i-?]ij110ill1121131141151161
H2M1643
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CQ1] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10CQ1 CHECK DTC P0461, P0462 OR P0463 ON
DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or aBO-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0461, P0462
or P0463?
Cv
: Inspect DTC P0461 , P0462 or P0463 using "10.
Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to
2-7 [T10AO]. >
NOTE:
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect this trouble.
: Replace fuel sending unit and fuel sub meter unit.
445

2-7 [T10CRO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
PI500
08D0527
CR: DTC P1500
- RADIATOR FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT LOW
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Radiator fan does not operate properly.
• Overheating
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Ignition
FL 1.258 S8F -4
switch
.--___ __-G:J
f--
____0-_ -_ =_
-- -..J
_
-
I-====j Main fan relay
a: @
e: @
Ale relay holder (With Ale models)
@)
®
20A lOA
Ale relay holder (Without Ale models)
@)@ @ a: @ e: @
C®
@)
H2M1698
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODE.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
446

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CR2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CR1 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower portion of
instrument panel (on the driver's side), to the side of the
center console box.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
H2M1133B
B2M0608A
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 74 (+ ) - Chassis ground:
C Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Go to step 10CR2.
I-- -=_______ _
_ _
_ B 2M 113 __
__ ----J
10CR2 CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADI­
ATOR FAN RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 74 - Chassis ground:
8A : Is the resistance less than 10 O?
@:s) Repair ground short circuit in radiator fan relay
1 control circuit.
Go to step 10CR3.
447

2-1 [T10CR3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M1298A
1 10CR3 I CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR RELAY.
1) Disconnect connector (B52) from fuse and relay box
(FIB).
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure voltage between fuse and relay box (FIB)
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(852) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cs) Go to step 10CR4.
C§) : Repair open circuit in harness between ignition
switch and fuse and relay box (FIB) connector.
D
Q
L-____________
10CR4 CHECK MAIN FAN RELAY 1, SUB FAN
RELAY 1 AND MAIN FAN RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove main fan relay.
3) Measure resistance between main fan relay terminals.
Terminal
No. 1 - No. 3:
: Is the resistance between 83 and 117 O?
O _
BD _
05 --1
36

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CR6] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10CR5 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR fAN
RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Disconnect connector (F40) from fuse and relay box
(FIB).
2) Measure resistance of harness between ECM and main
fan relay connector.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 74 - (F40) No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
CY : Go to step 10CR6.
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and main fan
relay connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (F45)
B2M0610A
1 10CR6 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM or main fan relay connector.
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
: Is there poor contact in ECM or main fan
relay connector?
C : Repair poor contact in ECM or main fan relay
connector.
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM i$ required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
449

2-7 [T10CSO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FB I)
CS: DTC P1502
- RADIATOR FAN FUNCTION PROBLEM -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
PI502 TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Occurrence of noise
--------
0800538 • Overheating
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Ignition
switch
Main fan relay
=
::U - @
I T
....
o
e: @
No. 1 3
I
'\J ·8
Sub fa nmot°tJ
(With A IC models)
m
:::.J
(ill)
Main fan motor
0!
'lL
:::.J
®
® ®
SBF-4
-(J ",(}----<
=
SBF-5
.
1-,
II
1 1;1 :
@O
Sub fan
relay
A/C relay holder (With A/C models)
20A 10A
I
FL 1.25B
.
®@)
ru
®
ECM
E
F27 ..
F28
- ..
a: @
b: @
e: @
@®
@@
20A 10A
A/C relay holder (Without A/C models)
@
tilmj
FTT2l FTT2l FTT2l FTT2l .
tMJ tMJ tMJ till11
H2M1699
450

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CS1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
NOTE:
If the vehicle, with the engine idling, is placed very close
to a wall or another vehicle, preventing normal cooling
function, the OBD system may detect malfunction.
10CS1 CHECK ANY OTHER DTC (BESIDE DTC
P1502) ON DISPLAY.
: Is there any other DTC on display?
C Inspect the relevant DTC using "10. Diagnostics
Chart with Trouble Code". < Ref. to 2-7
[T10AO]. >
@) Check engine cooling system. < Ref. to 2-5
[T100]. >
451

2-7 [T10CTO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P1507
(FBI )
CT: DTC P1507
- IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM MALfUNCTION
(fAIL-SAfE) -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1140
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Engine keeps running at higher revolution than specified
idling revolution.
Ma in relay
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@ @)
SBF-2
I
EeM
it==:====:::@-B22;®=E3rn_I
® --I I
-
-=ir -fij-;-e ---'
control
solenoid
va lve
(2200 ccl
$
@® ®iOE7 Idle air
control
solenoid
va lve
@ @ ® ®
(1800 ccl
(2200 ccl
1 2 34
5678
§m2
910 1112
3 4
5 6
========001========
13 14 15 16
(1800 ccl
H2M1647
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-1 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
452

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CT2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10cn
C€s) :
NOTE:
I CHECK DTC POSOS ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P0505?
Inspect DTC P0505 using "10. Diagnostics Chart
with Trouble Code".
In this case, it is not necessary to inspect DTC P1507.
: Go to step 10CT2.
/ 10CT2 ICHECK AIR INTAKE SYSTEM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Start engine, and idle it.
: Is there a fault in air intake system?
NOTE:
Check the following items.
1& Loose installation of intake manifold, idle air control
solenoid valve and throttle body
1& Cracks of intake manifold gasket, idle air control solenoid
valve gasket and throttle body gasket
1& Loose connections and cracks of idle air control solenoid
valve by-pass hoses
1& Disconnections of vacuum hoses
Cv) Repair air suction and leaks.
: Replace idle air control solenoid valve.
453

2-7 [T10CUO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
Pl520
(FBI )
B2M1141
CU: DTC P1520
- RADIATOR FAN RELAY 1 CIRCUIT HIGH
INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. Radiator fan does not operate properly .
.. Overheating
WIRING DIAGRAM:
FL 1.258
S8F-4
Ignition
switch
.----()

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CU2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
! 10CU1 ! CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FROM ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect test mode connector at the lower portion of
instrument panel (on the driver's side), to the side of the
center console box.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
H2M11338
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 74 (+) - Chassis ground:
: Does voltage change between 0 and 10
volts?
NOTE:
Radiator fan relay operation check can be executed using
Subaru Select Monitor (Function mode: FD03). For
82M0608A procedure, refer to "COMPULSORY VALVE OPERATION
'-----' CHECK MODE". < Ref. to 2-7 [T3FO]. >
0":!: Go to step 10CU2.
: Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time. In this case, repair
poor contact in ECM connector.
10CU2 CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT IN RADIATOR FAN
RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove main fan relay 1 and sub fan relay 1. (with A/C
models)
Remove main fan relay. (without A/C models)
3) Disconnect test mode connector.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 74 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C§) : Repair battery short circuit in radiator fan relay 1
control circuit. After repair, replace ECM.
: Go to step 10CU3.
455

2-7 [T10CU3] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
! 10CU3 ! CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
Cv::!: : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Replace ECM.
456

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CU3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
457

2-7 [T10CVO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P1540
(FBI )
CV: DTC P1540
- VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MALFUNCTION
2-
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
.. Immediately at fault recognition
B2M1142
WIRING DIAGRAM:
_____________@D_9rnCDri4
®
____________==
Combination meter
Vehicle speed
sensor 2
E
® L----'
®
1112131415161fiID9110111l12113114PS1161
H2M1646
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
458

459
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CV3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
10CV1
CHECK SPEEDOMETER OPERATION IN
COMBiNATION METER.
: Does speedometer operate normally?
Go to step 10CV2.
Check speedometer and vehicle speed sensor 2.
< Ref. to 6-2 [K2AO]. >
r---
'( ®
f--U 8 7 6 5 ''4'31121
\\ 302928272€ 52423 221 0191817
'\ 575655545352[51 504948474645
\ 83 82 818079 817176 5747 2 1
If
n
...
B2M0573A
...J
10CV2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATION METER CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 83 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 2 V?
Cv : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM and combination
meter connector
• Poor contact in ECM connectOr
• Poor contact in combination meter connector
• Poor contact in coupling connector (839)
C® : Go to step 10CV3.
_ '---_ _ _
-=_______ _
10CV3 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND
COMBINATiON METER CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between ECM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 83 - Chassis ground:
B 2M O 57 __ _ --J
4A : Is the resistance less than 10 Q?
C : Repair ground short circuit in harness between
ECM and combination meter connector.
C® : Repair poor contact in ECM connector.

2-7 [T10CWO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
Pl700
(FB I)
OBD0501
CW: DTC P1700
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION FOR AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not
effected in "3" range; excessive shift shock; excessive tight
corner "braking"
WIRING DIAGRAM:
L== ,
Shield
joint
connector
@)
c: @ a: @
m2T3T4l
H2M1694
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
460

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CW1] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CW1 I CHECK DTC P1700 ON DISPLAY.
: Does the Subaru select monitor or OBD-II
general scan tool indicate DTC P1700?
CvSV : Check throttle position sensor circuit. < Ref. to
3-2 [T8MO]. >
C® : It is not necessary to inspect DTC P1700.
461

2-7 [T10CXO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD
P17 01
(FB 1 )
CX: DTC P1701
- CRUISE CONTROL SET SIGNAL CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION FOR AUTOMATIC
TRANSMISSION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
82M0669
WIRING DIAGRAM:
r-
®
r=
TCM
r-=
CCM
'--
'"-
@®
H2M1695
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
CJ
'---+0 Q 0I--..J
H2M12188
10CX1 CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
CCM CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and CCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and CCM
connector.
462

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CX3] 2-1
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 3 - (894) No. 12:

2-7 [T10CYO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PI 70 2
CY: DTC P1702
- AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS
INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT lOW INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1143
WIRING DIAGRAM:
r-
;=
[eM
=
r-=
T,
TeM
'=
'--
1'2 '3 ''4T1J 5 6
'7'8T1.1I
17 18 1920 21 22123 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
45 46 47 48 49150 51 52 5354 55 56 57
7172 73 74 75176 7778 79 80 81 82 83
B2M0614
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
464

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CY3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CY1
I CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type AT?
Go to step 10CY2.
Check AT IMT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T10DBO] . >
B2MOS15A
10CY2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

2-7 [T10CY4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0615A
1 10CY4 I CHECK ECM.
1) Connect connector to ECM.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 5 V?
: Replace TCM.
C@ : Contact SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
466

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CV4] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
467

2-7 [T10CZO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PI 72 2
CZ: DTC P1122
- AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS
INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH INPUT -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1144
WIRING DIAGRAM:
-
.--
ECM
TeM
'--
1'2[U34-'J 56 .r'7'81.
17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 301 ,
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
71 72 73 74 75 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83
L
L
B2M0614
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
468

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10CZ3] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10CZ1
I CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type AT?
Go to step 10CZ2.
Check AT/MT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T1 0DBO] . >
82M0615A
10CZ2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM
CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cvs) : Repair battery short circuit in harness between
ECM and TCM connector. After repair, replace
ECM.
Go to step 10CZ3.
82M0615A
10CZ3
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM
CONNECTOR.
1) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4 V?
Cv Go to step 10CZ4.
@) : Go to next step 2).
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
@) : Go to next step 3).
469

2-7 [T10CZ4] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B2M0615A
--------
3) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 80 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Does the voltage change from 1 V to 4 V
while monitoring the value with voltage
meter?
Cv : Even if MIL lights up, the circuit has returned to
a normal condition at this time.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in ECM connector
• Poor contact in TCM.connector
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
B2M1164A
10CZ4
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM AND TCM
CONNECTOR.
Measure voltage between TCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 11 ( +) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 4 V?
: Is there poor contact in rCM connector?
Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
: Check TCM power supply line and grounding
line.
i 10CZ5 i CHECK POOR CONTACT.
470

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10eZS] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
MEMO:
471

2-7 [T10DAO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD (FBI )
PI 742
DA: DTC P1742
- AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSIS
INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION -
DTC DETECTING CONDITION:
• Two consecutive driving cycles with fault
B2M1147
WIRING DIAGRAM:
.--
;:::
ECM
TeM
'-
'--
B2M0614
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2-7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
472

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DA3] 2·7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 10DA1 I CHECK TRANSMISSION TYPE.
: Is transmission type AT?
Cv : Go to step 10DA2.
: Check AT/MT identification circuit. < Ref. to 2-7
[T10DBO]. >
1 10DA2 I CHECK DRIVING CONDITION.
1) Start and warm-up the engine until the radiator fan
makes one complete rotation.
2) Drive the vehicle.
: Is A T shift control functioning properly?
C : Go to step 10DA3.
Replace TCM.
:
1 10DA3 I CHECK ACCESSORY.
: Are car phone and/or CB installed on vehicle?
C Repair grounding line of car phone or CB system.
Replace TCM.
:
473

2-7 [T10DBO] ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
DB: - AT/MT IDENTIFICATION CIRCUIT
MALFUNCTION [MT VEHICLES] -
WIRING DIAGRAM:
EeM
@ @
E
234
b I Ilj
l:: 10 11 12
1 4 1516
H2M1696
CAUTION:
After repair or replacement of faulty parts, conduct
CLEAR MEMORY and INSPECTION MODES.
< Ref. to 2·7 [T3DO] and [T3EO]. >
474

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM [T10DB2] 2-7
10. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
100B1
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ECM CONNEC­
TOR AND ENGINE GROUNDING TERMINAl.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ECM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(884) No. 81 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 2 V?
Repair harness and connector.
@: :
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between ECM connector and
engine grounding terminal
• Poor contact in engine grounding terminal
• Poor contact in coupling connector (822)
: Go to step 100B2.
1 100B2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT.
Check poor contact in ECM connector. < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1].>
: Is there poor contact in ECM connector?
: Repair poor contact in ECM connector.
: Contact with SOA service.
NOTE:
Inspection by DTM is required, because probable cause is
deterioration of multiple parts.
475

2-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS II SYSTEM
MEMO:
476

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
AND DIFFERENTIAL 3-2
Page
T DIAGNOSTICS .il;'I•................................................................................. 2
Supplemental Restraint System "Airbag" ... ..... ..... . . .. ......... . ... ..... ..... ... 2
2. Pre-inspection . . ... ........... . . .... ..... ........ ....... ...... .... ...... .... . . ... ........ ...... ... .... 2
3. Electrical Components Location .... ........... . ..... . ... ..... . . ... ... . .. ... ... . . . .. ..... ..4
4. Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . ................................................................................... 9
Transmission Control Module (TCM) I/O Signal . ...... .... ... . . ... ..... ... ..... 10
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board Diagnostics System .... .... . . ... ... . . ... ..... 12
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed ..................................... 15
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code .... ... ... ..... . ..... . .. ... .... ........ . ... . .. .. ... 22
Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor . . . . ... ...... ...... . .. ... ... . ... . .. ...... ...... . . 96
10. General Diagnostic Table .... ..... . ..... ..... ...... ....... . ... ..... ..... .... ..... .... ...... 134
1.
5.
9.

3-2 [T100] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
1. Supplemental Restraint System "Airbag" - 2. Pre-inspection
1. Supplemental Restraint System
"Airbag"
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the transmission
control module (TeM).
• All Airbag system wiring harness and connectors are
colored yellow. Do not use electrical test equipment on
these circuit.
• Be careful not to damage Airbag system wiring harness
when performing diagnostics and servicing the
TeM.
-Upper 0
Lower Upper
2. Pre-inspection
1. ATF LEVEL
Make sure that ATF level is in the specification.
o
-- Lower
B3M0173A
2. FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL LEVEL
Make sure that front differential oil level is in the specification.
2

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1203] 3-2
2. Pre-inspection
t
t
Y
lEl
R
0
3
2
•
•
G3M0717
3. OPERATION OF SHIFT SELECTOR LEVER
WARNING:
Stop the engine while checking operation of selector
lever.
1) Check that selector lever does not move from liN" to
"R" without pushing the button.
2) Check that selector lever does not move from "R" to
lip" without pushing the button.
3) Check that selector lever does not move from lip" to
"R" without pushing the button.
4) Check that selector lever does not move from "3" to "2"
without pushing the button.
3

3-2 [T301] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
3. Electrical Components Location
3. Electrical Components Location
1. MODULE
7
H3M1087G
G) ECM
® TCM
@ Data link connector (for Subaru select monitor only)
@ Data link connector (for Subaru select monitor and aBO-II
general scan tool)
® Diagnosis connector
@ Diagnosis terminal
(J) AT OIL TEMP indicator light
(AT diagnostic indicator light)
4

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1301] 3-2
3. Electrical Components Location
r - ' -,
B3M0183D
H3M1161E
H2M1135F
5

3-2 [T302] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
3. Electrical Components Location
2. SENSOR
3
H3M1087H
G) Throttle position sensor
® Dropping resistor
@ Vehicle speed sensor 2
@ Inhibitor switch
@ Vehicle speed sensor 1
6

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T302] 3-2
3. Electrical Components Location
B2M0155A
OBD0046A
Aluminum body type
A -
'
'fj
H2Ml144B
Plastic body type
B3M0184D
B2Ml043C
7

3-2 [T303] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
3. Electrical Components Location
3. SOLENOID
G) Duty solenoid A
® Solenoid 2
@ Solenoid 1
@ Solenoid 3
@ Duty solenoid B
@ ATF temperature sensor
(J) Duty solenoid C (AWD)
B3M0188A
B2M0464B
B3M0190A
8

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T400] 3-2
4. Schematic
4. Schematic
a: ®
b :
@
c: @
-
®
r---o
-'-@
I
0
®
®
J
@
®
,....0 ®
-@
>--0
>---0
v @ 11
- @
r---o v @
r---o
@
1---0-
t---o- @
- ®
f---O @ 18
r---o
'i7-
c14
c7
c11
I
I
a6 b1
c5
c12
c13
c19
a8
as
a9
b2
CD b16
b12
c3 b11
c6
c2
c9
c8
c10
a1
a2
a3
a4
a10
a20
a12
a7
b14
b13
b15
b8
b7
b5
b3
c1
b10
"\
@
®
...--
® I
L--..
:7?;
®>
@ ®
@
AA
@J
..
® .. J
&1
@ - ,..,
"
@ ...
® - ,..,
"
@- ...
@"" - ..
@ ,.., - ..
7,;
,
H3M1275A
CD
®
@
@
@
@
(j)
®
®
@)
@
@
Transmission control module
@
Ignition switch ®
Brake switch
@
Brake light
@
Battery
@
Vehicle speed sensor 2
@
FWD indicator light
@)
AT OIL TEMP indicator light
@)
Cruise set switch
@
Diagnosis switch
@
FWD switch
@
"P" range switch
@
"R" range switch
"N" range switch
"D" range switch
"3" range switch
"2" range switch
"1" range switch
ABS control module
Data link connector
Throttle position sensor
Engine speed signal
Mass air flow signal
Torque control signal
@) AT diagnostics signal
@ Engine control module
@ ATF temperature sensor
@ Vehicle speed sensor 1
@ Shift solenoid 1
@ Shift solenoid 2
® Shift solenoid 3
@ Duty solenoid A
@ Dropping resistor
@ Duty solenoid B
@ Duty solenoid C
9

3-2 [T500] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) lID Signal
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM)
1/0 Signal
to : @ to : @ to : @
L
0-
I II
/
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
12 11 10 9 8 7 10 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
Check with ignition switch ON.
Content
Connector
No.
Terminal
No.
Measuring conditions
Voltage (V)
Back-up power supply B56 14 Ignition switch OFF 10 -16
Ignition power supply
B54 6
B55 1
Ignition switch ON (with engine OFF) 10 -16
Select lever in "P" range Less than 1
"P" range switch B56 9 Select lever in any other than "P"
range (except "N" range)
More than 8
Select lever in "N" range Less than 1
"N" range switch B56 8 Select lever in any other than "N"
range (except "P" range)
More than B
Select lever in "R" range Less than 1
"R" range switch 856 10 Select lever in any other than "R"
range
More than 6
Select lever in "0" range Less than 1
Inhibitor switch "0" range switch 854 1 Select lever in any other than "0"
range
More than 6
"3" range switch 854 2
Select lever in "3" range Less than 1
Select lever in any other than "3"
range
More than 6
"2" range switch 854 3
Select lever in "2" range Less than 1
Select lever in any other than "2"
range
More than 6
Select lever in "1" range Less than 1
"1" range switch 854 4 Select lever in any other than "1"
range
More than 6
Diagnosis switch 856 6
Diagnosis connector connected Less than 1
Diagnosis connector disconnected More than 6
8rake switch 856 7
8rake pedal depressed. More than 10.5
8rake pedal released. Less than 1
A8S signal 856 5
A8S switch ON Less than 1
A8S switch OFF More than 6.5
AT diagnostic signal 855 1 1
Ignition switch ON (With engine OFF) Less than 1
Ignition switch ON (With engine ON) More than 10
H3M1234A
10

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSOO] 3-2
5. Transmission Control Module (TCM) I/O Signal
Content
Throttle position
sensor
Throttle position
sensor power
supply
A TF temperature
sensor
Vehicle speed
sensor 1
Vehicle speed
sensor 2
Engine speed
signal
Cruise set signal
Torque control
signal
Mass air flow
signal
Shift solenoid 1
Shift solenoid 2
Shift solenoid 3
Duty solenoid A
Dropping resistor
Duty solenoid 8
Duty solenoid C
Sensor ground
line 1
Sensor ground
line 2
System ground
line
Power system
ground line
FWD switch
Connector Terminal
Measuring conditions
Voltage
No. No. (V)
Resistance to
body
(ohms)
Throttle fully closed. 0.5±0.2
854 8 -
Throttle fully open. 4.6±0.3
856 19
854 10
Ignition switch ON
(With engine OFF)
5.05±0.25 -
ATF temperature 20'C (68'F) 3.45 ± 0.55 2.1 - 2.9 k
ATF temperature 80'C (176'F) 1.2±0.2 272 - 374
Vehicle stopped. 0
854 12 Vehicle speed at least 20 km/h (12 450 - 720
MPH)
More than 1 (AC range)
856 11
When vehicle is slowly moved at
least 2 meters (7ft).
Less than 1 ... More than 4 -
Ignition switch ON (with engine
854 5 OFF).
More than 10.5
-
Ignition switch ON (with engine ON). 8 - 11
When cruise control is set (SET
lamp ON).
Less than 1
856 3 -
When cruise control is not set (SET
lamp OFF).
More than 6.5
855 16 Ignition switch ON 5±1 -
854 9 Engine idling after warm-up 0.5 - 1.2 -
1 st or 4th gear More than 9
855 14 20 - 32
2nd or 3rd gear Less than 1
1 st or 2nd gear More than 9
855 13 20 - 32
3rd or 4th gear Less than 1
855 15
855 8
855 7
Select lever in "N" range (with
throttle fully closed).
Select lever in "0" range (with
throttle fully closed).
Throttle fully closed (with engine
OFF) after warm-up.
Throttle fully open (with engine
OFF) after warm-up.
Throttle fully closed (with engine
OFF) after warm-up.
Throttle fully open (with engine
OFF) after warm-up.
Less than 1
More than 9
1.5 - 4.0
Less than 1
More than 8.5
Less than 1
20 - 32
2.0 - 4.5
12 - 18
When lock up occurs. More than 8.5
855 5 9-17
When lock up is released. Less than 0.5
Fuse on FWD switch More than 8.5
855 3 Fuse removed from FWD switch 9-17
(with throttle fully open and with Less than 0.5
select lever in 1st gear).
854 7 - 0 Less than 1
856 20 - 0 Less than 1
856 1
\
\ - 0 Less than 1
855 10 - 0 Less than 1
Fuse removed. 6-9.1
856 2 -
Fuse installed. Less than 1
11

3-2 [T6AO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board Diagnostics System
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board
Diagnostics System
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
TROUBLE OCCURS.
INTERVIEW
"
1. Oil level check < Ref. to 3-2
[W1 BD]. >
2. Oil leak check < Ref. to 3-2
[W1 BD]. >
3. Brake band adjustment < Ref.
to 3-2 [W2BD]. >
4 . Stall test < Ref. to 3-2
. [WBAD] . >
5. Line pressure test
< Ref. to 3-2 [W1DAD]. >
6. Transfer clutch pressure test
< Ref. to 3-2 [W1 1 AD]. >
7. Time lag test < Ref. to 3-2
[W9AD].>
B. Road test
< Ref. to 3-2 [W7 AD]. >
9. Shift characteristics < Ref. to
3-2 [W7 AD]. >
1D. Inhibitor switch adjustment
< Ref. to 3-2 [W3BD]. >
BASIC CHECKS
TROUBLE INDICATION (AT OIL
TEMP INDICATOR)
Not indicated.
Indicated.
ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTICS
OK
Inspection using Diagnostic
Chart with Select Monitor
[T9DD].
...
No trouble code
Inspection using General
Diagnostic Table [T1DDD].
Not OK
Trouble code
Repair.
CLEAR MEMORY
"""-
Check in
accordance
trouble code
[TBDD].
Confirmation test
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS)
Trouble code
End
No trouble code
I
12

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T6BO] 3-2
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board Diagnostics System
/
\
B: ABNORMAL DISPLAY ON AT Oil TEMP
INDICATOR
When any on-board diagnostics item is malfunctioning,
the display on the AT OIL TEMP indicator blinks immediately
after the engine starts.
The malfunctioning part or unit can be determi ned by a
trouble code during on-board diagnostics operation.
Problems which occurred previously can also be identified
through the memory function.
If the AT OIL TEMP indicator does not show a problem
(although a problem is occurring), the problem can be
determined by checking the performance characteristics
of each sensor using the select monitor.
Indicator signal is as shown in the figure.
WARNING:
Warning can be noticed only when the engine is initially
started.
Ignition switch
ON
OFF
---- ------- ---------------------------
Normal
Abnormal
(Trouble occurs)
Abnormal
(ATF temperature
is high)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
2 secs.
__ _ ______________ J ______________________
-- I-- 0.25 secs.
-- -------r_ --' ;02; ,:;;: 0 0
4 r--
2 secs.
j
14 ATF temperature is high
--- -------------- ------- ----------
Immediately after engine starts
H3H1066
13

3-2 [TSCO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
6. Diagnostic Chart for On-board Diagnostics System
Warm-up the engine.
C: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
r---------, No
Check if indicator light comes ON.
Yes
Faulty indicator light circuit or
TCM
Drive vehicle at speeds greater than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Stop vehicle at ignition switch OFF.
Existing problem, check procedure.
Previous problem history check procedure
Move select lever to "0" and connect diagnosis switch to ON .. " Move select lever to "1" and connect diagnosis switch to ON .. "
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Move select lever to "3".
Move select lever to "2".
Move select lever to "2".
Move select lever to "3".
Move select lever to "1".
Move select lever to "0".
Partially depress accelerator pedal.
Partially depress accelerator pedal.
Ensure indicator light blinks.
Indicator light blinks at 4-Hz
intervals.'
Indicator light blinks at 2-Hz
intervals. "
Trouble code is outputted.
Indicator light remains illuminated.
Faulty battery
Normal
Check problem corresponding
with trouble code.
Check inhibitor switch, diagnosis
switch, wiring, TCM, etc.
isconnect diagnosis switch to OFF.
• : Blinks every 0.125 (1/8) seconds (until ignition switch is turned OFF).
: Blinks every 0.25 (1/4) seconds (until ignition switch is turned OFF).
"': Plug in diagnosis terminal to diagnosis connector NO. 5 located below instrument lower cover.
14

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T7A1] 3-2
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics
Failed
A: AT Oil TEMP INDICATOR LIGHT
DIAGNOSIS:
• The AT OIL TEMP indicator light circuit is open or
shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• When ignition switch is turned to ON (engine OFF), AT
OIL TEMP ind icator light does not illuminate .
..... TROUBLE 1
• When on board diag nostics is performed, AT OIL TEMP
indicator light remains illuminated . ..... TROUBLE 2
a: ®
b: @
c: @
@®
No. 15 Ignition S8F-4
switch
1.258
TeM
@@
I
IIIIIII1
®
®®
.
@
@ @@ @ ® @
HIlilnl1 11&lnlnllal 11111laIAlihlm21 11i2i314i5i6iMilOIllil2i1lil4i15i161 •
H3M1277
7A1 CLASSIFY THE MALFUNCTION. IS IT TROU­
BLE 1 OR TROUBLE 2?
If the malfunction shows TROUBLE 1, go to 7A2.
If the malfunction shows TROUBLE 2, go to 7A5.
15

3-2 [T7A2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
@
1 1 121 31415161 {r8J9l1oI11 H 211 31141151161
H3M1383A
7A2
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
COMBINATION METER AND IGNITION
SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove combination meter.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
4) Measure voltage between combination meter connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(12) No. 13 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage more than 10 V?
: Go to next .
: Check the following and repair if necessary .
.. Check that fuse (No. 15) is not blown out.
NOTE:
If replaced fuse (No. 15) blows out easily, check the harness
for short circuit between fuse (No. 15) and combination
meter .
.. Check that harness from fuse to combination meter is
not open.
®
1 1 12 13 1 4 15 1 6 1 #110 111 H 2H 31141151161
Connector & terminal
(if 0) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step 7A3.
Replace bulb or combination meter.
:
H3M1384A
/ 7A3 I CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM and combination
meter connector.
16

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [HAS] 3-2
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
@
1 1 121 3 141s16l"7TI® 11 0111 H 211311411s1161
@
H3M1276A
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and combination
meJer.
-
Connector & terminal
(855) No:. 12 - (n O) No. 7:

3-2 [T7A6] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
: When each range is selected, does LED of
Subaru Select Monitor light up?
: Go to step 7A6.
: Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For the diag nostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit,
refer to 2-7 [T1 0BI0].
1 7A6 I CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH.
1) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode FA1
• FA 1: Check diagnosis switch (88) ON +-+- OFF signal.
2) Diag nosis switch to ON.
: Does LED of diagnosis switch on Subaru
Select Monitor light up?
G- : Go to step 7A7.
: Check diagnosis switch circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnosis procedure on diagnosis switch circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T9RO].
1 7A7 I CHECK SHORT CIRCUIT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Remove combination meter.
4) Disconnect connector from combination meter.
5) Measure resistance of harness connector between
TCM and combination meter.
Connector & terminal/specified resistance
H3M1279A (855) No. 12 - Chassis ground:
----
: Is the resistance less than 1 MQ?
Cv::!: Replace TCM.
: Repair short circuit in harness between combination
meter connector and TCM connector.
18

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T7B1] 3 .. 2
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
!I: @
b: ®
c: @)
""
No.i4
®®
Il!l
0""-0
No. 16
B: CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY AND
GROUND LINE
S8F-5 1.258
Ignition
switch
SF8-4
W
'---
®®
TeM
1;lillfil&1
@
®®
",iD.L. ®
®®
=rill
=
Automatic transmission
•
® ® ® ®
111.alfulm 111i1l00,WsffiIROO'01 11\111ljhh\lgm II 81
H3M1395
H3M"""
1 7B1 I CHECK BACK-UP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure back-up power supply voltage between TCM
connector terminal.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 14 (+) - (855) No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
CS) : Go to next .
(§) : Repair harness of back-up power supply circuit.
: Is there poor contact of rCM connector?
G-s) Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
(§) : Go to step 7B2.
19

3-2 [T7B2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
H3M137BA
1 7B2 1 CHECK IGNITION POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT. 1
1) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
2) Measure ignition power supply voltage between TeM
connector terminal.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 6 (+) - (855) No. 10 (-):
(855) No. 1 (+) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
(vt!> : Go to next .
:
Repair harness of ignition power supply circuit.
: Is there poor contact of rCM connector?
CsV Repair poor contact in TeM connector.
: Go to step 7B3.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
91011
13 415 ;
CJ
'---kl Q oI--..J
H3M12B3A
7B3
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM, INHIBITOR SWITCH AND TRANSMIS­
SION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TeM, transmission and
inhibitor switch.
3) Measure resistance between TeM connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to next .
:
Repair open circuit in harness between TeM and
transmission.
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
910 11 , !
131415 .
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 1 - (811) No. 8:
E3> : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
(v::!:t!> : Go to next .
:
Repair open circuit in harness between TeM and
transmission.
H3M1380A
20

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T7B4] 3-2
7. Diagnostics for On-board Diagnostics Failed
Connector & terminal
(812) No. 4 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [T8A1] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
A: LIST OF TROUBLE CODE
1. TROUBLE CODE
Trouble code
Item
11 Duty solenoid A
12 Duty solenoid B
13 Shift solenoid 3
14 Shift solenoid 2
15 Shift solenoid 1
21 ATF temperature sensor
22 Mass air flow signal
23 Engine speed signal
24 Duty solenoid C
25 Torque control signal
31 Throttle position sensor
32 Vehicle speed sensor 1
33 Vehicle speed sensor 2
Content of diagnosis
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted drive
circuit, as well as valve seizure.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Detects open or shorted input
signal circuit.
Abbr.
(Select monitor)
Page
PL 24
LlU 33
OVR 41
SFT2
47
SFT1 52
ATFT 57
AFM 64
EREV 67
4WD 70
TQ.CT 76
THV 78
VSP1 85
VSP2 91
22

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1880] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
2. HOW TO READ TROUBLE CODE OF INDICATOR
LIGHT
The AT OIL TEMP indicator light flashes the code corresponding
to the faulty part.
The long segment (1.2 sec on) indicates a "ten", and the
short segment (0.2 sec on) signifies a "one".
Normal code
OFF
Trouble code
12 and 21
ON
OFF
Trouble code
12
ON
OFF
Unit : Seconds
H3M1099A
B: CLEAR MEMORY
Current trouble codes shown on the display are cleared
by turning the ignition switch OFF after conducting
on-board diag nostics operation. Previous trouble codes,
however, cannot be cleared since they are stored in the
TCM memory which is operating on the back-up power
supply. These trouble codes can be cleared by removing
the specified fuse (located under the right lower portion of
the instrument panel).
CLEAR MEMORY:
Removal of No. 14 fuse (for at least one minute)
• The No. 14 fuse is located in the line to the memory
back-up power supply of the TCM and ECM (MFI).
Removal of this fuse clears the previous trouble codes
stored in the TCM and ECM (MFI) memory .
• Be sure to remove the No. 14 fuse for at least the specified
length of time. Otherwise, trouble codes may not be
cleared.
23

3-2 [T8CO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
C: TROUBLE CODE 11
- DUTY SOLENOID A -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid A or resistor is open
or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock.
®
==='================®11 QDT4=============tQID
·
n r1 n
11121314151617181
1911011 11121131141151161
®
1 2 34
1516 7 B
91011 12
13 141 16
®
1
Automatic transmission
H3M1375
24

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TBC2] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
n
"--to Q o+--J
....::.-...-..:
OBD0432C
I SC1 I CHECK RESISTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from dropping resistor.
3) Measure resistance between dropping resistor terminal.
Terminals
(84) No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 9 and 15 O?
Go to step SC2.
: Replace dropping resistor.
B3M0196B
SC2
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND DROPPING RESISTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and dropping resistor connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 7 - (84) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
CfD : Go to next step 4).
Repair harness and connector.
:
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and dropping
resistor connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in dropping resistor connector.
H3M1376A
4) Measure resistance of harness between dropping resistor
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(84) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
e : Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
@fD Go to step SC3.
: Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
dropping resistor connector.
25

3-2 [TSC3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4 1 2
5 6 7 8
910' I 12
1314 ' '16
0
Q
H3M1281A
sca
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TRANSMISSION AND DROPPING RESISTOR.
1) Discon nect connector from transmission.
2) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
and dropping resistor connector.
Connector & terminal
(84) No. 2 - (811) No. 7:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to next step 3).
CVrV
:
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between dropping resistor and
transmission connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
• Poor contact in dropping resistor connector.
H3M1282A
3) Measure resistance of harness between dropping resistor
connector and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(84) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
CVrV Go to step SC4.
: Repair short circuit in harness between dropping
resistor and transmission connector.
-
,...
n
Q ..
'----
®
ry ; =
4 3 2 1
B 7 6 5
12 1110 9
16 15 14 13
G3M0109
I SC4
I CHECK DUTY SOLENOID A GROUND LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 4 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C§ Go to step SC5.
: Repair open circuit in transmission harness connector.
26

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TaC6] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
.Q
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
H3M1100A
I SC5 I CHECK DUTY SOLENOID A.
Measure resistance between transmission connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 7 - No. 4:
e : Is the resistance between 1.5 and 4.5 O?
0- Go to step sca.
@) Go to step SCS.
®
n ,...., In
1 1 12 131415 1617181
19 J:liJl11lL2I13IHI15116J
D
Q
1 2 ; 4
5 6 7 8
91C1112
1314116
®
OBD0428A
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
sca
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from transmission and TeM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TeM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. S - (811) No. 7:
: Go to next

3-2 [TBC7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(855) No. B - Chassis ground:
C€3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
C® : Go to next C€c3> .
:
Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
H3M1284A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - Chassis ground:
C€3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
C Go to step BC7.
: Repair short circuit harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
H3M1302A
BC7
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM
TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM, transmission and droppi
ng resistor.
3) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission until
ATF temperature is above BO°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
5) Move selector lever to "N".
28

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8C7] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1285A
6) Measure voltagJ between TeM connector terminal.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 8 (+) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage between 1.5 and 4.0 V with
throttle fully closed?
CED : Go to next step €Hi3Y .
C§) : Go to next .
: Is the voltage between 1.5 and 4.0 V while
shaking harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TeM.
Replace TeM.
H3M1285A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 8 (+) - No. 10 (-):

3-2 [T8C7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIA,L [TOC8] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
PLDTY
100%
(F II)
PLDTY (F 11)
15%
09D0427
10) Throttle is fully closed.
: Is the value 100% in function mode F11?
CvS) : Go to next step 11).
(§) : Go to next .
: Is the value 100% by shaking harness and
connector of rCM while monitoring the value
Cv :
(§) :
with Subaru Select Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM con nector.
Replace TCM.
11) Throttle is fully open.
S : Is the value 15% in function mode F11?
:
'--____________H 3M 1287 __ ---'

3-2 [TBC9] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DiffERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1288A
6) Measure resistance between duty solenoid A connector
and transmission ground.
Terminal
(A T2) No. 2 - Transmission ground:

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSD1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D: TROUBLE CODE 12
- DUTY SOLENOID B -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid B is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
No "lock-up" (after engine warm-up).
Automatic transmission
n r-I n
1 1 121314151 617181
191101111121131141151161
(ill)
11£ ,j 4
I 6 718
9 10 11 12
13 141516
1 8D1 JCHECK TROUBLE CODE.
: Do multiple trouble codes appear in the
on-board diagnostics test mode?
Cs) Go to another trouble code.
Go to step 8D2.
H3M1291
33

3-2 [TSD2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
®
1 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
,....
16 15 14 13
-
n
_Q ..
'----
G3M0109
I SD2
1 CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B GROUND LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Go to step SD3.
: Repair open circuit in transmission harness connector.
I SD3 I CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B.
Measure resistance between transmission connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 6 - No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@: Go to step SD4.
H3M1101A Go to step SD7.
----
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
91011
131415 ;
H3M12838
SD4
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from transmission and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:
: Is the resistance than 1 O?
Ci' : Go to next .
:
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TCM.
• Poor contact in transmission con nector.
34

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8D4] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9·)1112
13 ·· 1516
/ LJ
Q
I
"'"---j.Q 0+----
H3M1292A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 5 - (811) No. 6:

3-2 [T8D5] TOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
805 CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM
TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect con nectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
4) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission until
ATF temperature is above BO°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F). drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
5) Move selector lever to "0" and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 75 km/h (47 m/h). Wheels will lock-up.
OBD0607A
6) Measure voltage between TCM con nector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 5 (+ ) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage more than 8.5 V?
Cv
: Go to next step 7).
(§) : Go to next .
: Is the voltage more than 8.5 V while shaking
C®
(§)
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
36

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8D5] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0607A
7) Return the engine to idling speed and move selector
lever to "N".
8) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 5 (+) - No. 10 (-):
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
37

3-2 [T8DS] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
5) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
6) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission until
ATF temperature is above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode usi ng function key.
Function mode F12
• F12: Lock-up duty is ind icated in "%".
LUDTY (F 12)
95%
H3M1294
9) Move selector lever to "0" and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 75 km/h (47 m/h). Wheels will lock-up.
: Is the value 95% in function mode F12?
Cvs) : Go to next step 10).
C§) : Go to next

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8D6] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
E3> : Is the value 5% by shaking harness and connector
of TCM while monitoring the value
with Subaru Select Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
@:s) :
@) :
Replace TCM.
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ABS warning lighC but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO]. >
8D6
CHECK DUTY SOLENOID B
(IN TRANSMISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
4) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid until it
cools down.
5) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector from duty
solenoid B.
H3M1295A
6) Measure resistance between duty solenoid B connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(A T3) No. 1 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance between 9 and 17 O?
Go to step 8D1.
@) : Replace duty solenoid B.
39

3-2 [T8D7] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
3
0
Q
-=-----=-
®
. r=.
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
2111 ) 9
1J'1j: I P
H3M1296A
8D7
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
DUTY SOLENOID B AND TRANSMISSION .
1) Disconnect connector from transmission.
2) Measure resistance of harness between duty solenoid
B and transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 6 - (A T3) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
C : Go to next step 3).
C® : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
.. Poor contact in TCM .
.. Poor contact in transmission connector.
®
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12111 9
1615 . 3
H3M1297A
3) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
connector and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 6 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
: Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in duty solenoid B and transmission connector.
C®
Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
40

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8E1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with trouble Code
E: TROUBLE CODE 13
- SHIFT SOLENOID 3 -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 3 is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Ineffective engine brake with shift lever in "3".
" n
1112131415 617181
1911011 1112113 141151161
®
111213 4
16 1lB
91011 12
13 14 15 16
Automatic transmission
®
1 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
G3M0109
I SE1
H3M1298
I CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3 GROUND LINE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Discon nect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 4 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [T8E2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
Q
/ SE2 / CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3.
Measure resistance between transmission con nector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(14) No. 1 - No. 4:
: 8s the resistance between 20 and 32 Q?
C Go to step SE3.
C® Go to step SE5.
1 2 3 4
678
1011 12
1415 16
855
.----.
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5161 7181
191101111121131141151161
n
Q
...:::..--...::
H3M1299A
SE3
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Discon nect connector from TCM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 15 - (811) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
@: : Go to next C€3> .
C® : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
1 2 3 4
567
91011
13 415 ;
0
Q
855
.----.
1 1 1 2 1 314 1 5 1 61 7 1 81
191101111121131141151161
H3M1283A
'--______________ ...1
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:
C€3> : Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Gr : Go to next step 3).
Repair harness and connector.
C® :
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
42

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TBE4] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1301A
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 15 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cs) : Go to next .
: Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step SE4.
: Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
H3M1302A
SE4
CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL EMITTED FROM
TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
2) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with safety
stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
3) Start the engine and warm-up the transmission until
ATF temperature is above BOaC (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
4) Move selector lever to "2", and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 35 km/h (22 m/h).
43

3-2 [TBE4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B3M0381A
5) Measure voltage between TeM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 15 (+) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
6- : Go to next step 6).
: Go to next .
: Is the voltage less than 1 V while shaking
C
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TeM.
Replace TeM.
B3M0381A
6) Move selector lever to "0", and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 65 km/h (41 m/h).
7) Measure voltage between TeM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 15 (+) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
C : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the TeM.
: Go to next .
: Is the voltage more than 10 V while shaking
C :
:
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TeM.
Replace TeM.
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T602] or [T9JO]. >
44

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8E6] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
8E5
CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 3
(IN TRANSM ISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
4) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with safety
stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
5) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid until it
cools down.
6) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector from shift
solenoid 3.
H3M1288B
7) Measure resistance between shift solenoid 3 connector
and transmission ground.
Terminal
(A TS) No. 2 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance between 20 and 32 O?
Cv Go to step 8E6.
: Replace shift solenoid assembly.
®
H3M1304A
8E6
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
SHIFT SOLENOID 3 AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid
3 and transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(A TS) No. 2 - (T4) No. 1:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Cv
: Go to next step 2).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between shift solenoid 3 and
transmission connector .
.. Poor contact in shift solenoid 3 connector .
.. Poor contact in transmission connector.
45

3-2 [T8ES] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
®
H3M1305A
L..--___ -----_____---l
2) Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid
3 connector and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 1 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
: Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights uP. the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the TCM .
• Poor contact in shift solenoid 3 connector .
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
:
Repair short circuit harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
46

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSF1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
F: TROUBLE CODE 14
- SHIFT SOLENOID 2 -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 2 is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Does not shift.
®
c=================@DrnQDH
LJLl
__________
QID
Automatic transmission
n r:L n
11121314151 617181
19110111112113114115 161
@D
1 213 4
5617!8
91011 12
13 14 1 16
®
.
4 3 2 1
I' 8 7 6 5
12 11 10 9
1615 14 13
G3M0109
I BF1
H3M1306
I CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2 GROUND LINE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Go to step BF2.
Repair open circuit in transmission harness connector.
47

3-2 [T8F2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
Q
12 11 10 9
16 15 14 13
H3M1103A
I BF2 I CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2.
Measure resistance between transmission connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 2 - No. 4:
: Is the resistance between 20 and 32 O?
Go to step BF3.
Go to step BF5.
1 234
567 8
9101112
131415 16
CJ
""----+0 0 01---
H3M1307A
BF3
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Disconnect connector from TCM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and shift
solenoid 2 connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 13 - (811) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Gr : Go to next .
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
.. Poor contact in TCM connector .
.. Poor contact in transmission connector.
1 234
567 8
9 101112
13141516
H3M1308A
----
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DiffERENTIAL [TSF4] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1310A
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 13 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [T8F5] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0445A
5) Measure voltage between TeM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 13 (+) - No. 10 (-):
C€3 : Is the voltage 9 V 1 V?
Cv : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the TeM.
C§ : Go to next step 6).
6) Move selector lever to "0", and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 50 km/h (31 m/h).
C€H3> : Is the voltage changing 9 V 1 V while
shaking harness and connector of rCM?
8F5 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 2
(IN TRANSMISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
4) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid until it
cools down.
5) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector from shift
solenoid 2.
50

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8F6] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1311A
6) Measure resistance between shift solenoid 2 connector
and transmission ground.
Terminal
(A T2) No. 1 - Transmission ground:
S : Is the resistance between 20 and 32 O?
Go to step 8FS.
: Replace shift solenoid assembly.
®
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 ...
211 10 9D'
1€ 5 H4 3
n
Q
L.::--..::.
1
H3M1312A
8FS
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
SHIFT SOLENOID 2 AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid
2 and transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(A T2) No. 1 - (T4) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to next step 2).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between shift solenoid 2 and
transmission connector.
• Poor contact in shift solenoid 2 connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
®
H3M1313A
2) Measure resistance of harness between shift solenoid
2 connector and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 2 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
: Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the TCM.
• Poor contact in shift solenoid 2 connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
: Repair short circuit harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
51

3-2 [TSGO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
G: TROUBLE CODE 15
- SHIFT SOLENOID 1 -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of shift solenoid 3 is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Does not shift.
n rI n
11121314151617181
1911011 11121131141151161
(ill)
1 2314
l!l 6 liB
91011 12
13 14 15 16
Automatic transmission
@
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12 1110 9
16 15 14 13
G3M0109
H3M1314
I SG1 I CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1 GROUND LINE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
C€c3> : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@ Go to step SG2.
Repair open circuit in transmission harness connector.
52

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8G3] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
o
Q
LJ
\SG2 I CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1.
Measure resistance between transmission connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 3 - No. 4:
Ec3:> : Is the resistance between 20 and 32 Q?
Go to step SG3.
(§)
SG3
Go to step SGS.
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Disconnect connector from TCM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and shift
solenoid 1 connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 14 - (811) No. 3:
'---IOQ O+--oJ E3 : Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
H3M1315A
.
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
1 234
567
91011
131415 ;
LJ
,---+oQo+--J
H3M1283A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:
S : Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
: Go to next step 3).
(§) : Repair harness connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
53

3-2 [T8G4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1316A
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8GS] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1317A
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 14 (+) - No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage 1 V -+ 9 V?
8G5 CHECK SHIFT SOLENOID 1
(IN TRANSMISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
4) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and support with safety
stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off ground.
5) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
6) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector from shift
solenoid 1.
55

3-2 [T8GS] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1311A
7) Measure resistance between shift solenoid 1 connector
and transmission ground.
Terminal
(A T5) No. 1 - Transmission ground:

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8H1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H: TROUBLE CODE 21
- ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR -
DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TCM to ATF temperature sensor is
open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock.
==============®=Bll®«=======+
a: @
c: @
AT control

3-2 [T8H2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
.. F07: ATF temperature is indicated in "°F" .
.. F08: ATF temperature is indicated in 110 C".
ATFT
(F08)
H3M1322A
7) Measure resistance between transmission connector
receptacle's terminals shown in the following table.
Connector & terminal
(811) No. 12 - No. 5:
Function mode F07
(OF)
Function mode F08
eC)
68 20
104 40
140 60
176 80
: Is the resistance in range?
Go to step BH2.
Go to step BH4.
(§ :
Resistance (kil)
2.1 - 2.9
0.96 - 1.36
0.49 - 0.69
0.272 - 0.374
80 deg C
08D0387
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13141516
CJ
'--__+oQ OI--_..J
L...-____________H
_
3M _
1 _
32 ---.J
BH2 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 10 - (811) No. 5:
3A : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to next .
(§ : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector .
.. Poor contact in TCM .
.. Poor contact in transmission connector.
58

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8H2] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 234
5 6 7 8
9101112
131415 16
CJ
'---IOQ 0+----'
H3M1324A
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 20 - (811) No. 12:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
: Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TeM and transmission
connector.
• Poor contact in TeM.
• Poor contact in transmission connector.
\
H3M1325A
4) Measure resistance of harness between TeM connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 10 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [TSH3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
l aH3 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
switch to ON.
5) Start engine.
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
7) Designate mode function key.
Function mode F07 or F08
• F07: ATF temperature is indicated in "°F".
• F08: ATF temperature is indicated in 110 C".
8) ATF temperature is above 20°C (68°F) in function mode
F08 (F07).
OBD0384A
9) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminal.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 10 (+) - (856) No. 20 (-):
: Is the voltage between 2.9 and 4.0 V?
: Go to next step 10).
(§ : Go to next

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSH3] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
: Is the voltage between 1.0 and 1.4 V?
6" : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the TCM.
(§) : Go to next .
: Is the voltage between 1.0 and 1.4 V while
shaking harness and connector of TCM?
Cv Repair poor contact in TCM.
(§) : Replace TCM.
e Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Turn ignition switch to O.
2) Connect connectors to T M and transmission.
3) Connect Subaru Select Mo itor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Warm-up the transmission until ATF temperature is
above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
7) Designate mode function key.
Function mode F07 or F08
e F07: ATF temperature is indicated in "°F".
e F08: ATF temperature is indicated in 110 C".
ATFT
1 76 deg F
(F07)
: Is the A TF temperature between 70 and
110°C (158 and 230°F).
Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
@: :
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the ATF temperature sensor and transmission
connector.
08D0386
(§) Go to next
61

3-2 [T8H4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
ATFT
80 deg C
(F08)
: Is the A TF temperature between 70 and
110°C (158 and 230°F) by shaking harness
and connector of TCM while monitoring the
value with Subaru Select Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
_.
Replace TCM.
OBD0387
8H4 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
(IN TRANSMISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Remove transmission connector from bracket.
4) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On A WD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
5) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid until it
cools down.
6) Remove oil pan, and disconnect connector from ATF
temperature sensor connector.
7) Measure resistance between ATF temperature sensor
connector and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(A T1) No. 2 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance between 1.5 and 4.5 Q?
CY Go to step 8H5.
C§V : Replace ATF temperature sensor.
H3M1327A
®
4 3 2
1
1
8 7 6 5
1 [ 2.J.J 1.Q9
,15 "':1fi3
n
Q
H3M1328A
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
8H5 TRANSMISSION AND ATF TEMPERATURE
SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from transmission.
2) Measure resistance of harness between ATF temperature
sensor and transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 12 - (A T1) No. 1:
62

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TBHS] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
: Is the resistance - le s than 1 Q?
CY : Go to next
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
CD Open circuit in harness between ATF temperature sensor
and transmission connector.
CD Poor contact in ATF temperature sensor connector.
CD Poor contact in transmission connector.
AT1
2 1
n
Q
-=-----=-
®
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
121110
1615 4
H3M1329A
----
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 5 - (A n) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
G- : Go to next step 3).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
CD Open circuit in harness between ATF temperature sensor
and transmission connector.
CD Poor contact in ATF temperature sensor connector.
CD Poor contact in transmission connector.
®
®
H3M1330A
H3M1331A
3) Measure resistance of harness between transmission
connector and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 5 - Transmission ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
CY) : Go to next E3> .
Repair short circuit in harness between ATF temperature
sensor and transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 12 - Transmission ground:

3-2 [TOIO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
®
r-
I: TROUBLE CODE 22
- MASS AIR FLOW SIGNAL -
DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TCM from ECM is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock.
®
-
TCM
ECM
'--
'--
®
111lilI1
®
f"2 u"3" n.I '>16
171l!I1-)J
lJU
l iB 119 :20 1 '717 174175
4 6 4 4B 4915015115215: 415515_6151
1 /2
415176 lli7817! jO 181181183
L
H3M1413
®
'/
f2 56 78 L
1718h9120211222312425262 12829o 1\
4eI46147481490 51525354567 '\
71172,374175176777E 9Boa1 82a3 ru
r-.
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 /
171819110111 12
/,
n
..
B3M0476A
811 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and ECM
connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 9 - (884) No. 47:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
cY : Go to next step 4).
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
., Open circuit in harness between TCM and ECM connector
.
., Poor contact in TCM connector .
., Poor contact in ECM connector.
64

AUTOMATI / TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1812] 3-2
/ 8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
/
83M02248
H3M1334A
4) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 9 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [T812] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.
2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select monitor switch
to ON.
5) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature
is above 80°C (176°F).
6) Engine idling.
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F15
• F15: Display shows mass air flow signal value sent from
ECM.
AFM
O.6V
: Is the value between 0.5 and 1.2 V in function
mode F15?
(FtS) 0- : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
(§) : Go to next .
B3M0370
'-----'
: Is the voltage between 0.5 V and 1.2 V by
shaking harness and connector of reM while
monitoring the value with Subaru Select
Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM connector.
Replace TCM.
66

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DiffERENTIAL [T8J1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
J: TROUBLE CODE 23
- ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL -
DIAGNOSIS:
Engine speed input signal circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
/
.. No lock-up (after engine warm-up) .
.. AT OIL TEMP indicator remains on when vehicle speed
is "0".
®
-
r-
rCM
p::
ECM
'---
---
®
B2M0585
'--_____ _ _____ _ B 3M O 47 __ _ ---'
8J1 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and ECM
con nector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 5 - (884) No. 64:
7A :3: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
Cv : Go to next step 4).
C§ : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TCM and ECM connector
.
.. Poor contact in TCM connector .
.. Poor contact in ECM connector.
67

3-2 [T8J2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
OBD0410A
H3M1337A
4) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 5 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Go to step SJ2.
: Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
ECM connector.
/ SJ2 / CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
3) Measure voltage between TCM connectors.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 5 (+) - (855) No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10.5 V?
C : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
: Go to next .

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSJ2] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Connect connectors to TCM and ECM.
2) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature
is above 80°C (176°F).
6) Engine idling.
7) Read on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F06
• F06: Display shows engine speed signal value sent from
ECM.
: Is the revolution value the same as the
tachometer reading shown on the combination
meter?
Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
C§) : Go to next

3-2 [TSKO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
K: TROUBLE CODE 24
- DUTY SOLENOID C -
DIAGNOSIS:
Output signal circuit of duty solenoid C is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive "braking" in tight corners.
®
=============®B11 ® =·
======== @
LJrJ
Automatic transmission
11121314151617181
1911 01111121131141151161
®
11213 4
516 7&
9 10 11 12
13 1415 16
@
®
r=; =
4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5
12 111 09
16 15 14 13
G3M0109
H3M1338
\ SK1 I CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C GROUND LINE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission ground.
Connector & terminal
(14) No. 4 - Chassis ground:

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8K3] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
/ SK2 / CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
and transmission terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 11 - No. 4:
: Is the resistance between 9 and 17 O?
Go to step SK3.
: Go to step SK5.
1 2 34
567 8
9101112
13 M 15 16
B3M0230B
SK3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND TRANSMISSION.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission and TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 3 - (811) No. 11:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
@: : Go to next E3> .
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TCM and transmission
connector .
.. Poor contact in TCM .
.. Poor contact in transmission connector.
71

3-2 [TSK4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4
5 6 7
91011
131415 ;
CJ
'---K> Q 01---'
H3M1283A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 10 - (811) No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
CYsD : Go to next

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8K4] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1340A
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 3 (+ ) - No. 10 (-):

3-2 [TSKS] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
4WDTY (F 13)
25%
H3M1341
: Is the value 25% in function mode F13?
(v : Go to next step 8).
C§ : Go to next .
: Is the value 25% by shaking harness and
connector of rCM while monitoring the value
with Subaru Select Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
4WDTY
950/0
(F13)
G3M0733
8) Set FWD mode.
9) Throttle fully closed.
: Is the value 95% in function mode F13?
@ :
Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or contact
in the ATF temperature sensor and transmission
connector.
C§ : Go to next .
: Is the value 95% by shaking harness and
connector of rCM while monitoring the value
with Subaru Select Monitor?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
8K5 CHECK DUTY SOLENOID C
(IN TRANSMISSION).
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Drain automatic transmission fluid.
CAUTION:
Do not drain the automatic transmission fluid until it
cools down.
4) Remove extension case, and disconnect connector
from duty solenoid C.
< Ref. to 3-2 [W6AO]. >
74

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [lSK6] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
5) Measure resistance between duty solenoid C connector
and transmission ground.

3-2 [T8l0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
@
l: TROUBLE CODE 25
- TORQUE CONTROL SIGNAL -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Torq ue control signal is not emitted from TCM .
• The signal circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Excessive shift shock.
@
,...-----...--- ---.,..----,
ECM B-----8
TCM
i ru 3 4 U 5 6 U 7 8
1718 1920 2122 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
45 46 4748 49 50 5152 53 54 55 5657
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83
L
L
B2M0598
'/
12l 34 56 7 8 Lrl
1718 920 21222324252E 8129O ,\
4f4647481490 5Hi253 455156157 '\
71 2 3 4175 67 L 7f 9 081 82a3 h.
'-J'-
rB84' I
n i=i n
n 91101111121131141151161
1 1 2131 41516171 8 1
Oj----78A
8L1 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND ECM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connectors from TCM and ECM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and ECM
connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 16 - (884) No. 79:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Cv : Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and ECM connector.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in ECM connector.
76

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8l2] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
B3M0235B
H3M1347A
4) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 16 - Chassis ground:

3-2 [l8MO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
M: TROUBLE CODE 31
- THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR -
DIANOSIS:
Input signal circuit of throttle position sensor is open or
shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
Shift point too high or too low; engine brake not effected
in "3" range: excessive shift shock; excessive tight corner
"braking".
a
a
®
®®
®
IE)
m
c: @ a:@
1;1lmlftIBI
H3M1348
78

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TBM2] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
@
---J;:i;1111
H3M1349A
1 8M1 I CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from throttle position sensor.
3) Measure resistance between throttle position sensor
connector receptacle's terminals.
Terminals
(E13) No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 0.3 and 0.7 ko.?
: Go to next E3> .
: Replace throttle position sensor.
@
""---i31;1111
Terminals
(E13) No. 1 - No. 3:
Ec3> : Is the resistance between 3.5 and 6.5 ko.?
@fD Go to step 8M2.
: Replace thrttle position sensor.
CJ
'---+0 Q o+--
H3M1350A
H3M1351A
8M2 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from TeM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TeM and
throttle position sensor connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 8 - (E13) No. 2:
C€c3> : Is the resistance less than 1 o.?
C§) :
: Go to next C€3> .
Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TeM and throttle position
sensor.
• Poor contact in TeM connector.
• Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector.
• Poor contact in coupling connector (821).
79

3-2 [18M3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3M1352A
--------
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 19 - (E13) No. 3:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
@ : Go to next step 3).
C§ : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and throttle position
sensor.
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in throttle position sensor connector.
• Poor contact in coupling connector (B21).
H3M1353A
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM connector
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 8 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Cv : Go to next c€3> .
C§ : Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
throttle position sensor.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 19 - Chassis ground:
c3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Go to step 8M3.
C§ Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
throttle position sensor.
H3M1354A
LI71
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1
1 718191101111121
rf "3'4Tu 5 6 LI 7 8
17 1819202122123 24: 5261272829301
456474849150 51 '53154 5556571
71 7273747517677 17918081 82 831
'-
FI
---IO- H3M1355A
8M3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND ECM.
1) Disconnect connector from ECM.
2) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and ECM
connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 8 - (884) No. 6:
80

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TSM4] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
(V : Go to next .
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
CD Open circuit in harness between TCM and ECM.
CD Poor contact in TCM connector.
CD Poor contact in ECM connector.
uft
1112 1 31 4 1 5 1 6 \ 71 8191101
111112113114l15116\17118
rf "34"'Jr"'T""::""
5 '-=-6""'U 7 8
17 18 19202122123242f 261272829 301
454647 349150 51 5253154 Sf 56571
71 7273 75176 777879180 81 82 831
n
'--__toO 0;-----'
--=-
L-
H3M1356A
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 19 - (884) No. 21:

3-2 [TSM4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
D
__ --+8- VroCfI----'
OBD0503A
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 8 (+) - No. 7 (-):
: Is the voltage between 4.3 and 4.9 V with
throttle fully open?
cy : Go to step 8M5.
C§) : Go to next .
: Is the voltage between 4.3 and 4.9 V while
shaking harness and connector of rCM?
cy Repair poor contact in TCM.
C§) Replace TCM .
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Connect connectors to TCM, throttle position sensor
and ECM.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
4) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
5) Throttle fully closed.
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
7) Designate m.ode using function key.
Function mode FOg
• FOg: Throttle position sensor input signal is indicated.
THV (F 09)
0.5V
H3M1357
cy
C§) :
: Is the value voltage between 0.3 and 0.7 V in
function mode F09?
: Go to next step 8).
C§) : Go to next E3:> .
: Is the voltage between 0.3 and 0.7 V by shaking
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
82

...
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8MS] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
THV
4.6V
(F09)
B3M0383
8) Throttle fully open.
: Is the value voltage between 4.3 and 4.9 V in
function model F09?
NOTE:
Must be changed correspondingly with accelerator pedal
operation (from "released" to "depressed" position).
@ : Go to step 8MS.
@) : Go to next .

3-2 [T8MS] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
: Is the value voltage between 5.02 and 5.22 V
in function mode F14?
Cv : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in TCM.
: Is the voltage between 5.02 and 5.22 V by
shaking harness and connector of reM?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
84

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8N1] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
N: TROUBLE CODE 32
- VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 -
DIAGNOSIS:
Input signal circuit of TeM is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
No lock-up or excessive tight corner "braking".
® ® ®
r----------------------H
reM
®
111WI41
1 2 13 14
15 678
9 0 11112
13 14 15 16
D
.Q
I SN1 I CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF .
2) Disconnect connector from transmission.
3) Measure resistance between transmission connector
receptacle's terminals.
Connector & terminal
(T4) No. 16 - No. 9:
S : .Is the resistance between 450 and 720 O?
cY : Go to step SN2.
:
Replace vehicle speed sensor 1 connector.
H3M1359
85

3-2 [T8N2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
854
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 ,.,
910 11 12 1 1 1 2 1 3141 5 161
314 1516 1718191101111121
n
Q
-"-----"-
H3M1360A
8N2
CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND
TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from transmission and TeM.
3) Measuce resistance of harness between TeM and
transmission connector.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 12 - (811) No. 16:
C€HC3> : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C€ : Go to next E3> .
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TeM and transmission
connector .
.. Poor contact in TeM .
.. Poor contact in transmission.
1 2 3 4 .854
5 6 7 8 ,.,
910 11 12 11 12131415161
1 3 14 1516 1718191101111121
n
Q
'-"--"-
H3M1361A
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 7 - (811) No. 9:
C€3> : Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C€ : G6 to next- C€3> .
(§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
.. Open circuit in harness between TeM and transmission
connector.
.. Poor contact in TeM .
.. Poor contact in transmission .
.. Poor contact in shield joint connector (853).
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 7 - Chassis ground:
C€3> : Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Cvs) : Go to next C€H3> .
(§) : Repair short circuit in harness between TeM and
transmission connector.
H3M1362A
86

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [l8N3] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 12 - Chassis ground:
S : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step aN3.
: Repair short circuit in harness between TCM and
transmission connector.
H3M1363A
l aN3 I CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) ConnE?ct connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety stands.
CAUTION:
On AWe models, raise all wheels off floor.
4) Start the engine and set vehicle in 20 km/h (12 m/h)
condition.
OBD0396A
5) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(854) No. 12 (+) - No. 7 (-):
: Is the voltage more than AC 1 V?
Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
:
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
: Go to next .
: Is the voltage more than AC 1 V while shaking
harness and connector of rCM?
6i" : Repair poor contact in TCM.
: Replace TCM.
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T602] or [T9JO]. >
87

3-2 [l8N3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety stands.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off floor.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON and turn Subaru Select
Monitor switch to ON.
6) Start the engine.
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode F02 or F03
• F02: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F02: Vehicle speed is indicated in "m/h".
• F03: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F03: Vehicle speed is indicated in "km/h".
88

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T8N3] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
VSPI
18 m/h
VSP I
15 kmlh
(F02)
(F03)
G3M0725
OBD0399
L-_____________---'
: Are Select Monitor indications noted anywhere
between vehicle speeds listed under
the F02 and/or F03 function modes, and
speedometer indications? Refer to the table
below.
Speedometer
(in combination meter)
Function mode F02
Function mode F03
20 (m/h or km/h) 19 - 22 (m/h) 18 - 23 (km/h)
40 (m/h or km/h) 39 - 42 (m/h) 38 - 43 (km/h)
60 (m/h or km/h) 58 - 62 (m/h) 58 - 63 (km/h)
C Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
GV : Go to next
• Using Oscilloscope
1) Turn ignition switch to .oFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and transmission.
3) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety stands.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, raise all wheels off floor.
@)
,-,
1615141312 1 1 1
11211111019 18 I 71
~
1m 01
4) Set oscilloscope to TCM connector terminals.
Position prove; (854) No. 12
Earth lead; (854) No. 7
5) Start the engine and set vehicle in 20 km/h (12 m/h)
condition.
6) Measure signal voltage indicated on oscilloscope.
B3M0243B
89

3-2 [TSN3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
ov
1\ (\1 1\1(\ 1\/\ n 1\
IV \ V I \ I \ 1\1
r-f--
-_.
83M0244A
: Is the signal voltage more than AC 1 V?
: Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TeM.
(§) : Go to next .
: Is the voltage more than AC 1 V by shaking
harness and connector of rCM while monitoring
the value with oscilloscope?
@: : Repair poor contact in TeM.
(§) : Replace TeM.
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ASS warning light, but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ASS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T602] or [T9JO]. >
90

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1801] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
0: TROUBLE CODE 33
- VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 -
DIAGNOSIS:
• The vehicle speed signal is abnormal.
• The circuit in combination meter is faulty.
• The harness connector between TCM and vehicle
speed sensor is in short or open.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• Erroneous idling.
• Engine stalls.
• Poor driving performance.
Combination meter
Veh icle speed
sensor 2
E
®
1 1 12131415161_1101111121131141151161
H3M1365
CHECK OPERATION OF SPEEDOMETER.
: Does speedometer operate normally?
CS§D Go to step 802 .
. @) : Check speedometer. < Ref. to 6-2 [K2AO]. >
91

3-2 [T802] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
e02 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND COMBINATION METER.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove combination meter.
®
1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1s 16 1 # 110111 ft 2ft 311411S1161
0
....;8
®
r--1
11 I 2 I 31 4 IS I S I 71 819110
11111211311411S116117118119120
H3M1366A
3) Disconnect connectors from TCM and combination
meter.
4) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and combination
meter connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 11 - (i12) No. 8:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [1803] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
H3""68A
H2M1427
5) Start the engine, and set vehicle in 10 km/h (6 m/h).
6) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 11 (+) - (855) No. 10 (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V +-+ more than 4
V?
C) : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TCM.
Is the voltage changing less than 1 V +-+ more
than 4 V while shaking harness and connector of
TCM?
NOTE:
The speed difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ASS warning light, but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ASS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO]. >
• Using Subaru Select Monitor
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and combination meter.
3) Install combination meter.
4) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWe models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
5) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
6) Turn ignition switch to ON and Subaru Select Monitor
switch to ON.
7) Start the engine, and drive all wheels.
8) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
9) DeSignate mode using function key.
Function mode F04 or F05
• F04: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F04: Vehicle speed is indicated in "m/h".
• F05: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F05: Vehicle speed is indicated in "km/h".
93

3-2 [TS03] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ND DIFFERENTIAL
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
VSP2 (F04)
12 m/h
VSP2
G3M0726
(F05)
lOkmlh
83M0384
: Are Select Monitor indications noted anywhere
between vehicle speeds listed under
the F04 andlor F05 function modes, and
speedometer indications? Refer to the fable
below.
Speedometer
(in combination meter)
Funcfion mode F04
Function mode F05
20 (m/h or km/h) 19 - 22 (m/h) 18 - 23 (km/h)
40 (m/h or km/h) 39 - 42 (m/h) 38 - 43 (km/h)
60 (m/h or km/h) 58 - 62 (m/h) 58 - 63 (km/h)
.. Using Oscilloscope
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connectors to TCM and combination meter.
3) Install combination meter.
4) Lift-up or raise the vehicle and place safety stands.
CAUTION:
On AWe models, raise all wheels off floor.
5) Set oscilloscope to TCM connector terminals.
Positive prove; (856) No. 11
Earth lead; (855) No. 10
6) Start the engine.
7) Shift on the gear position, and keep the vehicle speed
at constant.
H3M1369A
94

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [TS03] 3-2
8. Diagnostic Chart with Trouble Code
,.f...-
J
f.. w
I
ir.:":" h.
I I!V I
G2M0931
8) Measure ignal voltage indicated on oscilloscope.
E3.> : Is the voltage more than AC 2 V?
NOTE:
If vehicle speed increases, the width of amplitude (W)
decreases.
@: : Even if "AT OIL TEMP" lights up, the circuit has
returned to a normal condition at this time. A
temporary poor contact of the connector or harness
may be the cause. Repair harness or connector
in the TeM.
: Go to next .
95

3-2 [T9AO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC CHART
If no trouble codes appear in the on-board diagnostics
operation (although problems have occurred or are
occurring), measure performance characteristics of
sensors, actuators, etc., in the "F" mode (select monitor
function), and compare with the "basic data" to determine
the cause of problems.
1) Trouble occurs.
2) No trouble codes appear in on-board diagnostics
operation.
3) Measure each item in select mode function.
4) Compare measured values with basic data.
5) Determine item which is outside basic data specifications.
6) Check sensor and actuator affected.
B: LIST OF OUTPUT MODES
1. FUNCTION MODE
Mode Contents Abbr.
FOO Mode display
-
F01 Battery voltage VB
F02 Vehicle speed sensor 1 VSP1
F03 Vehicle speed sensor 1 VSP1
F04 Vehicle speed sensor 2 VSP2
F05 Vehicle speed sensor 2 VSP2
F06 Engine speed signal EREV
F07 ATF temperature sensor ATFT
F08 ATF temperature sensor ATFT
F09 Throttle position sensor THV
F10 Gear position GEAR
F11 Line pressure duty PLDTY
F12 Lock-up duty LUDTY
F13 AWD duty 4WDTY
F14
Throttle position sensor
power supply
THVCC
F15 Mass air flow signal AFM
Unit
Contents of display
-
AT or EGI mode (when monitor is connected.)
V Battery voltage applied to control unit.
m/h Vehicle speed (miles/h) sent from vehicle speed sensor 1.
km/h Vehicle speed (km/h) sent from vehicle speed sensor 1.
m/h Vehicle speed (miles/h) sent from vehicle speed sensor 2.
km/h Vehicle speed (km/h) sent from vehicle speed sensor 2.
rpm Engine speed sent from ECM.
OF ATF temperature (OF) sent from ATF temperature sensor.
°C ATF temperature eC) sent from ATF temperature sensor.
V Voltage sent from throttle pOSition sensor.
-
Transmission gear position
% Duty ratio flowing through duty solenoid A.
%. Duty ratio flowing through duty solenoid B.
% Duty ratio flowing through duty solenoid C.
V Power supply voltage to throttle position sensor
V Output voltage from air flow sensor
Page
98
98
99
99
101
101
102
103
103
105
106
107
110
113
117
118
96

Mode
/
FAO
FA1
.
LED No.
1
2*
3
4
5
6
7
8*
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
*: LED Nos. 2 and 8 cannot be turned on.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9B3] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
2. ON OFF SIGNAL LIST
Signal name Display LED "ON" requirements Page
FWD switch FF When fuse is installed in FWD switch. 121
Kick-down switch KD
- -
- - - -
- - - -
Brake switch BR When brake switch is turned ON.
-
ABS switch AB When ABS signal is entered.
-
Cruise control set CR When cruise control is set.
-
Power switch PW
- -
- - - -
- - - -
PIN range switch NP When P or N range is selected.
-
R range switch RR When R range is selected:
-
D range switch RD When D range is selected.
-
3 range switch R3 When 3 range is selected.
-
2 range switch R2 When 2 range is selected.
-
1 range switch R1 When 1 range is selected.
-
Diagnosis switch SS When diagnosis switch is turned ON. 127
- - - -
- - - -
- - - -
3. DIAGNOSIS MODE
Mode Contents Abbr. Contents of display
FBO
FB1
On-board
diagnostics
On-board
diagnostics
DIAG.U
DIAG.M
Current trouble code determined by on-board diagnostics.
Previous trouble code stored in memory by on-board
diagnostics.
FCO Back-up clear
-
Function of clearing trouble code stored in memory.
97

3-2 [T9CO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
E-4AT
4WD
(FOD)
1997
C: MODE FOO - MODE DISPLAY _.
SPECifiED DATA:
Data at the left should be indicated.
H3M1385
Probable cause (if outside "specified data")
1. Communication failure
(No communication method can be confirmed
with power ON.)
(1) Check loose or poor connectors, or
short circuit.
(2) Check type of cartridge.
.
2. Vehicle types cannot be identified (due 10
communication failure).
Check improper cartridge.
Replace with proper one.
VB
12 V
(F01)
D: MODE F01 - BATTERY VOLTAGE (VB) -
CONDITION:
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine idling after warm-up
SPECifiED DATA:
VB: 10 - 16 V
G3M0724
11. Battery II----i Check battery voltage and specific gravity of
'-----------------'
electrolyte.
1 2. Charging system I
(1) Measure regulating voltage under no loads.
(2) Check generator (as a single unit).
98

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9EO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
E: MODE F02 OR FOa
- CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On A WD models, make sure that aU wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
6) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F02 or F03
• F02: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F02: Vehicle speed is indicated in "m/h".
• F03: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F03: Vehicle speed is indicated in "km/h".
VSPI
VSPI
(F02)
18 m/h
(F03)
15 km/h
G3M0725
: Are Select Monitor indications noted anywhere
between vehicle speeds listed under
the F02 and/or F03 function modes, and
speedometer indications? Refer to the table
below.
Speedometer
(in combination meter)
C
Function mode F02
Function mode F03
20 (m/h or km/h) 19 - 22 (m/h) 18 - 23 (km/h)
40 (m/h or km/h) 39 - 42 (m/h) 38 - 43 (km/h)
60 (m/h or km/h) 58 - 62 (m/h) 58 - 63 (km/h)
: Go to step MODE F04 or F05.
(§) : Check vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit.
NOTE:
• For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor
1 circuit, refer to 3-2 [T8NO].
08D0399
99

3-2 [T9EO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
• The speed difference between front and rear wheels
may light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no
malfunction. When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform
the ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board
diagnostics system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T602] or [T9JO]. >
100

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9FO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
F: MODE F04 OR F05
- CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) .
Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On Awe models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
6) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F04 or F05
• F04: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F04: Vehicle speed is indicated in "m/h".
• F05: Compare speedometer with Subaru Select Monitor
indications.
• F05: Vehicle speed is indicated in "km/h".
. VSP2 (F04)
12 m/h
VSP2
(F05)
lOkmlh
G3M0726
B3M0384
: Are Select Monitor indications noted anywhere
between vehicle speeds listed under
the F04 and/or F05 function modes, and
speedometer indications? Refer to the table
below.
Speedometer
(in combination meter)
cy
Function mode F04
Function mode F05
20 (m/h or km/h) 19 - 22 (m/h) 18 - 23 (km/h)
40 (m/h or km/h) 39 - 42 (m/h) 38 - 43 (km/h)
60 (m/h or km/h) 58 - 62 (m/h) 58 - 63 (km/h)
: Go to step MODE F06.
: Check vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit.
NOTE:
• For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit, refer to 3-2 [T800].
• The speed difference between front and rear wheels
may light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no
malfunction. When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform
the ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board
diagnostics system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO]. >
101

3-2 [T9GO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
G: MODE FOG
- CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Attach the pickup sensor on tachometer (secondary
pickup type) to #1 cylinder spark plug cord (without
tachometer models) .
4) Turn AIC switch to OFF (with AIC models).
EREV (F06)
1,500 rpm
G3M0727
5) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
6) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
7) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature
is above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
8) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
9) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F06
• F06: Engine revolution is indicated in "rpm".
: Is the revolution in function mode FOG and
tachometer within the specifications shown in
the following table?
Tachometer
(in combination meter)
Idling
Function mode F06
600 - 800 rpm
1,000 rpm 925 - 1,075 rpm
2,000 rpm 1,890 - 2,145 rpm
c : Go to step MODE F07.
(§) . : Check engine speed signal circuit.
NOTE:
• For the diagnostics procedure on engine speed signal
circuit, refer to 3-2 [T8JO].
• The speed difference between front and rear wheels
may light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no
malfunction. When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform
the ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board
diagnostics system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO]. >
102

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9HO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
H: MODE F07 OR FOa
- CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Start engine.
: Does the A T OIL TEMP wa,ming light remain
on 2 seconds after the engine has been
started?
Go to next step 3).
Check ATF temperature sensor and combination
meter circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature sensor
and combination meter circuit, refer to 3-2 [TBHO].
( OBI\
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
,
I
I
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select
6Z/)
'/ / H2M1 181A
3) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
4) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
6) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON . .
7) Start engine.
B) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
g) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F07 or FOB
CD F07: ATF temperature is indicated in "oF".
CD FOB: ATF temperature is indicated in "oC".
1 0) Warm-up the transmission until ATF temperature is
above BO°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
ATFT
1 76 deg F
(F07)
0800386
11) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Does the A TF temperature change from
176°F (BO°C)?
Go to step MODE FOg.
:
(§) :
Check ATF temperature sensor circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature sensor
circuit, refer to 3-2 [TBHO].
103

3-2 [T9HO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
ATFT
(F08)
80 deg C
08D0387
104

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T91O] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
THV
O.5V
( F 09)
H3M1.357
I: MODE FOg
- CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Turn Subaru Select Monitor switch to ON.
5) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
6) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FOg
.. FOg: Throttle position sensor input signal is indicated.
: Is voltage between 0.3 and 0.7 V in the function
mode FOg when the accelerator pedal is
completely released?
@: : Go to next .
C§V :
Check throttle position sensor circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
circuit, refer to 3-2 [TBMO] .
THV
4.6V
(F09)
B3M0383
:
C§V :
NOTE:
: Is voltage between 4.4 and 4.8 V in the function
mode FOg when the accelerator pedal ;s
completely depressed?
Go to next .
Check throttle position sensor circuit.
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
circuit, refer to 3-2 [TBMO].
: Does voltage in the function mode FOg
decrease smoothly when the accelerator
pedal is fully depressed and then fully
released?

3-2 [T9JO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
- OBD-II general scan tool )
,,"
\
I
Data link connector
( for Subaru select
GEAR
1st
I
m6Z/)
'/ / H2M1181A
(FlO)
G3M0730
J: MODE F10
- CHECK GEAR POSITION -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWn models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Select 0 range, and drive vehicle.
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
7) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F10
• F10: Gear position is indicated.
: Does the transmission gear correspond to
the gear which is shown on display in the
F10 mode?
Go to step MODE F11.
Check shift solenoid 1 and shift solenoid 2 signal
circuit.
NOTE:
• For the diagnostics procedure on shift solenoid 1 and
shift solenoid 2- Signal circuit, refer to 3-2 [T8FO] and
[T8GO].
• The speed difference between front and rear wheels
may light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no
malfunction. When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform
the ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board
diagnostics system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO] . >
106

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9KO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
OBD-II general scan tool )
,.,.
I
\ .
Data link connector
( for Subaru select
monitor only )
r 7..,18"
K: MODE F11
- CHECK LINE PRESSURE DUTY -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
4) Warm-up the transmission until ATF temperature is
above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
5) Stop the engine and turn ignition switch to ON (engine
OFF).
'
6) Move selector lever to "N".
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F11
.. F11: Line pressure duty is indicated in "%".
PLDTY
(Fll)
: Does the function mode f11 indicate 100%
when the accelerator pedal is completely
released?
Go to next
Go to step 9K1.
1000/0
09D0427
PLDTY (F 1 )
15%
H3M1287
: Does the function mode f11 indicate 15% or
less when the accelerator pedal is completely
depressed?
Go to next
Go to step 9K1 .
: Does the function mode f11 change smoothly
when the accelerator pedal is fully
depressed and then fully released?
Go to step MODE F12.
Go to step 9K1 .
107

3-2 [T9K1] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
THV
4 .
--------
6V
9K1 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F09).
(F09) : Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
circuit (mode F09), refer to 3-2 [T910].
C : Repair or replace throttle position sensor circuit,
83M0383 refer to 3-2 [T8MO].
C® : Go to step 9K2.
EREV (F06)
1,500 rpm
G3M0727
L-________________________
9K2 CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(FUNCTION MODE F06).
8 : Is there any trouble in engine speed signal
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on engine speed signal
circuit (mode F06), refer to 3-2 [T9GO].
: Repair or replace engine speed signal circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T8JO].
C§V : Go to step 9K3.
108

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9K4] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
ATPT
1 76 deg P
(P07)
9K3 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F07 OR F08).
: Is there any trouble in A TF temperature sensor
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature sensor
circuit (mode FO? or F08), refer to 3-2 [T9HO].
Cvs)
0800386 refer to 3-2 [T8HO].
----
@) Go to step 9K4.
Repair or replace ATF temperature sensor circuit,
1 9K4 I CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor to ON.
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
3) Designate mode usi ' ng function key.
Function mode: FA 1
• FA 1: Check the inhibitor switch ON OFF signal.
: When each range is selected, does LED of
the range switch on Subaru Select Monitor
light up?
:
Go to step MODE FA12.
@) : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit,
refer to 2-? [T10B10].
109

110
3-2 [T9l0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
L: MODE F12
- CHECK LOCK-UP DUTY -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Lift-up the vehicle and place safety stand.
CAUTION:
On AWD models, make sure that all wheels are raised
off floor.
3) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
4) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
5) Warm-up the transmission until ATF temperature is
above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
6) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
7) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F12
.. F12: Lock-up duty is indicated in "%".
LUDTY
(F12)
: Does the function mode F12 indicate 5%?
Cv Go to next step 8).
: Go to step 9l1 .
50/0
G3M0732
LUDTY (F 12)
95%
8) Move selector lever to "0" and slowly increase vehicle
speed to 75 km/h (47 m/h) ..
: Does the function mode F12 indicate 95%?
C : Go to step MODE F13.
H3M1294

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9l2] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
NOTE:
The speed ' difference between front and rear wheels may
light the ABS warning light, but this indicates no malfunction.
When AT control diagnosis is finished, perform the
ABS memory clearance procedure of on-board diagnostics
system. < Ref. to 4-4 [T6D2] or [T9JO]. >
@) : Go to step 9L1 .
THV
4.6V
(F09)
B3M0383
----
9L1 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F09).
: Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
circuit (mode F09), refer to 3-2 [T910].
Repair or replace throttle position sensor circuit,
refer to 3-2 [TBMO].
@) Go to step 9L2.
VSPI (F02)
18 m/h
G3M0725
----
9L2 . CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1 CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F02 OR F03).
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
1 circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor 1
circuit (mode F02 or F03), refer to 3-2 [T9EO].
Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit,
refer to 3-2 [TBNO].
@) Go to step 9L3.
111

3-2 [T9l3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
VSP2 (F04)
12 m/h
G3M0726
--------
9L3
CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2 CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F04 OR F05).
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor 2
circuit (mode F04 or F05), refer to 3-2 [T9FOj.
@: Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T800].
C§) Go to step 9L4.
EREV
1,500 rpm
(F06)
G3M0727
L-__ __ __ ________ ________
9L4 CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(FUNCTION MODE F06).
: Is there any trouble in engine· speed signal
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on engine speed signal
circuit (mode F06), refer to 3-2 [T9GO].
Repair or replace engine speed signal circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T8KO].
C§) Go to step 9L5.
/ 9L5 / CHECK INHIBITOR SWITCH .
. 1) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor to ON.
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
3) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FA 1
• FA 1: Check the inhibitor switch ON OFF signal.
: When each range is selected, does LED of
the range switch on Subaru Select Monitor
light up?
0- : Go to MODE F13.
C§) : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit,
refer to 2-7 [T1 OBIO].
112

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9MO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
M: MODE F13
- CHECK AWD DUTY -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
4) Warm-up the transmission until ATF temperature is
above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below O°C (32°F), drive the vehi-
. cle until the ATF reaches its operati ng temperatu reo
5) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
6) Move selector lever to "0".
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F13
.. F13: AWD duty is indicated in " % ".
: Does the duty ratio change in response to
the depress-release motion of the accelerator
pedal in the function mode F13?
Go to next step 9).
Go to step 9M1.
4WDTY'
950/0
(F1 3)
9) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
10) Set FWD mode.
11) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
e : Does the function mode F13 indicate 95%?
@ Go to step MODE F14.
C§) : Go to step 9M1.
G3M0733
113

3-2 [T9M1] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
THV
4 .
----
6V
9M1 CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
(FUNCTION MODE F09).
(F09) : Is there any trouble in throttle position sensor
circuit? .
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
circuit (mode F09), refer to 3-2 [T910].
Cv : Repair or replace throttle position sensor circuit,
B3M0383 refer to 3-2 [T8MO].
(§ : Go to step 9M2.
VSPI
18 m/h
(F02)
G3M0725
9M2 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1
(FUNCTION MODE F02 OR F03).
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
.
1 circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor 1
circuit (mode F02 or F03), refer to 3-2 [T9EO].
Cv : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 1 circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T8NO].
(§ : Go to step 9M3.
114

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DiffERENTIAL [T9M4] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
VSP2 (F04)
12 m/h
G3M0726
----
9M3 CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 2
(FUNCTION MODE F04 OR FOS).
: Is there any trouble in vehicle speed sensor
2 circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on vehicle speed sensor 2
circuit (mode F04 or F05), refer to 3-2 [T9FO].
C) : Repair or replace vehicle speed sensor 2 circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T800].
: Go to step 9M4.
ATFT
176 deg F
(F07)
09D0386
9M4 CHECK ATF TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIR­
CUIT (FUNCTION MODE F07 OR F08).
: Is there any trouble in A TF temperature sensor
circuit?
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ATF temperature sensor
circuit (mode F07 or F08), refer to 3-2 [T9HO].
@Os) : Repair or replace ATF temperature sensor circuit,
refer to 3-2 [T8HO].
Go to step 9MS.
:
115

3-2 [T9M5] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DiffERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
19M5 I CHECK INHIBITO SWITCH CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch and Subaru Select Monitor to ON.
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
3) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FA1
.. FA 1: Check the inhibitor switch ON OFF signal.
S : When each range is selected, does LED of
range switch on Subaru Select Monitor light
up?
Cv) : Go to step 9M6.
C§) :
Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit,
refer to 2-7 [T10BI0].
19M6 I CHECK ABS SIGNAL
1) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
to ON.
2) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: FAO
.. FAD: Check the ABS switch (AB) ON OFF signal.
: Does the ABS switch (AB) flash while the
vehicle ;s being driven at speeds of 6 kmlh
(4 MPH) or more, and less than 10 kmlh (6
MPH)?
0' : Go to step MODE F14.
C§) : Check ABS signal circuit.
NOTE:
For the diagnostics procedure on ABS signal circuit, refer
to 4-4 [T810].
116

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9NO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
N: MODE F14
- CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
POWER SUPPL V -
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF) and Subaru
Select Monitor switch to ON.
4) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
5) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F14
• Throttle position sensor power supply voltage is indicated.
THVCC
(F14)
5.2 V NOTE:
83M0259
: Is the value fixed between 5.02 and 5.22 V in
function mode F14?
Go to step MODE F15.
Check throttle position sensor power supply circuit.
For the diagnostics procedure on throttle position sensor
power supply circuit, refer to 3-2 [T8MO].
117

3-2 [T900] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
,
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select monitor and
.... OBO-II general scan tool )
(
Data link connector
for Subaru select
.... , \
, 6Z/)
'/' / H2M1181A
-
0: MODE F1 5
- CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SIGNAL
. 1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect Subaru Select Monitor to data link connector.
3) Start the engine, and turn Subaru Select Monitor switch
·to ON.
4) Warm-up the engine until engine coolant temperature
is above 80°C (176°F).
NOTE:
If ambient temperature is below DoC (32°F), drive the vehicle
until the ATF reaches its operating temperature.
5) Engine idling after warm-up.
6) Move selector lever to "N".
7) Read data on Subaru Select Monitor.
8) Designate mode using function key.
Function mode: F15
48 F15: Display shows mass air flow signal value sent from
ECM.
AFM
O.6V
eF15)
@fD
@)
: Does voltage change in response to the
depress-release motion of the accelerator
pedal in the function mode F15?
Go to next

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9P2] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
DISPLAY
LED No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Signal name Symbol
FWD switch
FF
Kick-down switch KD
- -
- -
Brake
BR
ABS switch
AB
Cruise control set CR
Power switch
PW
- -
- -
P: MODE FAO
- SWITCH 1 (SW1) -
Reference values
.. Lights up when the fuse is installed in FWD switch (No. 1).
.. Light up when the brake pedal is depressed (No. 5)
.. Light up when the ASS sig ' nal is entered (No. 6).
.. Lights up when the cruise control is set (No. 7).
NOTE:
Kick-down switch and power switch are not installed.
Therefore, LEDs of kick-down switch (KD) and power
switch (PW) do not light up.
CHECK FWD SWITCH (FF).
When fuse is inserted in FWD switch, does
LED (FF) light up?
Cv. : Go to step 9P2.
@) : Check FWD switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on FWD switch circuit , refer to
3-2 [T900].
CHECK BRAKE (BR).
When the brake pedal ;s depressed, does
LED (BR) light up?
Cv:!: : Go to 9P3.
@) : Check brake switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on brake switch circuit, refer to
2-7 [T10SHO].
119

3-2 [T9P3] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
19P3
I CHECK ABS SWITCH (AB).
Engine start.
: Does the LED (AB) flash while the vehicle is
being driven at speed of 6 kmlh (4 MPH) or
more, and less than 10 kmlh (6 MPH)?
Cv) : Go to 9P4.
C§) : Check ABS switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure or ABS switch circuit, refer to
4-4 [T810].
CHECK CRUISE CONTROL SET (CR).
When cruise control is set, does LED (eR)
light up?
Cv : Go to MODE FA1 .
C§) : Check cruise control set circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on cruise control circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T10CZO].
120

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9Q1] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
e: @
r;ii;\
Q: MODE FAO
- LED NO. 1, FWD SWITCH -
DIAGNOSIS:
• LED does not come on even if FWD switch is ON .
• Diagnosis switch circuit is open or short.
No. 15 Ignition S8F -4 1.258
switch
TeM
b: @
@
FWD switch
E
11lfimII1
@
11 1 111Irilhllijl1
@
II 111&IISiIslfillII1
®
11121314151olf®?i 1101111121131141151161
®
H3M1386
H3M1387A .
9Q1 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND FWD SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM and FWD switch.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and FWD
switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 2 - (89) No. 2:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Cv : Go to next step 4).
: Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in FWD switch.
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and FWD switch
connector.
121

3-2 [T9Q2] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
H3M1388A
H3M1389A
4) Measure resistance of harness connector between
TCM and body to make sure that circuit does not short.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
CS§D Go to step 902.
C® :
Repair short circuit in harness connector
between TCM and chassis ground.
1902 1 CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TeM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to TCM and FWD switch.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure signal voltage for TCM while installing and
removing the fuse to FWD switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in FWD switch
while installing?
: Go to next step .
C
C® : Go to next €9 .
€9 : Is the voltage less than 1 V while shaking
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
.®
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V in FWD switch
while removing?
Go to step 903.
C® Replace TCM.
H3M1389A
122

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9Q3] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
®
11 12131415 161 fTij9110111 2H 31141151161
@
H3M1391A
9Q3 CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND COMBINATION METER.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove combination meter.
3) Disconnect connector from TeM and combination
meter.
4) Measure resistance of harness between TeM and diagnosis
connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 2 - (12) No. 12:

3-2 [T9Q4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
H3M1280A
H3M1280A
19Q4 I CHECK OUTPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to TCM and combination meter.
3) Install combination meter.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure signal voltage for TCM while installing and
removing the fuse to FWD switch connector.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage less than 1 V in FWD switch
while installing?
@ : Go to next step .
@) : Go to next e ..
.
@) : Replace TCM.
: Is the voltage more than 10 V while shaking
harness and connector of rCM?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
Replace TCM.
124

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9R3] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
DISPLAY
LED No. Signal name Symbol
1 NIP range switch NP
2 R range switch RR
3 D range switch RD
4 3 range switch R3
5 2 range switch R2
6 1 range switch R1
7 Diagnosis switch SS
8
- -
9
- -
R: MODE FA1
- SWITCH 2 (SW2) -
Reference values
• Lights up when the N or P range is selected (No. 1).
• Lights up when the R range is selected (No. 2).
• Lights up when the 0 range is selected (No. 3).
• Lights up when the 3 range is selected (No. 4).
• Lights up when the 2 range is selected (No. 5).
• Lights up when the 1 range is selected (No. 6).
• Lights up when the diagnosis switch is connected
(No. 7).
: ::
I
RD R3 R2
I
D0GJDGJ
GJGJGJQ0 H3M1374A
10
- -
CHECK NIP RANGE SWITCH (NP).
When H and P ranges are selected, does
LED (HP) light up?
CY : Go to step 9R2.
C® : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T10BI0].
CHECK R RANGE SWITCH (RR).
When the R range is selected, does LED (RR)
light up?
Cv : Go to step 9R3.
C® : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T1 OBIO].
CHECK D RANGE SWITCH (RD).
When the 0 range is selected, does LED (RO)
light up?
Cv) : Go to step 9R4.
C® : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T10BI0].
125

3-2 [T9R4] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
C
@)
CHECK 3 RANGE SWITCH (R3).
When the 3 range is selected, does LED (R3)
light up?
G9 to step 9R5.
Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T10810].
@
@)
CHECK 2 RANGE SWITCH (R2).
When the 2 range is selected, does LED (R2)
light up?
Go to step 9R6.
Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T10810].
CHECK 1 RANGE SWITCH (R1).
When the 1 range is selected, does LED (R1)
light up?
: Go to step 9R7.
@) : Check inhibitor switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 2-7 [T1 0810].
CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH (55).
When the diagnosis switch is turned on, does
LED (88) light up?
0') : Go to general diagnostics table.
NOTE:
Inspect using general
.
diagnostics table, refer to 3-2
[T1000].
@) : Check diagnosis switch circuit.
NOTE:
For diagnostics procedure on inhibitor switch circuit, refer
to 3-2 [T980].
126

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9S1] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
S: MODE FA1
- LED NO. 7, DIAGNOSIS SWITCH -
DIAGNOSIS:
a LED does not come on even if diagnosis switch is ON.
a Diagnosis switch circuit is open or short.
,..-
TeM
p::
'--
H3M1414
H3M11088
1 9S1 1 CHECK DIAGNOSIS SWITCH GROUND LINE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance of harness between diagnosis
ground terminals and chassis ground.
Terminal
(881) - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
: Go to step 9S2:
:
Repair open circuit in diagnosis ground terminals.
127

3-2 [T952] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
®
o::Lc:tJ1J
'----+0 Q o+--....J
83M0373A
9S2
CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR BETWEEN
TCM AND DIAGNOSIS SWITCH.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from TCM.
3) Measure resistance of harness between TCM and diagnosis
connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 6 - (882) No. 5:
: Is the resistance less than 1 O?
C) : Go to next step 4).
C§) : Repair harness and connector.
NOTE:
In this case, repair the following:
• Poor contact in TCM connector.
• Poor contact in diagnosis switch.
• Open circuit in harness between TCM and diagnosis
connector.
83M02738
83M02718
4) Measure resistance of harness connector between
TCM and body to make sure that circuit does not short.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Cv Go to step 3.
C§) : Repair short circuit in harness connector
between TCM and chassis ground.
\ 9S3 \ CHECK INPUT SIGNAL FOR TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure signal voltage for TCM while connecting and
disconnecti.ng the diagnosis terminal to diagnosis connector.
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 6 -.Chassis ground:
: Is the .voltage less than 1 V in diagnosis connector
connected?
@: : Go to next step .
C§) : Go to next Ei3Y .

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9S3] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
Connector & terminal
(856) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
E3> : Is the voltage more than 6 V in diagnosis
connector disconnected?
Repair poor contact in TCM.
: Rep/ace TCM.
B3M0271B
129

3-2 [T9TO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
I ITJ O]IT]w[iQJ I
C D E F t
lDlDDDD
8 9 A B
DDDDlDl
4 5 6 7 I
00000
o 1 2 3 ENT
lDllDlDDD
SUBA RU
G3M0152
T: MODE FBO
- ON-ḄOARD DIAGNOSTICS (DIAG. U) -
DISPLAY:
Current trouble code determined by on-board diagnos-'
tics.
1) Connect select monitor.
2) Designate mode using function key.
Press [F] [8] [0] [ENT] in that order.
3) Ensure displayed trouble code(s) .
• When there is only one trouble code
Trouble code
I
(FBQ)
..
I
Abbreviation
G3M0154
• When there are multiple trouble codes
OJ AG ' U (FB O)
1 1
!
OJ AG · U (FB o)
23
i-
t--
G3M0155
130

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9UO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
I rnmmm[iQ] I
c 0 E F t
OD[JD[J
8 " 9 A B
DDDDD
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDD
DDDDD
SuBA RU
G3M0152
U: MODE FB1
- ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS (DIAG. M) -
DISPLAY:
Previous trouble code stored in by on-board diagnostics.
1) Connect select monitor.
2) Designate mode using function key.
Press [F] [8] [1] [ENT] in that order.
3) Ensure displayed trouble code(s) .
• When there is only one trouble code
OIAG·M
32
(FB 1)
" G3M0156
• When there are multiple trouble codes
OJ AG· M
21
J
OJAG·M
31
(FB 1)
(FB 1)
-
r---
G3M0157
131

3-2 [T9VO] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
V: MODE FCO - BACK-UP CLEAR -
DISPLAY:
Function of clearing trouble code stored in memory.
The current trouble history code is deleted from the monitor
when the ignition switch is turned OFF after performing
on-board diagnostics. However, past trouble history
code are stored in TCM. They remain in memory even
when the ignition switch is turned OFF, because there is
a memory back-up battery. The current trouble history
code can be displayed again when on-board diagnostics
is performed after driving, provided that no inspection or
repair has been made.
To delete past trouble history codes, first perform
. on-board diagnostics after inspection and repair using
the current trouble history code, then confirm that no trouble
code is displayed. Next, select and execute a particular
mode on the select monitor.
NOTE:
• Since the past trouble history is deleted, it is necessary
when erasing the trouble code to inspect and make
repairs according to the trouble code, and ensure that no
trouble code is indicated in on-board diagnostics .
• The past trouble history will not be not lost, provided
inspection and repairs are performed according to the
current trouble history code, and that no trouble remains.
I ITl[f] []J[]]UQ] I
C D E F · t
DlDDDlD
8 9 A 8
DlDDDlD
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDlD
o 1 2 3 ENT
lDlDlDDD
SUBA RU
G3M0152
1) Connect select monitor . .
2) Designate mode using function key.
Press [F] [C] [0] [ENT] in that order.
3) Ensure displayed message.
MEMORY CLR 7
O:YES
1 : NO
G3M0158
132

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T9VO] 3-2
9. Diagnostic Chart with Select Monitor
I m[IJ[]JwUQ] I
C 0 E F t
DDlDDDl
8 9 A B
DDDDlD
4 5 6 7 I
DDDDD
o 1 2 3 ENT
DDDDD
SuBA RU
PLEASE
G3M0152
4) Press [ENT] key.
• When executing, (YES)
Press [0] [ENT] in that order.
• When not executing, (NO)
Press [1] [ENT] in that order.
5) When executed, the indication as shown here appears
for approximately four seconds, and the past trouble history
is deleted.
KEY OFF
G3M0159
6) After the display is gone, turn ignition switch to OFF.
133

3-2 [T100·0] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
10. General Diagnostic Table
10. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Starter does not rotate when select lever is in "P" or "N";
starter rotates when select lever is in "R", "0", "3" or "2".
Abnormal noise when select lever is in "P" or "N".
'"
Hissing noise occurs during standing start.
Noise occurs while driving in "01 ".
Noise occurs while driving in "02".
Noise occurs while driving in "03".
Noise occurs while driving in "04".
Engine stalls while shifting from one range to another.
Vehicle moves when select lever is in "N".
Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "N" to "0".
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from
li N " to "0".
.Shock occurs when select lever is moved from "N" to "R".
Excessive time lag occurs when select lever is moved from
"N" to "R".
Problem parts
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Select cable
3) Select lever
4) Starter motor and harness
1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid C
3) Oil pump
4) Drive plate
5) ATF level too high or too low
1) Strainer
2) ATF level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Planetary gear .
3) Reduction gear
4) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Low & reverse brake
3) Reduction gear
4)
Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Final gear
2) Low & reverse brake
3) Planetary gear
4) Reduction gear
5) Differential gear oil level too high or too low
1) Control valve
2) Lock-up damper
3) Engine performance
1) Control unit
2) Inhibitor switch
3) Forward clutch
1) Control module
2) Accumulator ("N" to "0")
3) Control valve
4) ATF deterioration
5) Dropping resistor
1) Control module
2) Control valve
3) Forward clutch
4)
Duty sOlenoid A
5) Forward clutch seal ring
6) Front gasket transmission case
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (4A)
3) Control valve
4) ATF deterioration
5) Dropping resistor
1) Control valve
2) Low & reverse clutch
3) Reverse clutch
4) Duty solenoid A
5) Forward clutch seal ring
6) Front gasket transmission case
134

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [T1000] 3-2
10. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine stalls).
Vehicle does not start in any shift range (engine revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "R" range only (engine revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "R" range only (engine stalls).
Problem parts
1) Parking brake mechanism
2) Planetary gear
1) Strainer
2) Duty solenoid A
3) Control valve
4) Drive pinion
5) Hypoid gear
6) Axle shaft
7) Differential gear
8) Oil pump
9) Input shaft
10) Output shaft
11) Planetary gear
12) Drive plate
13) ATF level too low
14) Front gasket transmission case
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Control valve
4) Low & reverse clutch
5) Reverse clutch
1) Forward clutch
2) Band brake
3) Planetary gear
4) Parking brake mechanism
Vehicle does not start in "0", "3" or "2" range only (engine 1) Forward clutch
revving up). 2) One-way clutch (1-2)
Vehicle does not start in "0", "3", "2" or "1" range only
(engine revving up).
Vehicle does not start in "0", "3", "2" or "1" range only
(engine stalls).
Vehicle starts in "R" range only (engine revving up).
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (high stall rpm).
Acceleration during standing starts is poor (low stall rpm) . .
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in "0", "3" or "2"
range (normal stall rpm).
Acceleration is poor when select lever is in "R" (normal stall
rpm).
1) Forward clutch
1) Reverse clutch
1) Control valve
1) Control valve
2) Forward clutch
3) Reverse clutch
4) ATF level too low
5) Front gasket transmission case
1) Oil pump
2) Torque converter one-way clutch
3) Engine performance
1 ) Control module
2) Control valve
3) High clutch
4) Brake band
5) Planetary gear
1) Control module
2) Overrunning clutch
3) High clutch
4) Brake band
Planetary gear
5)
135

3-2 [T1000] AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
10. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
No shift occurs from 1st to 2nd gear.
No shift occurs from 2nd to 3rd gear.
No shift occurs from 3rd to 4th gear.
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "3"
range.
Problem parts
1) Control module
2) Vehicle speed sensor 1
3) Vehicle speed sensor 2
4) Throttle position sensor
5) Shift solenoid 1
6) Shift solenoid 2
7) Control valve
8) Brake band
1) Control module
2) Control valve
3) High clutch
4) One-way clutch (3-4)
1) Control module
2) Accumulator (3R)
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Control valve
5) Band brake
1) Inbibitor switch
2) Control module
3) Throttle position sensor
4) Control valve
5) Shift solenoid 3
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "3" or 1) Control valve
"2" range. 2) Overrunning clutch
Engine brake is not effected when select lever is in "1"
range.
Shift characteristics are erroneous.
No lock-up occurs.
1) Control valve
2) Low & reverse brake clutch
1) Inhibitor switch
2) Control module
3) Vehicle speed sensor 1
4) Vehicle speed sensor 2
5) Throttle position sensor
6) Control valve
1) Control module
2) Throttle position sensor
3) ATF temperature sensor
4) Control valve
5) Lock-up facing
6) Engine speed signal
Parking brake is not effected.
1) Select cable
Shift lever cannot be moved or is hard to move from "P" 2) Select lever
range. 3) Parking mechanism
ATF spurts out.
Differential oil spurts out.
Differential oil level changes excessively.
Odor is produced from ATF supply pipe.
1) ATF level too high
1) Differential gear oil too high
1) Seal pipe
2) Double oil seal
1) Transfer clutch
2) Forward clutch
3) Overrunning clutch
4)
High clutch
5) Band brake
6) Low & reverse clutch
7) Reverse clutch
8) Lock-up facing
9) ATF deterioration
136

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL [11000] 3-2
10. General Diagnostic Table
Symptom
Vehicle is not set in FWD mode.
Select lever is hard to move.
,
Select lever is too high to move (unreasonable resistance).
Select lever slips out of operation during acceleration or
while driving on rough terrain.
Problem parts
1) Control module
2) FWD switch
3) Transfer clutch
4) Transfer valve
5) Duty solenoid C
.1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
1) Detent spring
2) Manual plate
1) Select cable
2) Select lever
3) Detent spring
4) Manual plate
139

3-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AND DIFFERENTIAL
MEMO:
140

6.
8.
BRAKES
4-4
Page
T DIAGNOSTICS 411;':' . ..... .......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .... . . .. . . . . .. .... 2
1. Supplemental Restraint System "Airbag" . . . . .. ........... . . . . .............. ..... . . . . 2
2. Pre-inspection ....................................................................... . . . . . . . .......... 2
3. Electrical Components Location .......... .... ........ . . . .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .....4
4. Schematic . . . ...............:............................................................................ 6
5. Control Module I/O Signal . . . . .................................... ............................. 8
Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . 11
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and
Diagnosis Circuit Failure . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . ................ 18
Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light ........... 30
9. Select Monitor Function Mode . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ............ 117
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .......... ... ... . . . . . . ........ . . . . . 129
11. General Diagnostics Table .............. .................. . .............................. . 285

4-4 [T100] BRAKES
1. Supplemental Restraint System "Airbag" - 2. Pre-inspection
1. Supplemental Restraint System
"Airbag"
Airbag system wiring harness is routed near the ABS control
module, ABS sensor and hydraulic control unit. ..
CAUTION:
• All Airbag system wiring harness and connectors are
colored yellow. Do not use electrical test equipment on
these circuit.
• Be careful not to damage Airbag system· wiring harness
when servicing the ABS control module, ABS sensor
and hydraulic control unit.
2. Pre-inspection
Before performing diagnostics, check the following items
which might affect ABS problems:
A: MECHANICAL INSPECTION
1. POWER SUPPLY
1) Measure battery voltage and specific gravity of electrolyte.
Standard voltage: 12 V, or more
Specific gravity: Above 1.260
2) Check the condition of the main and other fuses, and
harnesses and connectors. Also check for proper grounding.
2. BRAKE FLUID
1) Check brake fluid level.
2) Check brake fluid leakage.
3. BRAKE DRAG
Check brake drag. < Ref. to 4-4 [K1 00]. >
4. BRAKE PAD AND ROTOR
Check brake pad and rotor. < Ref. to 4-4 [K1 00]. >
5. TIRE SPECIFICATIONS, TIRE WEAR AND AIR
PRESSURE
Check tire specifications, tire wear and air pressure. < Ref.
to 4-2 [S1A1], [S1A2].>
2

BRAKES
[T281] 4-4
2. Pre-inspection
B: ELECTRICAL INSPECTION
1. WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATION PATTERN
START
Ignition key switch
OFF . I
ON
ON
ASS warning light
Goes out.
Illuminates.
I I
----i.. 1.5 s t----
Goes out.
84M0781A
1) When the ABS warning light does not illuminate in
accordance with th.is illumination pattern, there must be
an electrical malfunction.
2) When the ABS warning light remains constantly OFF,
repair the ABS warning light circuit or diagnosis circuit.
< Ref. to [T7 ADJ . >
NOTE:
Even though the ASS warning light does not go out 1.5
seconds after it illuminates, the ABS system operates normally
when the warning light goes out while driving at
approximately 12 km/h (7 MPH). However, the Anti-lock
brakes do not work while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
3

4-4 [T300]
3. Electrical Components Location
BRAKES
3. Electrical Components ·Location
H4M1098A
CD Hydraulic control unit (H/U)
® Proportioning valve
@ ABS control module (ABSCM)
@ ABS diagnosis connector
@ ABS warning light
@ Data link connector (for Subaru select monitor)
(J) Transmission control module (only AT vehicle)
@ Tone wheel
® ABS sensor
® Wheel cylinder
@ G sensor (only AWD vehicle)
@ Brake switch
@ Master cylinder
® Relay box
4

BRAKES
[T300] 4-4
3. Electrical Comp onents Location
B4M0783A
-r--
H4M1099A
H4M1100A
c[ ..
_
11
'\j
B4M0646B
B4M0645B
5

4-4 [T400]
4. Schematic
BRAKES
4. Schematic
._._._.CD ._._._.
r'
I
I
I
j @j
L._.[b·;;. ".._..
@
BATTERY O----o o>--""t-----I
@
@
®
®> L-----1"""
@ L-----1"""
. B4M0787A
CD
®
@
@
@
®
(J)
@
®
@)
@
®
@
Hydraulic control unit (H/U)
Front left inlet solenoid valve
Front left outlet solenoid valve
Front right inlet solenoid valve
Front right outlet solenoid valve
Rear left inlet solenoid valve
Rear left outlet solenoid valve
Rear right inlet solenoid valve
Rear right outlet solenoid valve
Motor
Transmission control module (only AT model)
ABS warning light
Motor relay
@ Valve relay
@ Relay box
@) Data link connector
® ABS diagnosis connector
@ Stop light switch
@ Stop light
@) G sensor (only AWD model)
@ Front left ABS sensor
@ Front right ABS sensor
@ Rear left ABS sensor
@ Rear right ABS sensor
@) ABS control module (ABSCM)
6

BRAKES
[T400] 4-4
4. Schematic
MEMO:
7

4-4 [T501]
5. Control Module 110 Signal
BRAKES
5. Control Module 1/0 Signal
1. 1/0 SIGNAL VOLTAGE
ABS control module connector
B4M1024A
NOTE:
The terminal numbers in the ASS qontrol module connector
are as shown in the figure.
8

BRAKES [T501] 4-4
5. Control Module I/O Signal
Contents
ABS sensor
(Wheel
speed
sensor)
/
Front left wheel
Front right wheel
Rear left wheel
Rear right wheel
Front left outlet
Front right outlet
Rear left oullet
Hydraulic Solenoid Rear right outlet
control unit valve Front left inlet
Relay box
Front riht inlet
Rear left inlet
Rear right inlet
Valve relay power supply
Valve relay coil
Motor relay coil
Motor monitoring
power supply
G sensor
(AWD model ground
only)
output
Stop light switch
ABS warning light
AT ABS signal
(AT model only)
ABS operation signal monitor
Select
monitor
Data is received.
Data is sent.
ABS Terminal No. 1
diagnosis
connector Terminal No. 2
Power supply
Grounding line
Grounding line
Terminal
No.
49-19
Input/Output signal
Measured value and measuring conditions
14-15 0.12 -1 V
16-17 (When it is 20 Hz.)
18-46
51-1
3-1
4-1
50-1 10 - 13 V when the valve is OFF and
24-1 less than 1.5 V when the valve is ON.
30-1
31-1
23-1
27-1 10 ---:- 13 V when ignition switch is ON.
47-1 Less than 1.5 V when ignition switch is ON.
22-1
10-1
8-45
More than 10 V when the ABS control does not operate still
and less than 1.5 V when ABS operates.
Less than 1.5 V when the ABS control does not operate still
and more than 10 V when ABS operates.
4.75 - 5.25 V
45
-
7-45 2.3 ± 0.2 V when vehicle is in horizontal position.
36-1
54-1
12-1
39-1
Less than 1.5 V when the stop light is OFF and more than
4.5 V when the stop light is ON.
Less than 1.5 V during 1.5 seconds when ignition switch is
ON, and 10 - 14 V after 1.5 seconds.
Less than 1.5 V when the ABS control does not operate still
and more than 5.5 V when ABS operates.
Less than 1.5 V when the ABS control does not operate still
and more than 5.5 V when ABS operates.
11-1 Less than 1.5 V when no data is received.
38-1 4.75 - 5.25 V wh·en no data is sent.
5-1 10 - 14 V when ignition switch is ON.
13-1 10 - 14 V when ignition switch is ON.
28-1 10 - 14 V when ignition switch is ON.
1 -
55
-
9

4-4 [T502] BRAKES
5. Control Module I/O Signal
2. 1/0 SIGNAL DIAGRAM
17, t,
I
.,.
Battery
I
Ignition key switch
Front right
ABS sensor
Front left
ABS sensor
Rear right
ABS sensor
..n-
I
r
I
I
I
r
I
Rear left
ABS sensor
r
ABS
control
module
Stop light I
switch
I G sensor
(AWD only)
I
I
I
ABS warning I
light
r
I
f
Select monitor
ABS diagnosis I
connector
r
-,
Hydraulic control unit
r-----------------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
I FR inlet
solenoid valve
I
I
I
FR outlet
solenoid valve
I FL inlet
solenoid valve
I
I FL outlet
solenoid valve
I
. I RR inlet
I solenoid valve
I
I RR outlet -I
I solenoid valve
I RL inlet
I solenoid valve
RL outlet
I solenoid valve
I
J
J
I
I
J
--- ------------ --___ J
Relay box
r-----------------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Valve relay
Motor relay
I
J
I
I
I
I ------------------
Transmission control
I module (AT only)
J
I·
I
I
I
I
B4M0788B
10

BRAKES [T6AO] 4-4
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board
Diagnosis System
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
TROUBLE OCCURS.
+
Is Select Monitor available?
+
Ask the customer when and how the
trouble occurred using interview
check list.
Yes
10. Diagnostic Chart with Select
Monitor.
PRE-INSPECTION
CALLING UP A TROUBLE CODE.
+
Record all trouble codes.
No trouble code is readable.
Only the start code is issued.
., Inspection using Diagnostic Chart for
Warning Light Failure.
I
Trouble codes
are issued.
I Perform diagnostics in accordance with trouble code.
Inspection using General Diagnostics
chart.
Tro uble code
de signated.
I
Repair.
Clear memory.
INSPECTION MODE
CALLING UP A TROUBLE CODE.
CONFIRMATION TEST
END
Only the starl code is issued.
I
B4M1051A
NOTE:
.. To check harness for broken wires or short circuits,
shake it while holding it or the connector .
.. When ABS warning light illuminates, read and record
trouble code indicated by ABS warning light.
11

4-4 [T6BO] BRAKES
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
1. THE STATE OF THE ABS WARNING LIGHT
B: CHECK LIST FOR INTERVIEW
Check the following items about the vehicle's state.
ABS warning light
comes on.
D Always
D Sometimes
D Only once
D Does not come on
• When Ihow long does it come on?:
Ignition key position D LOCK
D ACC
D ON (before starting engine)
D START
D On after starting (Engine is running)
D On after starting (Engine is stop)
Timing
2. SYMPTOMS
ABS operating
condition
D Immediately after ignition is ON.
D Immediately after ignition starts.
D When advancing
D While traveling at a constant speed
D When decelerating
DWhen turning to right Steering angle :
Steering time :
D When turning to left Steering angle :
D When moving other electrical parts
• Parts name :
• Operating condition :
D Performs no work.
Steering time :
D Operates only when abruptly applying brakes. Vehicle speed :
• How to step on brake pedal :
a) Operating time :
b) Operating noise : D Produce I D Does not produce
• What kind of noise?
c) Reaction force of brake pedal
km/h to
MPH to
km/h
km/h to
MPH to
D Knock
D Gong gong
D Bong
D Buzz
D Gong gong buzz
D Others :
D Stick
D Press down once with a clunk
D Press and released
D Others :
km/h
MPH
MPH
km/h
MPH
deg
sec
deg
sec
km/h
MPH
sec
12

BRAKES [T6BO] 4-4
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
Behavior of vehicle
/
a) Directional stability cannot be obtained or steering arm refuses to work when applying brakes :
D Yes / ONo
• When :
o Vehicle turns to right
o Vehicle turns to left
o Spins
'0 Others :
b) Directional stability cannot be obtained or steering arm refuses to work when accelerating :
DYes / ONo
• When :
c) Brakes are out of order : 0 Yes / ONo
• What :
d) Poor acceleration : 0 Yes / ONo
• What :
e) Occurrence of vibration : 0 Yes / ONo
• Where
• What kind :
f) Occurrence of abnormal noise : 0 Yes / ONo
• Where
• What kind :
g) Occurrence of other phenomena : 0 Yes / ONo
• What kind :
o Vehicle turns to right
o Vehicle turns to left
o Spins
o Others :
o Braking distance is long
o Brakes lock or drag
o Pedal stroke is long
o Pedal sticks
o Others :
o Fails to accelerate
o Engine stalls
o Others :
3. CONDITIONS UNDE8 WHICH TROUBLE OCCURS
Environment a) Weather o Fine
o Cloudy
o Rainy
o Snowy
o Various/Others :
b) Ambient temperature FCC)
c) Road o Urban area
o Suburbs
o Highway
o General road
o Ascending slope
o Descending slope
o Paved road
o Gravel .road
o Muddy road
o Sandy place
D Others :
d) Road surface o Dry
o Wet
o New-fallen snow
o Compressed snow
'0 Frozen slope
o Others :
13

4-4 [T680] BRAKES
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
Condition
a) Brakes
b) Accelerator
c) Vehicle speed
d) Tire inflation pressure
e) Degree of wear
f) Genuine parts are used. : DYes I DNo
g) Chain is passed around tires. : DYes I DNo
h) T tire is used. : DYes I DNo
i) Condition of suspension alignment :
j) Loading state :
k) Repair parts are used. : DYes I DNo
• What :
I) Others :
Deceleration :
g
o Continuous I 0 Intermittent )
Acceleration :
o Continuous I 0 Intermittent
km/h I
o Advancing
o Accelerating
o Reducing speed
o Low speed
o Turning
o Others :
Front RH tire :
Front LH tire :
Rear RH tire :
Rear LH tire :
Front RH tire :
Front LH tire :
Rear RH tire :
Rear LH tire :
g
MPH
kPa
kPa
kPa
kPa
14

. /'
BRAKES [T6D1] 4-4
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
C: INSPECTION MODE
Reproduce the condition under which the problem has
occurr9d as much as possible.
Drive the vehicle at a speed more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
for at least one minute .
D: TROUBLE CODES
When on-board diag nosis of the ASS control module
detects a problem, the information (up to a m.aximum of
three) will be stored in the EEP ROM as a trouble code.
When there are more than three, the most recent three will
be stored. (Stored . codes will stay in memory . until they are
cleared.)
1. CALLING UP A TROUBLE CODE
1) Take out ASS diagnosis connector from side of driver's
seat heater unit.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF.
3) Connect ASS diagnosis connector terminal 2 to diagnosis
terminal.
4) Turn ignition switch ON.
5) ASS warning light is set in the diagnostic mode and
blinks to identify trouble code.
6) After the start code (1 1) is shown, the trouble codes will
be shown in order of the last information first.
These repeat for a maximum of 5 minutes.
NOTE:
When there are no trouble codes in memory, only the start
code (11) is shown.
Example of code indication
Trouble
ON
code: 21
1 1 2 1
.' ,eo.bE.' 2
.0 ",e.,.' 2 "".lJ.' LO 2 ""'.
"".I
.
0.3 sec 0.3 sec 0.3 sec
Start code Trouble code 21
Trouble
ON
code: 22,31
1 1 2 2
o Ul ___
r----"""IU...-----.,.,lJlJl---
Ul ___
1 2 1
""'---'U""---LrL
Start code Trouble code 21
u
3 1
u
UL
Start code Trouble code 22
Trouble code 31
Start code
84M0232A
15

BRAKES
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
4-4 [T602]
2. CLEARING MEMORY
1) After calling up a trouble code, disconnect ABS diagnosis
connector terminal 2 from diag nosis terminal.
2) Repeat 3 times within approx. 12 seconds; connecting
and discon necting terminal 2 and diagnosis terminal for ·
at least 0.05 seconds each time.
connector
Terminal 2 H4M1103A
Trouble code indication mode
T
Memory erase mode
ABS warning lamp r--------------------- ..
Terminal L
GND (Low level)
I--- .--
GND
open (High level)
0.2 sec or more 0.05 sec or more
1.5 sec
12 sec or less
84M0233C
NOTE:
After diagnostics is completed, make sure to clear memory.
Make sure only start code (11) is shown . after memory
is cleared.
16

BRAKES [T6D2] 4-4
6. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnosis System
MEMO:
17

4-4 [T7AO] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
@)
[ill]
ASS
control
module
® @
• [ill]
@
1112131415161fiBi9l1ol1112113114115116!
® @>I-Bl00_--IrT1',,--
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning
light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit
Failure
A: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT COME
ON.
DIAGNOSIS:
• ABS warning light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• When ignition switch is turned ON (engine OFF),
.
ABS
warning light does not come on.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
a:@
Fuse
IGN
No.18
b:-,
Fuse
No.15
@ Gp c:nation

BRAKES [T7A4] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
7A1
CHECK IF OTHER WARNING LIGHTS TURN
ON.
Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).

4-4 [T7AS] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
@
mIll]
84M0792C
' 1A5
"
'CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector from relay box.
2) Measure voltage between relay box and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

BRAKES [T7A7] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
MEMO:
21

4-4 [1780] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
B: ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF.
DIAGNOSIS:
.. ABS warning light circuit is open or shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. When starting the engine and while ABS warning light
is kept ON.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
@
am
ASS
control
module
®
B
@
®
@
am
11 12131415161ifflffi 1101111121131141151161
@
Fuse
No.18
Fuse
No.15
ASS
diagnosis ® ©
-=
connector Diagnosis
terminal
®
11liblll.
CD
IrrnlI""""'lnlrrT"l'I"""Illr"fTiII'5"TT"11lgl""'""I1IITTI1!1
@
IGN sw
SSF-4 FL1 .25S
Relay box
- - - - - - - - -
l ,
Valve'
relay , &
n Motor
" U relay ,'
, ,
L-= =t1_t_1-J
@
__
(@)
_ _ _ J
Hydraulic unit
I---
"
,
Solenoid va lve
FL inlet
FL outlet
FR inlet
FR outlet
RL inlet
,
' co
,
H4M1104
22

BRAKES [T7B4] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
7B1 CHECK INSTAllATION OF ABSCM CON­
NECTOR.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is ABSCM connector inserte d into ABSCM
until the clamp locks onto it?
@) Go to step 7B2.
(§) :
Insert ABSCM con nector into ABSCM until the
clamp locks onto it.
B4M0430
1 7B2 1 CHECK GENERATOR.
1) Start the engine.
2) Idle the engine.
3) Measure voltage between generator and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Generator B terminal (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 and 15 V?
@) Go to step 7B3.
(§) Repair generator.
1 7B3 ICHECK BATTERY TERMINAL
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
E3> : Is there poor contact at battery terminal?
Repair battery terminal.
(§) Go to step 7B4.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q • w M E
76 77 78 79 8 81 B B
B4M0796A
1 7B4 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ABSCM.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Start engine.
3) Idle the engine.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 28 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 and 15 V?
@) Go to step 7B5.
(§) Repair ABSCM power supply circuit.
23

4-4 [1785] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
...., =
CJ
Q
-:
. i ®
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1\
M 3
_1561571 58 59160 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68
,
'
1 11 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
76 77 78 79 801 81 1821831
84M0797A
1 7B5 1 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground,
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 55 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
C) Go to step 7B6.
C§ Repair ABSCM ground harness.
1 7B6 1 CHECK WIRING HARNESS.
1) Discon nect connector (F50) from relay box.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does the ASS warning light remain off?
Cvs) Go to step 7B7.
C§ Repair front wiri ng harness.
1 7B7 1 CHECK RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector (F50) to relay box.
3) Remove valve relay from relay box.
4) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic control
unit.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Does the ASS warning light remain off?
@: Go to step 7B8.
C§ : Repair relay box and check fuse.
24

BRAKES [T7B11] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
12 V
--·III
B4M1052A
1 788 ICHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
1) Connect battery to valve relay terminals No. 85 and No.
86.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Cvs) Go to step 789.
: Replace valve relay.
12 V
---III
86
0
86
0
86
D
Q
Ii
.
cd
87
c:::J
87a 0
85
D30
/n
r:=; 87a 0
D30
85
n
l2.Q
B4M1111A
B4M1054A
B4M1113A
1 789 I CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87a:
Is the resistance more than 1 MO?

4-4 [T7B12] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
1 7812 1 CHECK HYDRAULIC CONTROL UNIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Con nect connector (ABS1) to hydraulic control unit.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
: Is the A8S warning light off?
C€ Go to step 7813.
Replace hydraulic control unit and check fuse
No. 19.
1 7813 1 CHECK DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL
Measure resistance between diag nosis terminals (B81)
and chassis ground.
Terminals
Diagnosis terminal (A) - Chassis ground:
Diagnosis terminal (8) - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
Cv Go to step 7814.
: Repair diagnosis terminal harness.
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
a "
m n n H
B4M0801A
1 7814 1 CHECK DIAGNOSIS LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect diagnosis terminal to ABS diagnosis connector
(B1 15) No. 2.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 13 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 1 Q?
0' Go to step 7815.
Repair harness con nector between ABSCM and
ABS diagnosis connector.
26

BRAKES
[1'1:B15] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ABS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
1B15 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN ABSCM CON­
NECTOR.
: Is there poor contact in ABSCM connector?
< Ref. to FOREWORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Replace ABSCM.
27

4-4 [T7eO] BRAKES
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
----
@
ol2J
A8S
control
module
C: TROUBLE CODE DOES NOT APPEAR.
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Diagnosis circuit is open.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. The ASS warning light turns on or off normally but the
start code cannot be read out in the diagnostic mode.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse FL 1 .258
No. 1 8
Fuse
No. 15
a:@
r:1O\
'mb'
® ®
® (@)
fmi ol2J
®
@
11 12131415161ffBR 1101111121131141151161
@ GD
(@)
co::ination
meter
A8S
diagnosis @ ®
7
connector o· .
lagnosls
terminal
®
1111ll3.
GD
....,..,..,llI...,.,..,lalrTT7'I....,Ill91,...,."I...,.,,lgl""""'I"""B!1
®
,
I
,
L _
'I
So'lenoid
- -
Relay box
,
- - - - - - -l
t
_ _
@
@
_ _
,
Valve I
relay ,
n
U re lay ,
_ _ _ J
Motor
I '
I---
,
va lve
FL inlet I
FL outlet
FR inlet I
,
FR outlet
RL inlet
I
,
RL outlet
I
, RR inlet ,
RR outlet
I I
, Pump motor ,
L _
_ _
_
_ _ J
I
'
m
I
H4M1104
28

BRAKES [T7C3] 4-4
7. Diagnostics Chart for ASS Warning Light Circuit and Diagnosis Circuit Failure
1 7C1 I CHECK DIAGNOSIS TERMINAL
Measure resistance between diagnosis terminals (B81 )
and chassis ground.
Terminals
Diagnosis terminal (A) - Chassis ground:
Diagnosis terminal (8) - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
YES : Go to step 7C2.
Repair diagnosis terminal harness.
:
d10 11 12
15 16 17 18 19
14 13
a a M
m n n
L---____________B
_
4M _
O _
BO _
1A -I
1 7C2 I CHECK DIAGNOSIS LINE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect diag nosis terminal to ABS diagnosis connector
(B1 15) No. 2.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 13 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
Cv Go to step 7C3.
:
Repair harness con nector between ABSCM and
ABS diagnosis connector.
7C3 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN ABSCM CON­
NECTOR.

4-4 [TSAO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
by ABS Warning light
A: LIST OF TROUBLE CODE
Trouble code Contents of diagnosis Ref. to
Start code
11 III Trouble code is shown after start code.
-
III Only start code is shown in normal condition.
21 Front right ABS sensor [T8BO]
23 Abnormal ABS sensor Front left ABS sensor [T8CO]
25 (Open circuit or input voltage too high) Rear right ASS sensor [T8DO]
27 Rear left ASS sensor [T8EO]
22 Front right ASS sensor [T8FO]
24 Front left ASS sensor [T8GO]
26
Abnormal ASS sensor
(Abnormal ABS sensor signal)
Rear right ABS sensor
[T8HO]
28 Rear left ABS sensor [T810]
29
Any one of four
[T8JO]
31 Front right inlet valve [T8KO]
32 Front right outlet valve [T800]
33 Front left inlet valve [T8l0]
34 Abnormal solenoid valve circuit(s) in Front left outlet valve [T8PO]
35
hydraulic unit Rear right inlet valve [T8MO]
36 Rear right outlet valve [T8QO]
37
Rear left inlet valve
[T8NO]
38 Rear left outlet valve [T8RO]
41 Abnormal ASS control module [T8S0]
42 Source voltage is low. [T8TO]
44
A combination of AT control abnormal
[T8UOj
46 Abnormal G sensor power supply voltage [T8VO]
51 Abnormal valve relay [T8WO]
52 Abnormal motor and/or motor relay [T8XO]
54 Abnormal stop light switch [T8VOj
56
Abnormal G sensor output voltage
[T8Z0j
30

BRAKES [T8AO] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
MEMO:
31

4-4 [T8BO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
B: TROUBLE CODE 21 (FRONT RH)
C: TROUBLE CODE 23 (FRONT lH)
D: TROUBLE CODE 25 (REAR RH)
E: TROUBLE CODE 27 (REAR lH)
- ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (OPEN CIRCUIT
OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH) -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty ABS sensor (Broken wire, input voltage too high)
• Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not ope.rate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
L--___=
I ,::====Id joint
15E=== '-
connector
®®
@@
®
1£1IThlrtlSib.
H4M1106
32

BRAKES [TSE2] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
I SE1 I CHECK ABS SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor.
3) Measure resistance of ABS sensor connector terminals.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 - No. 2:
Front LH No. 1 - No. 2:
Rear RH No. ·1 - No. 2:
B4M0806 Rear LH No. 1 - No. 2:
----
Ec3> : Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 kQ?
C® Go to step SE2.
Replace ABS sensor.
:
'--__ __
__ __
________ __ ______ B4 _ M _ OS ---'
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SENSOR. I
I SE2
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Front LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Rear RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
07 Rear LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step SE3.
Replace ABS sensor.
(§) :
33

4-4 [TSE3] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
'--__---'
.,.--________B 4M 08 __ ---l
ISEl
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SENSOR. I
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Front LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Rear RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C) Go to step SE4.
Replace ABS sensor.
07 Rear LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
:
B4M0809A
SE4 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND ABS SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector to ABS sensor.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 21 (F49) No. 14 - No. 15:
Trouble code 23 / (F49) No. 49 - No. 19:
Trouble code 25 I (F49) No. 18 - No. 46:
Trouble code 27 I (F49) No. 16 - No. 17:
: Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 kQ?

35
BRAKES [TSE7] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
®
" " " " " " " " "
e « •
"
Q" "
n
' II 00 ro n n Mil
1/
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX!
76 77 78 ; I 8 81 IB2IB;lI
" "
.g- B4M0810A
18E5
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and . chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 21 I (F49) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):.
Trouble code 23 I (F49) No. 49 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 25 I (F49) No. 18 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 27 I (F49) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
S : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
@£D Go to step 8E6.
: Repair harness between ABSCM and ABS sensor.
®
" " " " " " " " "
39 40 41 42 44 45 46 1/,
"
I
II 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 II
-n Q""
-:
6 47 48 49 50. 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 ; I 801 81 182183
\
" "
B4M0810A
18E6
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 21 I (F49) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 23 I (F49) No. 49 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 25 I (F49) No. 18 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 27 I (F49) No. 16 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 8E7.
Repair harness between ABSCM and ABS sensor.
18E7 ICHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ±10 N'm (3.3 ±1.0 kg-m, 24 ±7 ft-Ib)
c3> : Are the ASS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?

4-4 [TSE8] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
ISES I CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE WHEEL
Tightening torque:
13±3 N·m (1.3± 0.3 Icg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts tightened
securely?
Cv Go to step SE9.
(§) : Tighten tone wheel instalia ' tion bolts securely.
I CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
: Is the gap within the specifications shown in
the following table?
t
Sensor gap
G4M0700
Specifications
Front wheel
0.9 - 1.4 mm
(0.035 - 0.055 in)
Rear wheel
0.7 - 1.2 mm
(0.028 - 0.047 in)
Gr : Go to step SE10.
(§) : Adjust the gap.
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacers (Part No. 26755AAOOO). If
spacers cannot correct the gap, replace worn sensor or
worn tone wheel.
Sensor gap
G4M0701
ISE10 I CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
Measure hub runout.
: Is the runout less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)?
Cv Go to step SE11. -
(§) Repair hub.
ISE11 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS. -,
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ASSCM and ASS sensor? < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step SE12.
36

BRAKES [TSE13] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
18E12 ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors:
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Cv) Replace ABSCM.

4-4 [TSFO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
F: TROUBLE CODE 22 (FRONT RH)
G: TROUBLE CODE 24 (FRONT LH)
H: TROUBLE CODE 26 (REAR RH)
I: TROUBLE CODE 28 (REAR LH)
- ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR (ABNORMAL
ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty ASS sensor signal (noise, irregular signal, etc.)
.. Faulty harness/connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
@@
@@ ®
Fll2r1l
IlliIQJ
@
rmi&om
®
IJI§IIllnMijlW
H4M1106
38

t
Sensor gap
G4M0700
BRAKES [1814] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
1811 ICHECK INSTAllATION OF ABS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N·m (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
EC9 : Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
Go to step 812.
Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts securely .
. 1812 1 CHECK INSTAllATION OF TONE WHEEL
Tightening torque:
13±3 N·m (1.3± 0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
e : Are the tone wheel installation bolts tightened
securely?
@ Go to step 813.
: Tighten tone wheel installation bolts securely.
1813 1 CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
S : Is the gap within the specifications shown in
the following table?
Specifications
Front wheel
0.9 - 1.4 mm
(0.035 - 0.055 in)
(v : Go to step 814.
: Adjust the gap.
Rear wheel
0.7 - 1.2 mm
(0.028 - 0.047 in)
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacer (Part No. 26755AAOOO). If
spacers cannot correct the gap, replace worn sensor or
worn tone wheel.
Sensor gap
G4M0701
CHECK OSCillOSCOPE.
: Is an oscilloscope available?
@ Go to step 815.
: Go to step 816.
39

4-4 [T815] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
1815 I CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
Connector cover Band
1) Raise all four wheels of ground.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF.
3) Disconnect connector from ABS control module.
4) Remove band.
5) Remove cable clamp cover.
6) Remove screws securing connector cover.
Cable clamp cover
L--____________
CAUTION:
B 4M O B1 SA __ _ ---1
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
7) Remove connector cover.
B4M1026
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
8) Connect connector to ABS control module.
9) Connect the oscilloscope to the ABS control module
connector in accordance with trouble code.
10) Turn ignition switch ON.
40

BRAKES [T818] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
19 18
17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10D
• M G
H n n m M
11) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency.
NOTE:
When this inspection is completed, the ABS control module
sometimes stores the trouble code 29.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 I (F49) No. 14 (+ ) - No. 15 (-):
Trouble code 24 I (F49) No. 49 (+) - No. 19 (-):
Trouble code 26 I (F49) No. 18 (+) - No. 46 (-):
Trouble code 28 I (F49) No. 16 (+) - No. 17 (-):
Specified voltage: 0.12 - 1 V (When it is 20 Hz.)

44 [T819]
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
BRAKES
B4MOB06
1819 I CHECK RESISTANCE OF ASS SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABS sensor.
3) Measure resistance between ABS sensor connector terminals.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 - No. 2:
Front LH No. 1 - No. 2:
Rear RH No. 1 - No. 2:
Rear LH No. 1 - No. 2:

BRAKES [T8113] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
B4M0809A
8111 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND ABS SENSOR.
1) Connect connector to ABS sensor.
2) Disconnect connector from ABS control module.
3) Measure resistance at ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 / (F49) No. 14 - No. 15:
Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 49 - No. 19:
Trouble code 26 / (F49) No. 18 - No. 46:
Trouble code 28 / (F49) No. 16 - No. 17:
e : Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 kD.?
C€s) Go to step 8112.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
ABS sensor.
n
-5"
" " ®" " " " " " "
'"
\\ 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
"
"00 00 m n n m mH
'" 00
I, \ '
" '" " '" '" V M
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 " l 801.81 !!:11831
B4M0820A
18112 ICHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground. "
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 (F49) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 24 (F49) No. 49 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 26 / (F49) No. 18 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 28 I (F49) No. 16 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
(Y Go to step 8113.
:
Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
ABS sensor.
n
Q
-5"
®
""@
I,
'
m 3
".
561571 58 591601 61 1621631 64 651 66 67 00
,
00 " '" " '" M " M
Q • • m 54 ffi
76 77 78 79 1601 81 821831
, , , , , • , • •
B4M0814A
18113 1 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
Measure resistance between ABSCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - GND:
(F49) No. 55 - GND:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 o.?
C) Go to step 8114.
: Repair ABSCM ground harness.
43

4-4 [TSI14] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
18114 ICHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and ABS sensor? < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 8115.
1 CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE . .
: Is the car telephone or the wireless transmitter
properly installed?
Go to step 8116.
Properly install the car telephone or the wireless
transmitter.
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Are noise sources (such as an antenna)
installed near the sensor harness?
Install the noise sources apart from the sensor
harness.
Go to step 8117.
LJ
... -fO Q O!----"-'''----'
"::"
'---_ _ H 4M 1 107A
_______ ___ __ _ ----'
18117 1 CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Measure resistance between shield connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 I (B100) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 24 I (B100) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 26 I (F55) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 28 I (F55) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
C Go to step 8118. .
@) : Repair shield harness.
44

BRAKES [T8119] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
10'10 ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [TSJO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
J: TROUBLE CODE 29
- ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL (ANY
ONE OF FOUR) -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty ABS sensor signal (noise, irregular signal, etc.)
• Faulty tone wheel
• Wheels turning freely for a long time
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ABS
control
module
Rear ABS
sensor LH
Rear ABS
sensor RH
'----'--
f51S1t:::::=4
L====ld joint
con nector
®®
@@
@
rmilffifom
®
11lfbl11SM
H4M1106
46

BRAKES [T8J5] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Ught
SJ1
CHECK IF THE WHEELS HAVE TURNED
FREELY FOR A lONG TIME.
: Check if the wheels have been turned freely
for more than one minute, such as when the
vehicle is jacked-up, under full-lock cornering
or when tire is not in contact with road
surface.
: The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble code.
NOTE:
When the wheels turn freely for a long time, such as when
the vehicle is towed or jacked-up, or when steering wheel
is continuously turned all the way, this trouble code may
sometimes occur.
Go to step SJ2.
I CHECK TIRE SPECIFICATIONS.
: Are the tire specifications correct?
Go to step SJ3.
Replace tire.
CHECK WEAR OF TIRE.
: Is the tire worn excessively?
Replace tire.
Go. to step SJ4.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE.
: Is the tire pressure correct?
Gr : Go to step SJ5.
C§ : Adjust tire pressure.
ISJ5 I CHECK INSTAllATION OF ASS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N'm (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
E0 : Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
Cv Go to step SJ6.
C§ : Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts securely.
47

4-4 [TSJ6] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
ISJ6
I CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE WHEEL
Tightening torque:
13±3 N'm (1.3± O.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts fight·
ened securely? .
C Go to step SJ7.
@) : Tighten tone wheel installation bolts securely.
ISJ7
ICHECK ASS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
: Is the gap within the speCifications shown in
the following table?
t
Sensor gap
G4M0700
Specifications
Front wheel
0.9 - 1.4 mm
(0.035 - 0.055 in)
cy : Go to step SJS.
@) : Adjust the gap.
Rear wheel
0.7 - 1.2 mm
(0.028 - 0.047 in)
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacer (Part No. 26755AAOOO). If
spacers cannot correct the gap, replace worn sensor or
worn tone wheel.
Sensor gap
G4M0701
CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE.
: Is an oscilloscope available?
Go to step SJ9.
@) : Go to step SJ10.
48

BRAKES [T8J9] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
Connector cover
Band
Cable clamp cover
L.-____________ B_4M_O_81--J5A
ISJ9
I CHECK ASS SENSOR SIGNAL
1) Raise all four wheels of ground.
2) Turn ignition switch OFF.
3) Disconnect connector from ABS control module.
4) Remove band . .
5) Remove cable clamp cover.
6) Remove screws securing connector cover.
CAUTION:
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
7) Remove connector cover.
B4M1026
Rib
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
8) Connect connector to ABS control module.
9) Connect the oscilloscope to the ABS control module
connector in accordance with trouble code.
10) Turn ignition switch ON.
49

4-4 [T8J10] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
"19 -18 17
16
15 14 13 12 11 10
G « a G
ro m N n n m ffi
11) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency.
NOTE:
When this inspection is completed, the ASS control module
sometimes stores the trouble code 29.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 14 (+) - No. 15 (-) (Front RH):
(F49) No. 49 (+ ) - No. 19 (-) (Front LH):
(F49) No. 18 (+) - No. 46 (-) (Rear RH):
(F49) No. 16 (+) - No. 17 (-) (Rear LH):
Specified voltage: 0.12 - 1 V (When it ;s 20 Hz.)
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as shown in
figure?
Go to step 8J13.
Go to step 8J10.
Standard output voltage: 0.12 - 1 V
(When it is 20 HZ.)B4M0816A
8J10
CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS SENSOR
OR TONE WHEEL
Remove disc rotor from hub.

BRAKES [TSJ14] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [T8KO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
ABS
control
module
®
rmT3T4I
K: TROUBLE CODE 31 (FRONT RH)
L: TROUBLE CODE 33 (FRONT LH)
M: TROUBLE CODE 35 (REAR RH)
- N: TROUBLE CODE 31 (REAR LH)
- ABNORMAL INLET SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT{S) IN HYDRAULIC UNIT -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty harness/connector
.. Faulty inlet solenoid valve in hydraulic unit
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Relay box
-l
- - - - - - - -
,
Valve
relay I
_,
I
, I
I '
,
-=@=+ti jt-J
I
6 n Motor ' I
9 U relay
J
_ _ _ _ _ J
'
@ , Hydraulic unit
Solenoid valve
® @; FL inlet I
I
FR inlet - ,
1: - L
!
I-----l r
FR outlet -
I--+------. L
I
RL in I et f---< ,
- I
C l L RL. outlet I--<
,
L- RR inlet f---< , I
RR outlet I
t----j- I I , FL outlet - I
I
Ll::---j
H4M1115
52

BRAKES [TSN2] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
CJ
'--__-+000+-_ ... -'-"
84M0824C
IBN1
I CHECK RESISTANCE OF SOLENOID VALVE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
· 2) Disconnect . two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 7.8 and 9.2 O?
Cv Go to step BN2.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
@
•
84M0825C
BN2
CHECK GROUND SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cv Go to step BNa. .
: Replace hydraulic unit.
53

4-4 [TSN3] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
B4M0826C
SN3
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step SN4.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
D
@
•
B4M0826C
SN4
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON .
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
H3> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step SN5.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
54

BRAKES [T8NG] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
@)
/,
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 36\
58 ;91601 61 1621631 64 65/ 66 67 68
, , , , , . , , , ""
Q \ "
m v
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 JI!QL'
CJ
rn 3
/'"'1 =
B4M0827A
ISN5
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 (+) - Chassis ground
(-): .
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C Go to step SNS.
C§V : Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
.
@)
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 36\
58 ;91601 61 162163/ 64 651 66 67 68
, , , , , . , , . ""
Q \ "
" " "
r"" = '16 Q 48 48 53 54 ffi
76 77 78 79 1801 ' rn 'l3I
CJ
B4M0827A
ISNS
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
S : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step SN7.
C§V : Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
55

4-4 [T8N7] BRAKES
B. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
..., =
CJ
Q
-=
@ .
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 37 38\
58 ;960161 16.2163164 65166 67 68,
\".
76 77 78 79 80 '[ER3I
, , , , , . , . . '""
35 36
" " " v "
Q w M ffi
84M0828A
ISN7 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cv Go to step SNS.
: Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
n
@ (,
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 35 37 38\'
" " " 621631 64
" 65166 ''" 67 6B
I
\'" 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 M 55 IX
76 77 78 79801' 1.31
kj fJ§§§! 58 1;91601 61
" v ro " " " v "
Q
L...::....--...
84M0829A
SNS CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 / (F49) No. 30 - No. 1:
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 - No. 1:
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 - No. 1:
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 - No. 1:
E3> : Is the resistance between 8.3 and 9.7 Q?
Cv Go to step SN9.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
ISNg
I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step SN10.
56

BRAKES [T8N1 1] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
ISN"!O ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
C
@) Go to step SN"!"!.
SNl1
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
G- : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) : A temporary poor contact.
57

4-4 [T800] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
0: TROUBLE CODE 32 (FRONT RH)
P: TROUBLE CODE 34 (FRONT LH)
Q: TROUBLE CODE 36 (REAR RH)
R: TROUBLE CODE 38 (REAR LH)
- ABNORMAL OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT(S) IN HYDRAULIC UNIT -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty harness/connector
.. Faulty outlet solenoid valve in hydraulic unit
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
I
I
Relay box
-l
- - - - - - - -
---
•
I
'----_++-'r I
I
Valve
relay I
I
I
. 0 n Motor
I
=3 9 U relay I
r-- ---J
ABS
control
module
@)
rnIDT4l
:- -
======== == = =fl t: =t:= I I
===========H3
-
:: " "yd .. une una
I Solenoid va Ive
@) @; FL inlet I
---<
I FLoutlet ---<
r FR inlet ---<
r=
I
I--..---i FR outlet ---<
II
:!=::::;l L RL inlet
= I
C l L RL outlet
I
I
L- RR inlet t----< I
RR outlet
I
I- I
LI::----j
I
I
I
I
H4M1115
58

BRAKES [T8R2] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
LJ
'----to Q 0+--"""""'..&...1
B4M0831D
ISR1
ICHECK RESISTANCE OF SOLENOID VALVE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 - (ABS2) No. 2:

4-4 [T8R3] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
B4M0833C
BR3
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
6- Go to step BR4.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
B4M0833C
BR4
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
6- Go to step BR5.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
60

BRAKES [T8R6] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
-=
... =
D
@ /,
IX
,
29 30
, , 31
,
32 33 34
, . , 35 . 36
.
37 38\
.>< 500;71 ' rn' 61 62163164 65166 67 "" 68,
.. 00
• M ffi
76 77 78 79 8( 81 l2l831
" 00 " 00
I
B4M0634A
ISRS
I C'HECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step SR6.
C§ : Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
@
IX
,
29 30
, ,
31
,
32 33
'>

62
BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
4-4 [T8R7]
n
Q
-=-
>.
®
IX 29
, , 30
,
31
,
32
,
33 34
. ,
35
,
36
.
37
'"
38\'
>< 56/571 ' i:E ,,0161 162163/ 64 65166 67 68, "
)'" m " n " " "
6 76 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
n 78 79 8( 81 32183
.\
I
84M0835A
18R7 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & . terminal
Trouble code 32 (F49) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 34 (F49) No. 51 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 36 (F49) No. 50 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 38 / (F49) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
Cs) Go to step 8R8.
(§) :
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
n
-Q
®
J,
29 • 34
" 156I571 ' i:E _,01
" 61 " 62163164 " 65166 ' 67 '" 66,
)". ro
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
76 77 78 79 8( 81 32183/
" " " •
55 LXI
-"-----'-- 84M0836A
8R8 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 (F49) No. 3 - No. 1:
Trouble code 34 (F49) No. 51 - No. 1:
Trouble code 36 (F49) No. 50 - No. 1:
Trouble code 38 / (F49) No. 4 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 5.3 o.?
Cvs) Go to step 8R9.
(§) :
18R9
Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 8R10.

63
BRAKES [T8R11] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
IBR10 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [TBSO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by A8S Warning Light
S: TROUBLE CODE 41
- ABNORMAL ABS CONTROL MODULE -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty ABSCM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
,.--
ASS
control
module
M-
F"""
E
-::-
-
84M0837
64

BRAKES [T8S5] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
n
Q
I*
®
,
29 , 30 , 31 . 32 33 34
.156157158 59160161 , 621631 . 64 , 35651 . 36 66 .
37 67 ""
38\
\".
68,
" M "
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
76 77 78 79 80 811821831
55 IX
B4M0838A
las1
I CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 55 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Gr Go to step aS2.
Repair ABSCM ground harness.
C§V
Gr
CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
battery, ignition switch and ABSCM? < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3Cl}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step aS3.
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless transmitter
properly installed?
Go to step aS4.
Properly install the car telephone or the wireless
transmitter.
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Are noise sources (such as an antenna)
installed near the sensor harness?
Install the noise sources apart from the sensor
harness.
C§V Go to step aS5.
las5 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
Gr)
C§V
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step aS6.
65

4-4 [T8S6] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
856 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
C) Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary poor contact.
66

67
MEMO:
BRAKES [T8S6] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light

4-4 [T8TO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
T: TROUBLE CODE 42
- SOURCE VOLTAGE IS LOW. -
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
• Power source voltage of the ABSCM is low.
Fuse
No.18
IGN sw
SBF-4 FL 1.25B
AS S control
module
Generetor
®
H4M1108
68

BRAKES [TST4] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
U 00 M
76 77 78 79 81 8
B4M0430
B4MOB42A
IBT1
I CHECK GENERATOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Idling after warm-up.
3) Measure voltage between generator B terminal and
chassis ground.
Terminal
Generator B terminal - Chassis ground:

4-4 [T8T5] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
1 8T5 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
generator, battery and ABSCM? < Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1J. >
C€ Repair connector.
Go to step 8T6.
1 8T6 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Cv) Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 8T7.
8T7 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
. APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
C) :
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
70

MEMO:
BRAKES [T8T7] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
71

4-4 [TBUO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
U: TROUBLE CODE 44
- A COMBINATION OF AT CONTROL
ABNORMAL -
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
• Combination of AT control faults
Fuse
No.16
ABS
control
module
r--
®
:::;::::-
® @ ®
-
@
-uLJ
Transmission
control module
'--
=-
®
® @
@
11111IThIlhlIB1
H4M1109
72

,
C®
,BRAKES [TBU4] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
/SU1 / CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF THE ABSCM.
Check specifications of the plate attached to the ABSCM.
E3> : Is an ABSCM for A T model installed on a MT
model?
Cv Replace ABSCM.
: Go to step SU2.
B4M0846A
ISU2 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors from TCM.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cvs) Go to step SU3.
Repair harness between TCM and ABSCM.
C®
d10 '11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19
• G M G
M n n n n
d10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19
, G M G
M n n n n
B4M0847A
B4M0847A
ISU3
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
Ec3> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step SU4.
Repair harness between TCM and ABSCM.
C®
ISU4
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step SUS.
Repair harness between TCM and ABSCM.
C® :
73

4-4 [TBUS] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
D
'----18-V EflI----'
B4M0848B
!sus !CHECK TCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors to TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measur-e voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 1 (+) - (856) No. 5 (-):

,
B4M0844A
ISU7
BRAKES [TBU10] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
I CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 39 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
; Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
Cvs) Go to step SUS.
:
Repair harness/connector between TCM and
ABSCM.
ISUS I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
; Is there poor contact in connectors between
TCM and ABSCM? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step SU9.
ISU9 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
cy Replace ABSCM.
Go to step SU10.
SU10 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
S ; Are other trouble codes being output?
cy : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
75

4-4 [TBVO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
V: TROUBLE CODE 46
- ABNORMAL G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
VOLTAGE -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty G sensor power supply voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
.
.--
... -.
ABS
- -
control I-""module
'---
® @
@
I====u B snsor
®
F48
'----I
i
=fm
--'l
Sh;eld joint connedo,
@
H4M11 11
76

BRAKES [T8V3] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
B4M0851
!aV1 I CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console box.
3) Disconnect connector from G sensor.
4) Measure resistance of G sensor.
Terminal
No. 1 - No. 3:

4-4 [TSV4] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
" "
-n
QQ
-=
@
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
X
,
561571 58 59/6 61 621631 64 6' 66 67 68
, , . , . , . . '""
,
"
M G G M
I II 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 ;; 76 II
" " " " " " " \'
I
B4M0854A
laV4
I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 8 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 45 - Chassis ground:

BRAKES [TSV9] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
" "
n
)
-F
® (,
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
X 56157 58 596 61 621631 64
" , , . , . ,',
6', 66 67 68
, "" ,
"
" " " " " " "
38 39 40 41 42 43 44
)'
td::NJ(i
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 ;1 76
84M0855A
lavs
I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 45 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Repair connector.
Go to step ava.
lavs ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [T8WO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
W: TROUBLE CODE 51
- ABNORMAL VALVE RELAY -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty valve relay
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse S8F-3 FL 1.258
A8S
control
module
®
@ ®
!I'm
B
®
-
E
-=
-=
@)
H4M1 112
80

BRAKES [TSW3] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
0
86
c::J
87
c::J
87a
0 3 0
0
85
0
Q
'-'---
84MOB5BA
laW1 I CHECK RESISTANCE OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove valve relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 86:
: Is the resistance between 93 and 113 O?
Go to step aW2.
Replace valve relay.
:
12 V
---III
B4M1052A
laW2 I CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
1) Connect battery to valve relay terminals No. 85 and No.
86.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Go to step aW3.
: Replace valve relay.
12 V
---III
CJ
Q
B4M1111A
laW3 ICHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87a:
Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
@
Go to step aW4.
: Replace valve relay.
81

4-4 [TSW4] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
0
86
0
86
0
86
d
87
c:::J
0 87a
8 5
030
Ii
/
cw/n
t:=j 87a 0
85
030
6
87
87a
c;:]
030
.I
0
8 5
CJ
0
Ii
Q
®
' lillJ
B4M1054A
B4M1113A
B4M08S1A
'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ B 4M O BS
__ __ _ ----'
law4 ICHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
1) Disconnect battery from valve relay terminals.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:

®
ni2t3l
ffiilm
B4M0863B
BRAKES [T8W9] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
I ewe I CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector (F50) from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F50) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
cY Go to step eW9.
Repair relay box ground harness.
H4M1149
eW9
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT AND GROUND
SHORT IN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF
RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
2) Connect connector (F8) to relay box.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage of relay box.
Connector & terminal
Valve relay installing point No. 87 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
Go to step eW10.
: Replace relay box and check fuse No. 19.
83

4-4 [TSW10] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
8W10 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTACT POINT
CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
and valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
(ASS1) No. 2 - Valve relay installing point No. 30:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
6' Go to step 8W11.
@) : Replace relay box.
B4M0866A
B4M0867A
8W11 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ASS1) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
@) :
: Go to step 8W12.
Replace relay box and check fuse SBF6.
8W12 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ASS1) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
6') Go to step 8W13.
@) Replace relay box. Check fuse No. 19 and SBF6.
84

BRAKES [T8W15) 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
B4M0867A
aW13 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step aW14.
Replace relay box. Check fuse No. 19 and SBF6.
C§)
laW14 ICHECK DIODE OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
Valve relay installing point No. 30 (+) - (ABS4) No. 2
(-):
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
(V
C§) :
Go to step aW15.
Replace relay box.
-
@
m
/tb\lli]
B4M0869C
aW15 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN GROUND CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between relay box connector and
valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 3 - Valve relay installing point No. 87a:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 o.?
: Go to step aW16.
Replace relay box.
C§) :
85

4-4 [TSW16] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
@
[lw]]
@
[lw]]
B4M0870C
B4M0870C
8W16 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN GROUND CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure voltage between relay box connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

BRAKES [T8W21] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
B4M0872C
B4M0873C
8W19 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX. .
Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MQ?
Go to step 8W20.
: Replace relay box and check all fuses.
8W20 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure voltage between relay box connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C Go to step 8W21.
:
Replace relay box. Check fuse No. 19 and
SBF45A. .
B4M0873C
8W21 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step 8W22.
:
Replace relay box. Check fuse No. 19 and
SBF45A.
87

4-4 [TSW22] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
8W22 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL SYS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
:". @
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
" " hl
Q G W g ro M ffi
2) Connect connector (FSO) to relay box.
76 ;. 78 79 1801 81 821831
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
, \
Connector & terminal
n
(F49) No. 27 - No. 47:
'--__ -"--_________ Q
B 4M O B7 4A __ __ ...
: Is the resistance between 93 and 113 o.?
Go to step 8W23 .
: Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box.
.
Check fuse No. 18.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q G W g ro M ffi
76 77 78 79 81 8
B4MOB75A
8W23 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL SYS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 27 - Chassis ground:
:
Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
YES : Go to step 8W24.
:
Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box.
Check fuse No. 18.
88

BRAKES [TBW2S] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
® .
19 20 21 22 23 24 5 26 27 28
Q w M ffi
76 77 78 79 8 81 8 8
B4M0876A
8W24 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL SYS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 27 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

4-4 [TSW26] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
CJ
"----+0 Q O!-_ ...&....J
B4M0824C
8W26 CHECK RESISTANCE OF INLET SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 1 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 2 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 3 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 7.8 and 9.2 O?
Go to step 8W27.
C§V : Replace hydraulic unit.
CJ
"""'---1 Q 0+--""""'''
B4M0831D
8W27 CHECK RESISTANCE OF OUTLET SOLE­
NOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 8 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 5 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 6 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 7 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 3.8 and 4.8 O?
cy Go to step 8W28.
C§V : Replace hydraulic unit.
@
•
B4M0879C
8W28 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic. unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Go to step 8W29.
C§V : Replace hydraulic unit and check all fuses.
90

BRAKES [TSW31] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
•
@
•
B4M0880C
B4M0880C
SW29 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(A BS5)"No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):

4-4 [TSW32] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
,-.=
CJ
,-.=
CJ
Q
-:F
®
M W 3
:' l' n 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68,
, , , . , , , , . ""
,
I" 00
" " 00 "
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 1J(:;:: r.3I
® (,
B4M0881A
M W 3
:' l' .,

BRAKES [T8W36] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
n
, , , . ® , . , , , '""
• M • •
1.,1 58 59169 61 162i63l 64 aPi 66 67 66,
\" 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
" " " 00 "
76 77 78 79 80 • m&'l3I
,
B4MOBB3A
aW34 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 24 -.No. 1:
(F49) No. 23 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 31 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 8.3 and 9.7 O?
Cv Go to step aW35.
@) : Repair harness/connector between hydraulic unit
and ABSCM.
n
® ,
I,
, , , • , • , , ,o n
• M • • 3
.1561571 ' ,',01 61 1621631 64 1651 66 67 68 ,
'
111 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6 47 48 149 50 51 52 53 54 55 iX
76 77 78 79 8( 81 1321831
\
,
B4MOBB4A
aW35 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals .
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 3 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 51 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 50 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 4 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 5.3 O?
@) :
Go to step aW36.
Repair harness/connector between hydraulic unit
and ABSCM.
!aW36 ! CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1]. >
Repair connector.
Go to step aW31.
93

4-4 [TSW37] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
ISW31 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Cv1iD
: Go to step SW3S.
SW3S CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv1iD Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary poor contact.
94

MEMO:
BRAKES [TaW38] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
95

·4-4 [TUXO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
ABS
control
module
X: TROUBLE CODE 52
- ABNORMAL MOTOR ANDIOR MOTOR
RELAY -
DIAGNOSIS:
CD Faulty motor
CD Faulty motor relay
CD Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CD ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
SBF-6
- -
Relay
.
FL1.25B
box
- - - - - - -l
'-----CD 1==1===;l I >-
Valve
relay I «
1m I
n Motor
I
U relay
I
I
_ _ _ _ _ J
Hydraulic unit
Solenoid valve
FL inlet
®
@
H4M1113
96

BRAKES [TaX3] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
0
86
I
87
I
0
85
30
F1
Q
B4M0886A
laX1 ICHECK RESISTANCE OF MOTOR RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove motor relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 86:
: Is the resistance between. 70 and 90 01
Cv Go to step aX2.
: Replace motor relay.
12 V
II---I
86
85
30
B4M0887A
CHECK CONTACT POINT OF MOTOR
ISX2
. . RELAY.
I
1) Connect battery to motor relay terminals No. 85 and
No. 86.
2) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:

4-4 [T8X4] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
c= ==:J
0 87 r)
0
86
85
30
n
IgQ
B4MOBB9A
B4MOB90B
laX4 I CHECK SHORT OF MOTOR RELAY.
Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 30:
No. 85 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance
aX5.
more than 1 MD.?
@: Go to step
Replace motor relay.
laX5 ICHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector (F8) from relay box.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F8) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage
aX6.
between 10 V and 13 V?
Go to step
Repair harness/connector between battery and
relay box, and check fuse SBF6.
B4MOB91
laX6 I
CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MOTOR
. . RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector (F8) to relay box.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between relay box and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Relay installing point No. 87 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
E : Is the voltage
aX7.
between 10 V and 13 V?
Cv Go to step
Replace relay box, and check fuse SBF6.
:
98

BRAKES [T8X9] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
eX7
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTACT POINT
CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit and motor
relay installing portion.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 1 - Motor relay installing portion No. 30:

4-4 [T8X10] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
B4M0793A
8X10
CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis. ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 8X11.
: Replace relay box.
@
·8X11 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MONITOR SYS­
TEM CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector (FSO) from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
motor relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 6 - Motor relay installing point No. 30:
L--___________ B_4_MO_79---l SC : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
0' Go to step 8X12.
: Replace relay box.
100

BRAKES [TaX14] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
B4M0894
8X12
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Remove valve relay from relay box.
2) Measure resistance between motor relay installing
point and valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
Mo.tor relay installing point No. 86 -
installing point No. 30:

4-4 [TaX1S] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
84M0897
8X15
CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure voltage between motor relay installing point and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point (+).No. 86 -
ground (-):
Motor relay installing point (+) No. 85 -
ground (-):

®
f1f2t3l
B4M0898B
BRAKES [TOX10] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
8X17
CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MONITOR SyS­
TEM HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect between terminals No. 10 and No. 1 of ABSCM
connector (F49) with a lead wire.
3) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F50) No. 6 - Chassis ground:

4-4 [TaX19] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
n
Q
-:
, , , , @, . , , , '""
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3ff\
>

BRAKES [T8X23] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
®
. , , . , , , . . ""
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
>< 56157\ 58 591601 61 1621631 64 651 66
n .. '"
671
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
76 n 78 79 'Q 81 821831.
" " " "
84M0901A
8X21 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN HARNESS
BETWEEN RELAY BOX AND ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 22 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

4-4 [T8X24] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
NOTE:
.. To install, reverse above removal procedures .
.. Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
5) Connect all connectors.
6) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage less than 2 V?
Go to step aX24.
Replace ABSCM.
:
m "
@)
B4M0903A
" )
)1 10 9 B 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
B 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 IX
M ,,,• .,., . .. " ""
B4M0903A
aX24 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN ABSCM CON­
NECTOR TERMINAL
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 10 (+) -. No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage less than 2 V?
C Go to step aX25.
Replace ABSCM.
laX25 I CHECK CONDITION OF MOTOR GROUND.
Tightening torque:
32 ±10 N·m (3.3 ±1.0 kg-m, 24 ±7 ft-Ib):
: Is the motor ground terminal tightly
clamped?
Go to step aX26.
Tighten the clamp of motor ground terminal.
106

D<
BRAKES [T8X29] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
'Q
n laX26 I CHECK ABSCM MOTOR DRIVE TERMINAL I
. (83(821 81 (8\ 79 78 77 76
1) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W1 2D1]. >
® ~
'
8 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
I H 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Connector & terminal
M
68 67 66 65164 163162 61 160591 58 157/56[
r=r
Ir
Q'
B4M0904A
(F49) No. 22 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Does the voltage drop from between 10 V
and 13 V to less than 1.5 V, and rise to
between 10 V and 13 V again when carrying
out the check sequence?
Go to step aX27.
Replace ABSCM.
Q 10 9
8 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
$ M
68 67 66 6 64 3 61 58 756
B4M0905A
laX27 I CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
1) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W1 2D1]. >
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
S: Does the voltage raise from less than 1.5 V
to between 10 V and 13 V, and return to less
than 1.5 V again when carrying out the check
sequence?
Go to step aX2a.
Replace hydraulic unit.
laX2a I CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4· [W12D1]. >
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be heard
when carrying out the check sequence?
Go to step aX29.
Replace hydraulic unit.
laX29 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
hydraulic unit, relay box and ABSCM? < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step aX30.
107

4-4 [T8X30] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
/aX30 / CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
aX31
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step aX31.
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
6' : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) : A temporary poor contact.
108

BRAKES [T8X31] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
MEMO:
109

4-4 [TSYO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
A8S
control
module
-
f----I
Y: TROUBLE CODE 54
- ABNORMAL STOP UGHT SWITCH -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty stop light switch
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse
No.12
Q)
.!!!
:J
Q)
t; .!!!
-+J :J
:J ...
o u
..c ..c
-+J -+J
j j
S8F-3 FL 1.258
Stop light
1-----' switch
® (Without cruise control)
@ (With cruise control)
=
®
®
11lffilllmn.
H4M1114
110

ISY1
BRAKES [T8Y5] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ABS Warning Light
I CHECK STOP LIGHTS COME ON.
Depress the brake pedal.
Repair connector.
Go to step SY4.
ISY4
I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step SY5.
SY5
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
S : Are other trouble codes being output?
csr : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) : A temporary poor contact.
111

4-4 [TSZO] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
Z: TROUBLE CODE 56
- ABNORMAL G SENSOR OUTPUT
VOLTAGE -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
.---
'--
@
'-----i
I
iJt-----U S snsor
::[tJ
®
F48
@
5h;.ld
®
jo;nt conn.eto,
®
H4M1111
112

BRAKES [TSZ3] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
8Z1 CHECK All FOUR WHEELS FOR FREE
TURNING.
: Have the wheels been turned freely such as
when the vehicle is lifted up, or operated on
a rolling road?
The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble code.
Go to step 8Z2.
18Z2
I CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF ABSCM.
Check specifications of the plate attached to the ABSCM.
: Is an ABSCM for 4WD model installed on a
FWD model?
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn ignition switch to OFF when removing
ABSCM.
C Replace ABSCM.
: Go to step 8Z3.
B4M0911C
L-__________________________
18Z3
1 CHECK iNPUT VOLTAGE OF G SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console box.
3) Disconnect G sensor from body. (Do not disconnect
con nector.)
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 1 (+) - No. 3 (-):
: Is the voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 V?

4-4 [TSZ4] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
n
Ir
®
, , , . , , , . , '""•
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
L>

BRAKES [T8Z9] 4-4
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
!aZ7 ! CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
M 3
565 58 596 61 6 6 "
66 67 68 2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
84M0914A Cv Go to step aza.
@) : Repair harness between G sensor and ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove G sensor from vehicle.
3) Connect connector to G sensor.
4) Connect connector to ABSCM.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
H4M1146 Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 2.1 and 2.4 V when G
sensor is horizontal?
Cv Go to step aZ9.
@) : Replace G sensor.
Front
¢
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 3.7 and 4.1 V when G
sensor is inclined forwards to 90°?
Cv Go to step aZ10.
H4M1147A @) : Replace G sensor.
laza I CHECK G SENSOR.
laZ9 I CHECK G SENSOR.
115

4-4 [T8Z10] BRAKES
8. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code by ASS Warning Light
Front
Q
H4M1148A
laZ10 ICHECK G SENSOR.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 0.5 and 0.9 V when G
sensor is inclined backwards to 90°?
C Go to step aZ11.
(§) Replace G sensor.
laZ11 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and G sensor? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step aZ12.
laZ12 ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
aZ13
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step aZ13.
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv) Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
(§) A temporary poor contact.
116

BRAKES [T9A1] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
Applicable cartridge of select monitor: No. 498346200
Code
Function code
Abbreviation
Measuring items
FOO ROM ID ECM identification
F01
F02
F03
F04
F05
F06
FO?
FOB
F09
F10
FR
FL
RR
RL
FR
FL
RR
RL
BLS
G-SENS
FR wheel speed
(mile/h)
FL wheel speed
(mile/h)
RR wheel speed
(mile/h)
RL wheel speed
(mile/h)
FR wheel speed
(km/h)
FL wheel speed
(km/h)
RR wheel speed
(km/h)
RL wheel speed
(km/h)
Stop light switch
monitor
G sensor output
voltage (V)
A: LIST OF FUNCTION MODE
1. F MODE (ROM ID, ANALOG DATA ARE
DISPlA YEO.)
Contents to be monitored
ROM ID number of ECM is read and enabled
communication state is displayed.
Wheel speed detected by the FR ABS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the FL ABS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RR ABS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RL ABS sensor is
displayed in mile/h .
Wheel speed detected by the FR ABS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the FL ABS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RR ABS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RL ABS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Stop light switch monitor voltage is displayed.
Refers to vehicle acceleration detecting by the
analog G sensor. It appears on the select monitor
display in volts.
Scroll
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Ref. to
[T9BO]
[T9CO]
[T9DO]
[T9EO]
[T9FO]
[T9CO]
[T9DO]
[T9EO]
[T9FO]
[T9GO]
[T9HO]
117

4-4 [T9A2]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
Code
Function code
Abbreviation
B1
VR
MR
Measuring items
Stop light switch
Valve relay signal
Motor relay signal
FAO AT AT ABS signal
FB1
Code
AW
VM
MM
CM
Function code
Abbreviation
D·ALL
D·NEW
D·MID
D·OLD
ABS warning light
Valve relay monitor
Motor relay monitor
CCM signal
Measuring items
History of trouble
codes is displayed.
BRAKES
2. FA MODE (ON/OFF DATA ARE DISPLAYED.)
Contents to be monitored Scroll Ref. to
LED 1 comes on with the switch on (with the
brake pedal down).
LED 2 comes on with the valve relay off.
LED 3 comes on with the motor on.
LED 4 comes on when ABS control is on. Possible [T910]
LED 6 comes on when the warning light is on.
LED 1 comes on with the valve relay off.
LED 8 comes on when the motor relay is on.
LED 9 comes on when ABS control is on.
3. FB MODE (TROUBLE CODES ARE DISPLAYED.)
Contents to be monitored Scroll Ref. to
A maximum of 3 trouble codes are displayed in
order of occurrence.
The most recent trouble code appears on the
select monitor display.
The second most recent trouble code appears
on the select monitor display.
The third most recenl lrouble code appears on
the select monitor display.
Possible
[T10BO]
tt .J.
,-"-----,
D· * a * 22? (FBl)
FR . SS SOFT
NOTE:
.. If a particular trouble code is not properly stored in
memory (due to a drop in ABSCM power supply, etc.)
when a problem occurs, the trouble code, followed by a
question mark "?", appears on the select monitor display.
This shows it may be an unreliable reading.
.. * a * refers to the troubles in order of occurrence (NEW.
MID and OLD).
B4M0919
118

FCO
/
FD1
FE1
FE2
FE3
FE4
FE5
FE6
FE?
FE8
Code
Code
Code
FE13
FE14
FE15
Function code
Abbreviation
D'CLR
Function code
Abbreviation
A-CHK
Function code
Abbreviation
FR
FL
RR
RL
FR
FL
RR
RL
POWER
G-SENS
MM
S1
AT
CM
AO
Measuring items
History of trouble
codes is erased.
Measuring items
ASS sequence con-
Irol
--
Measuring items
FR wheel speed
(mile/h)
FL wheel speed
(mile/h)
RR wheel speed
(mile/h)
RL wheel speed
(mile/h)
FR wheel speed
(km/h)
FL wheel speed
(kmfh)
RR wheel speed
(km/h)
RL wheel speed
(km/h)
ASSCM power supply
voltage (V)
G sensor output
voltage (V)
Motor relay monitor
Stop light switch
AT ASS signal
CCM signal
ASS control
FE16 CODE Trouble code
BRAKES [T9A6] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
4. FC MODE (TROUBLE CODES ARE ERASED.)
Contents to be monitored
Function of clearing trouble code.
Scroll
Possible
5. FD MODE (ABS SEQUENCE CHECK MODE)
Contents to be monitored
Perform ASS sequence control by operating
valve and pump motor sequentially.
6. FE MODE (FREEZE FRAME DATA)
NOTE:
Scroll
Impossible
Ref. to
[T9JO]
Ref. to
4-4
[W12D1]
• Data stored at the time of trouble occurrence is shown
on display .
• Each time trouble occurs, the latest information is
stored in the freeze frame data in memory.
Contents to be monitored Scroll Ref. to
Wheel speed detected by the FR ASS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the FL ASS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RR ASS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RL ASS sensor is
displayed in mile/h.
Wheel speed detected by the FR ASS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the FL ASS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RR ASS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Wheel speed detected by the RL ASS sensor is
displayed in km/h.
Power (in volts) supplied to ASSCM appears on
the select monitor display.
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
Possible
[T9KO]
[T9LO]
[T9MO]
[T9NO]
[T9KO]
[T9LO]
[T9MO]
[T9NO]
[T900]
Refers to vehicle acceleration detected by the
analog G sensor. It appears on the select moni- Possible [T9PO]
tor display in volts.
LED 1 comes on when motor relay is on.
LED 2 comes on with the stop light switch on
(with the brake pedal depressed).
LED 3 comes on when ASS control is on.
LED 4 comes on when ASS control is on.
LED 5 comes on when ASS control is on.
The most recent trouble code appears on select
monitor display.
Possible
Possible
[T9QO]
[T9RO]
119

4-4 [T9A6]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
BRAKES
..
FR ?(FES )
30 km /h
1) When a trouble code is not stored in memory, activating
the FE mode causes the initial value to appear on the
select monitor display .
.. FE1 - 4: 159 mile/h
.. FE5 - 8: 255 km/h
.. FE13:
16.84 V
.. FE14:
5.00 V
.. FE15:
The MM, B1 and AO LEOs are on.
The AT and CM LEOs are out.
.. FE16:
NO HISTORY OF OCCUREO
2) If freeze frame data is not properly stored in memory
(due to a drop in ABSCM power supply, etc.), a trouble
, code, preceded by a question mark "?", appears on the
select monitor display. This shows it may be an unreliable
reading.
B4M1056
MM Bl AT eM AO
?? ?? ?? ?? ? ?
3) When a trouble code is detected in the FE mode, a
question mark "?" appears continuously on the select
monitor display until the freeze frame data is stored in
memory.
B4M1057
120

BRAKES
[T9CO] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
1997
AB S
(F 00)
4WD ·AT
B: MODE FOO
- ROM ID NUMBER (ROM) -
CONDITION:
Ignition switch ON
SPECIFIED DATA:
Presentation display
H4Mll17
CHECK MESSAGE OF DISPLAY.
: Does display indicate message "Error 1"1
CviO: : Repair loose or disconnect connector, or discontinued
circuit in data link circuit.
@) : Go to step 982.
G' :
@) :
CHECK MESSAGE OF DISPLAY.
: Does display indicate message "Error 2"1
Repair poor contact of select monitor cartridge,
or installation of different type select monitor cartridge.
Data link system is normal.
FR
(F 05)
30 km/ h
84M0922
c: MODE F01 AND F05
- FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(FR) -
• Compare speedometer with monitor indications.
• F01 : FR wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h).
• F05: FR wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that FR wheel speed is
30 km/h.
121

4-4 [T9DO]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
BRAKES
FL
(F06)
29 krn/ h
B4M0923
D: MODE F02 AND FOG
- FRONT LEFT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(Fl) -
.. Compare speedometer with monitor indications .
.. F02: FL wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h) .
.. F06: FL wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that FL wheel speed is
29 km/h.
RR
(F07 )
10 krn/ h
B4M0924
E: MODE F03 AND F07
- REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(RR) -
.. Compare speedometer with monitor indications .
.. F03: RR wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h) .
.. F07: RR wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that RR wheel speed is
10 km/h.
122

BRAKES
[T9HO] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
RL (F 0 8)
50 km/ h
B4M0925
f: MODE f04 AND fOa
- REAR lEfT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL (Rl) -
• Compare speedometer with monitor indications.
• F04: RL wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h).
• F08: RL wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that RL wheel speed is
50 km/h.
BLS
(F09)
5.00 V
G: MODE fOg
- STOP LIGHT SWITCH MONITOR (BlS) -
• Stop light switch monitor voltage is displayed.
B4M0926
G-SENS (F lO)
2.3 0 V
H: MODE f10
- G SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE (G-SENS) -
• Refers to vehicle acceleration detecting by the analog
G sensor. It appears on the select monitor display in volts.
NOTE:
Only AWD model
B4M0927
123

4-4 [T910]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
BRAKES
LED No. Signal name
1 Stop light switch
2 Valve relay signal
3 Motor relay signal
4 AT ASS signal
5 -
6 ABS warning light
7 Valve relay monitor
8 Motor relay monitor
9 CCM signal
10 -
Display
B1
VR
MR
AT
-
AW
VM
MM
CM
-
I: MODE FAO
- ON +-+ OFF SIGNAL -
Requirement for LED "ON"
LED No. 1
LED No. 2
LED No. 3
LED No. 4
LED No. 6
LED No. 7
LED No. 8
LED No. 9
Stop light switch is turned ON. (With brake
pedal depressed.)
Valve relay is turned OFF.
Motor relay is turned ON.
ABS control operates.
ABS warning light is ON.
Valve relay is turned OFF.
Motor relay is turned ON.
ABS control operates.
124

BRAKES
[T9JO] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
MEMORY CLR ?
0 : YES 1 : NO
J: MODE FCO
- HISTORY OF TROUBLE CODES IS ERASED
(D'CLR) -
• Deletes the recorded trouble codes in ABS control module.
B4M0930
1) Press the function key [F] [C] [0] [ENT] in that order.
[E][Q[Q]IENT I
B4M0931
2) System indicates as shown.
MEMORY CLR ?
0 : YES 1 : NO
B4M0930
3) Press the function key [0], to clear memories. The indication
of * is added to screen.
MEMORY CLR ?
* 0 : YES 1: NO
B4M0933
PLEASE
KEY OFF
4) Press the function key [ENT] . System indicates as
shown.
5) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
B4M0934
125

4-4 [T9KO]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
BRAKES
FR
(FE5 )
30 km/ h
B4M0935
K: MODE FE1 AND FE5
- FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(FR) -
.. The wheel speed is indicated at the time of malfunction .
.. FE1: FR wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h) .
.. FE5: FR wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that FR wheel speed is
30 km/h.
FL
(FE6)
29 km/ h
B4M0936
L: MODE FE2 AND FE6
- FRONT LEFT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(FL) -
.. The wheel speed is indicated at the time of malfunction .
.. FE2: FL wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h) .
.. FE6: FL wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that FL wheel speed is
29 km/h.
126

BRAKES
[T900] 4-4
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
RR
(FE7)
10 km/ h
B4M0937
M: MODE FE3 AND FE7
- REAR RIGHT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL
(RR) -
• The wheel speed is indicated at the time of malfunction.
• FE3: RR wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h).
• FE7: RR wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that RR wheel speed is
10 km/h.
RL
(FE8 )
50 km/ h
B4M0938
N: MODE FE4 AND FE8
- REAR LEFT WHEEL SPEED SIGNAL (RL) -
• The wheel speed is indicated at the time of malfunction.
• FE4: RL wheel speed is indicated in mile per hour (mile/
h).
• FE8: RL wheel speed is indicated in kilometer per hour
(km/h).
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates that RL wheel speed is
50 km/h.
POWER (FE 1 3)
12.34 V
0: MODE FE13
- ABSCM POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
(POWER) -
• ABSCM power supply voltage is indicated at the time of
malfunction.
B4M0942
127

4-4 [T9PO]
9. Select Monitor Function Mode
BRAKES
G- SEN S (FEI4)
2.27 V
P: MODE FE14
- G SENSOR OUTPUT VOLTAGE {G-SENS} -
• Refers to vehicle acceleration detected by the analog G
sensor at the time of malfunction. It appears on the select
monitor display in volts.
NOTE:
Only AWD model
84M0939
LED No. Signal name Display
1 Motor relay monitor MM
2 Stop light switch B1
3 AT ABS signal
AT
4 CCM signal
CM
5 ABS signal
AO
-
-
6
-
-
7
-
-
8
-
-
9
Q: MODE FE15
- ON OFF SIGNAL -
• ON or OFF is indicated at the time of malfunction.
• Requirement for LED "ON"
LED No. 1 Motor relay is turned ON.
LED No. 2
LED No. 3
LED No. 4
LED No. 5
Stop light switch is turned ON. (With brake
pedal depressed.)
ASS control operates.
ASS control operates.
ASS control operates.
I
10
-
MM B1 AT CM AO
QJQJQJ
QJQJQJ0
I
-
CODE 21 ( FE 16 )
FR . SS
HARD
R: MODE FE16
- TROUBLE CODE {CODE} -
• When freeze frame data is stored in memory, trouble
code appears on monitor.
NOTE:
The monitor as shown, indicates trouble code 21.
H4M1151
128

BRAKES [T10AO] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select
Monitor
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTIC CHART
TROUBLE OCCURS.
Is Select Monitor available?
Yes
I
No
Diagnostics Chart for On-board
Diagnosis System
Ask the customer when and how
the trouble occurred using
interview check list.
PRE-INSPECTION
I
Use select monitor, retrieve
trouble code in function mode
FB 1 and record the code.
No 00"""""" , ',,"bI, 00

4-4 [11080] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B: UST OF TROUBLE CODE
Code
Display screen (FB1)
-
ERROR 3 (1)
11 NO TROUBLE
21 FR. SS HARD
22 FR. SS SOFT
23 FL. SS HARD
24 FL. SS SOFT
25 RR. SS HARD
26 RR. SS SOFT
27 RL. SS HARD
28 RL. SS SOFT
29 EITHER. SS SOFT
31 FR. EV VALVE
32 FR. AV VALVE
33 FL. EV VALVE
34 FL. AV VALVE
35
RR. EV VALVE
36 RR. AV VALVE
37 RL. EV VALVE
38 RL. AV VALVE
41 ECU
42 LOW VOLTAGE
CCM LINE
44
CCM OPEN
GS POWER OVER
46
GS POWER LOW
V. RELAY
51
V. RELAY ON
M. RELAY OPEN
52 M. RELAY ON
MOTOR
54 BLS
G SENSOR LINE
56
G SENSOR +B
G SENSOR H 11
G SENSOR STICK
Contents of diagnosis
Select monitor communication failure
Although no trouble appears on the select monitor display, the ABS
warning light remains on
Open circuit or input voltage too high of FR sensor
Abnormal ABS sensor signal of FR sensor
Open circuit or input voltage too high of FL sensor
Abnormal ABS sensor signal of FL sensor
Open circuit or input voltage too high of RR sensor
Abnormal ABS sensor signal of RR sensor
Open circuit or input voltage too high of RL sensor
Abnormal ABS sensor signal of RL sensor
Abnormal ABS sensor signal (any one of four)
Abnormal FR inlet valve
Abnormal FR outlet valve
Abnormal FL inlet valve
Abnormal FL outlet valve
Abnormal RR inlet valve
Abnormal RR outlet valve
Abnormal RL inlet valve
Abnormal RL outlet valve
Abnormal ABSCM
Source voltage is low
A combination of AT control abnormals (ABS not in control)
A combination of AT control abnormals (ABS in control)
G sensor line voltage too high
G sensor line voltage too low
Abnormal valve relay
Valve relay ON failure
Open circuit of motor relay
Motor relay ON failure
Abnormal motor
Abnormal stop light switch
Open or short circuit of G sensor
Battery short of G sensor
Abnormal G sensor high 11 output
G sensor output is stuck
[T10CO]
[T10DO]
[T10EO]
[T1010]
[T10FO]
[T10JO]
[T10GO]
[T10KO]
[T10HO]
[T10LO]
[T10MO]
[T10NO]
[T10RO]
[T1000]
[T10S0]
[T10PO]
[T10TO]
[T10QO]
[T10UO]
[T10VO]
[T10WO]
[T10XO]
[T10YO]
[T10Z0]
[T10AAO]
[T10ABO]
[T10ACO]
[T10ADO]
[T10AEO]
[T10AFO]
[T10AGO]
[T10AHO]
[T10AIO]
[T10AJO]
[T10AKO]
Ref. to
NOTE:
High J..l means high friction coefficient against road
surface.
130

BRAKES
[T1080] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
131

4-4 [T10CO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
* * * * * * * * * * * * * *
ERROR 3
84M0943
C: ERROR 3 (1)
- SELECT MONITOR COMMUNICATION
FAILURE -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS warning light remains on.
• ERROR 3 or 1 appears on the select monitor display.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
Fuse IGN sw SSF-4
No.18
@
======:::f I- =========== =rn Data I ink
IT I- connector
FL1 .2SS
Generator
®
@
rml9fil
H4M1 116
132

BRAKES [T10C4] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0430
liOCi I CHECK GENERATOR.
1) Start the engine.
2) Idle the engine.
3) Measure voltage between generator and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Generator B terminal (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 and 15 V?
cy Go to step i0C2.
Repair generator.
C§)
liOC2 ICHECK BATTERY TERMINAL
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact at battery terminal?
Repair battery terminal.
C§) Go to step i0Ca.
C)
C§) :
i0ca CHECK COMMUNICATION OF SELECT
MONITOR.
Using the select monitor, check whether communication
to other system (such as engine, AT, etc.) can be executed
normally.

4-4 [T10C5]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q • W M m
76 77 78 79 8 81 8 8
84M0796A
BRAKES
110CS 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY OF ABSCM.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Start engine.
3) Idle the engine.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 and 15 V?
Go to step 10C6.
Repair ABSCM power supply circuit.
'" =
CJ
Q
.:
@
M •
1561571 58 15916 61 621631 64 1651 66 -67 68
, , , . , , , . , "" ,
'
"' 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 1801 81 821831
1_
84M0797A
110C6 1 CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 55 - Chassis ground:
S : Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
Cv Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
select monitor.
Go to step 10C7.
134

BRAKES [noes] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
® \
' " ,. " " " '" "
® a M
"
68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
1\1 @
II
Q
t..::..-....:
5 , 7 i 9
84M10338
10C7 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND DATA LINK.
1) Turn ignition switch OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
data link connector.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 11 - (B78) No. 3:
(F49) No. 38 - (B78) No. 2:
S : Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Repair harness and connector between ABSCM
and data link connector.
Go to step 10C8.
\10C8 \CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.

4-4 [T10DO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D • ALL 1 1 ( FBI )
NO TROUBLE
84M0944
D: NO TROUBLE
- ALTHOUGH NO TROUBLE APPEARS ON
THE SELECT MONITOR DISPLAY, THE ABS
WARNING LIGHT REMAINS ON -
DIAGNOSIS:
• ABS warning light circuit is shorted.
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS warning light remains on.
• NO TROUBLE displayed on the select monitor.
NOTE:
When the ABS warning light is OFF and "NO TROUBLE"
is displayed on the select monitor, the system is in normal
condition.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
®
B
®
11 1213 14151 61fiEffi 1101111121131141151161 ..
Fuse
No.18
Fuse
No.15

BRAKES [T10D2] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
1 1001 ICHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Disconnect connector (F50) from relay box.
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
C€H0 : Does the ABS warning light remain OFF?
Cv
: Go to step 1002.
: Repair harness between ABSCM, relay box ABS
warning light.
1 1002 ICHECK GROUND SHORT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect connector (F50) to relay box.
3) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
4) Remove valve relay from relay box.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.

4-4 [T10EO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D·NEW 21 (FBI )
FR. SS HARD
E: TROUBLE CODE 21 FR. SS HARD
- ABNORMAL FRONT RH ABS SENSOR
(OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO
HIGH) -
B4M0945
D·NEW 23 (FBI )
FL . SS HARD
F: TROUBLE CODE 23 Flo SS HARD
- ABNORMAL FRONT LH ABS SENSOR
(OPEN CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO
HIGH) -
B4M0946
D·NEW 25 (FBI )
RR . SS HARD
G: TROUBLE CODE 25 RR. SS HARD
- ABNORMAL REAR RH ABS SENSOR (OPEN
CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH) -
B4M0947
D • NEW 2 7 ( FBI )
RL . SS HARD
H: TROUBLE CODE 27 Rlo SS HARD
- ABNORMAL REAR LH ABS SENSOR (OPEN
CIRCUIT OR INPUT VOLTAGE TOO HIGH) -
B4M0948
138

BRAKES [T10HO] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty ABS sensor (Broken wire, input voltage too high)
.. Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
module control
'--___ Id
joint
connector
@@
@@
®
rmtID&oflii
®
11110ISID.
H4M1106
139

4-4 [T10H1]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
FR
(F05)
30 km/ h
B4M0922
10H1 CHECK OUTPUT OF ABS SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
Read the ABS sensor output corresponding to the faulty
system in the select monitor function mode.
NOTE:
The select monitor display shows that the front right wheel
is rotating at 30 km/h.
: Does the speed indicated on the display
change in response to the speedometer
reading during acceleration/deceleration
when the steering wheel is in the straightahead
position?
: Go to step 10H2.
Go to step 10H9.
110H2 I CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N'm (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
: Are the ASS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
: Go to step 10H3.
C® : Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts securely.
110H3 ICHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE WHEEl.
Tightening torque:
13±3 N'm (1.3± 0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts tightened
securely?
: Go to step 10H4.
C
C® : Tighten tone wheel installation bolts securely.
140

t
Sensor gap
G4M0700
BRAKES [T10H7] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110H4 1 CHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
: Is the gap within the specifications shown in
the following table?
Specifications
Front wheel
0.9 - 1.4 mm
(0.035 - 0.055 in)
@:s) : Go to step 10H5.
@) : Adjust the gap.
Rear wheel
0.7 -1.2 mm
(0.028 - 0.047 in)
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacers (Part No. 26755AAOOO). If
spacers cannot correct the gap, replace worn sensor or
worn tone wheel.
Sensor gap
G4M0701
110H5 1 CHECK HUB RUNOUT.
Measure hub runout.
E3> : Is the runout less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)?
Cs) Go to step 10H6.
@) Repair hub.
110H6 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ASSCM and ASS sensor? < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1). >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10H7.
110H7 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
. diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Cv
@) : Go to step 10H8.
141

4-4 [T10H8]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
10H8 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
S : Are other trouble codes being output?
: Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 kQ?
Gr Go to step 10H10.
(§) : Replace ABS sensor.
110H10 I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SENSOR. I
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 (+) _.Chassis ground (-):
Front LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Rear RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
L-________________________B4 M OB 07
__ --' Rear LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
C€3> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step 10H11.
(§) : Replace ABS sensor.
142

BRAKES [T10H12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110H11 I CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF ABS SENSOR. I
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABS sensor and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Front LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
Rear RH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
....,.... ____________B4
_
M _
08 --.J
07 Rear LH No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

I
4-4 [T10H13]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
@
"
G a « •
"
"
I " 00 ro n n M ro "
/I
" " " " " " " \'
n
" 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
76 77 78 18a81 I821B:)
,\
" " 00 " 00
54 55 IXI
84MOB10A
BRAKES
110H13 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 21 I (F49) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 23 I (F49) No. 49 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 25 I (F49) No. 18 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 27 I (F49) No. 16 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10H14.
: Repair harness between ABSCM and ASS sensor.
38
41 42 a
@
45 46 I/,
"'"
40
" " " "
44
" " "
" 00 ro n n M ro"
"
1/
I n
i". 00 " " 00 " 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
76 77 78 I Ba 81 182IB3I
84MOB10A
110H14 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 21 I (F49) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 23 I (F49) No. 49 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 25 I (F49) No. 18 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 27 I (F49) No. 16 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C) Go to step 10H15.
: Repair harness between ASSCM and ASS sensor.
CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR.
: Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N'm (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
Go to step 10H16.
Tighten ASS sensor installation bolts securely.
144

BRAKES [T10H19] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110H16 ICHECK INSTAllATION OF TONE WHEEL
: Tightening torque:
13±3 N'm (1.3±0.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
Are the tone wheel installation bolts tightened
securely?
Go to step 10H17.
Tighten tone wheel installation bolts securely.
110H17 ICHECK ABS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel-to-pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
: Is the fUnout less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)?
Cv Go to step 10H19.
C® : Repair hub.
110H19 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
Repair connector.
Go to step 10H20.
145

4-4 [T10H20]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
110H20 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read -out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Cv Replace ABSCM.
@) : Go to step 10H21.
10H21 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
G- Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) A temporary poor contact.
NOTE:
Check harness and connectors between ABSCM and ABS
sensor.
146

.j
MEMO:
BRAKES
[11 OH21] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
147

4-4 [T1010]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 22 (FBI )
FR.SS SOFT
I: TROUBLE CODE 22 FR. SS SOFT
- ABNORMAL FRONT RH ABS SENSOR
(ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) -
B4M0812
D-NEW 24 (FBI )
FL .SS SOFT
J: TROUBLE CODE 24 FL. SS SOFT
- ABNORMAL FRONT LH ABS SENSOR
(ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) -
B4M0949
D-NEW 26 (FBI )
RR . SS SOFT
K: TROUBLE CODE 26 RR. SS SOFT
- ABNORMAL REAR RH ABS SENSOR
(ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) -
B4M0950
D-NEW 28 (FBI )
RL .SS SOFT
L: TROUBLE CODE 28 RL. SS SOFT
- ABNORMAL REAR LH ABS SENSOR
(ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL) -
B4M0951
148

BRAKES [nOLO] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty ABS sensor signal (noise, irregular signal, etc.)
.. Faulty harness/connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
®K= .
----------- : FrontS
------A---U ::::::-:: .:H :::::::
I---f-\::t---c---:-'!ct------t ___________ sensor RH
A8S
control
module
@ @ ®
@)
r--*---fTI
RearABS
I---'>::+--t-f'-t---I Ji-- sensor LH
a1Jat-""'-ft:-::±H±:=f_+-r- -
- -1-0.
Twisted
'd jOint
''--- ,-======.:j!!lP connector
wire

4-4 [T10l1]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
FR (F05 )
30 km/ h
84M0922
BRAKES
1011 CHECK OUTPUT OF ASS SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
Read the ABS sensor output corresponding to the faulty
system in the select monitor function mode.
NOTE:
The select monitor display shows that the front right wheel
is rotating at 30 km/h.
: Does the speed indicated on the display
change in response to the speedometer
reading during acceleration/deceleration
when the .steering wheel is in the straight·
ahead position?
Go to step 10L2.
Go to step 10L8.
110L2 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and ABS sensor?
Repair connector.
Go to step 10L3.
110L3 I CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless transmitter
properly installed?
Go to step 10L4.
Properly install the car telephone or the wireless
transmitter.
C
@)
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Are noise sources (such as an antenna)
installed near the sensor harness?
Install the noise sources apart from the sensor
harness.
Go to step 10LS.
150

BRAKES [T1018] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
--10 00+-___ "'--__
";:"
L....- ________ --:--__
H _ 4M _ 1 _ 10 7A
---l
110L5 I CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Measure resistance between shield connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 I (B100) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 24 I (B100) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 26 I (F55) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 28 I (F55) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
(v:!:s) Go to step 10L6.
: Repair shield harness.
110L6 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
(v) Replace ASSCM.
Go to step 10L7.
10L7
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
: Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary noise interference.
110L8 1 CHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ±10 N·m (3.3 ±1.0 kg-m, 24 ±7 ft-Ib)
: Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
6' Go to step 10L9.
: Tighten ASS sensor installation bolts securely.
151

4-4 [T10L9]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
110L9 1 CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE WHEEL
Tightening torque:
13±3 N'm (1.3±O.3 Icg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)

BRAKES [T10l12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
Connector cover
Band
Cable clamp cover
L--_ _
__ _
__ _
____B 4M O 815A __ __ ....J
110112 I CHECK ASS SENSOR SIGNAL
1) Turn ignition switch OFF.
2) Raise all four wheels of ground.
3) Disconnect connector from ASS control module.
4) Remove band.
5) Remove cable clamp cover.
6) Remove screws securing connector cover.
CAUTION:
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
7) Remove connector cover.
B4Ml026
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
8) Connect connector to ASS control module.
9) Connect the oscilloscope to the ASS control module
connector in accordance with trouble code.
10) Turn ignition switch ON.
153

4-4 [T10l13]
10. Diagnostics Chart'with Select Monitor
BRAKES
m w
55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 4
2 81 8 79 78 77 76
11) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency.
NOTE:
When this inspection is completed, the ABS control module
sometimes stores the trouble code 29.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 / (F49) No. 14 (+) - No. 15 (-):
Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 49 (+) - No. 19 (-):
Trouble code 26 / (F49) No. 18 (+) - No. 46 (-):
Trouble code 28 / (F49) No. 16 (+) - No. 17 (-):
Specified voltage: 0.12 - 1 V (When it is 20 Hz.)
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as shown in
figure?
(5r Go to step 10l16.
: Go to step 10l13.
Standard output voltage: 0.12 - 1 V
(When it is 20 Hz.)B4M0816A
10113 CHECK CONTAMINATION OF ABS SENSOR
OR TONE WHEEL
Remove disc rotor or drum from hub in accordance with
trouble code.
: Is the ABS sensor pole piece or the tone
wheel contaminated by dirt or other foreign
matter?
Thoroughly remove dirt or other foreign matter.
Go to step 10l14.
10114 CHECK DAMAGE OF ABS SENSOR OR
TONE WHEEL
: Are there broken or damaged teeth in the
ABS sensor pole piece or the tone wheel?
C Replace ABS sensor or tone wheel.
: Go to step 10l15.
1 10115 ICHECK HUB RUNOUT.
Measure hub runout.
: Is the runout less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)?
(5r Go to step 10l16.
: Repair hub.
154

B4M0806 Rear RH No. 1 - No. 2:
----
BRAKES [T10l17] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Sel'ect Monitor
110116 1 CHECK RESISTANCE OF ABS SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ASS sensor.
3) Measure resistance between ABS sensor connector terminals.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 - No. 2:
Front LH No. 1 - No. 2:
Rear LH No. 1 - No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 ko.?
Go to step 10l17.
: Replace ASS sensor.
B4M0818D
110117 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF ABS SENSOR.
Measure resistance between ASS sensor and chassis
ground.
Terminal
Front RH No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Front LH No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Rear RH No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Rar LH No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
G- Go to step 10l18.
Replace ASS sensor.
155

4-4 [T10l18]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
84MOB09A
BRAKES
10118 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND ABS SENSOR.
1) Connect connector to ABS sensor.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance at ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 (F49) No. 14 - No. 15:
Trouble code 24 (F49) No. 49 - No. 69:
Trouble code 26 (F49) No. 18 - No. 46:
Trouble code 28 / (F49) No. 16 - No. 17:
: Is the resistance between 0.8 and 1.2 kn?
cy Go to step 10l19.
C§V :
Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
ABS sensor.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Q • • g M
76 77 78 "l 8 81 8
84MOB20A
110119 ICHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 (F49) No. 14 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 24 / (F49) No. 49 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 26 I (F49) No. 18 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 28 I (F49) No. 16 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 Mn?
cy Go to step 10l20.
C§V Repair harness between ABSCM and ABS sensor.
®
b' , , , , • , , • '" "
M M • •
L;j
\"
1561571 58 591601 61 1621631 64 !651 66 67 68 ,
" m " " v •
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 80 81 '821831
rFj
Q
I-
84MOB14A
110120 I CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
Measure resistance between ABSCM and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 55 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 n?
cy Go to step 10l21.
C§V : Repair ABSCM ground harness.
156

BRAKES [T1 0l24] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110L21 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and ABS sensor? < Ref. to FORE­
110L22
WORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10L22.
I CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless transmitter
properly installed?
Go to step 10L23.
Properly install the car telephone or the wireless
transmitter.
Cs)
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Are noise sources (such as an antenna)
installed near the sensor harness?
Install the noise sources apart from the sensor
harness.
(§) Go to step 10L24.
LJ
--KlQot----
';'
'---__ __ ___ _ ____ H _ 4M _ 1 _ 10 7A
----'
110L24 I CHECK SHIELD CIRCUIT.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Measure resistance between shield connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 22 I (B100) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 24 I (B100) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 26 I (F55) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 28 I (F55) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 Q?
Cr:D Go to step 10L25.
(§) : Repair shield harness.
157

44 [T10l25]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
110L25 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Reqd out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
C
Go to step 10L26.
10L26 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
C Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary noise interference.
158

BRAKES
[T10l26] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
159

4-4 [T10MO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
D-NEW 29 (FBI )
EITHER. SS SOFT
B4M0952
BRAKES
M: TROUBLE CODE 29 EITHER. SS SOFT
- ABNORMAL ABS SENSOR SIGNAL (ANY
ONE OF FOUR) -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty ABS sensor signal (noise, irregular signal, etc.)
• Faulty tone wheel
• Wheels turning freely for a long time
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ABS
control
module
@®
@@
IIT1]1
@
filliffi70flil
®
111111W).
H4M1106
160

BRAKES [nOMS] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10M1
CY :
NOTE:
CHECK IF THE WHEELS HAVE TURNED
FREELY FOR A LONG TIME.
: Check if the wheels have been turned freely
for more than one minute, such as when the
vehicle is jacked-up, under full-lock cornering
or when tire is not in contact with road
surface.
The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble code.
When the wheels turn freely for a long time, such as when
the vehicle is towed or jacked-up, or when steering wheel
is continuously turned all the way, this trouble code may
sometimes occur.
@) : Go to step 10M2.
110M2 I CHECK TIRE SPECIFICATIONS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Are the tire specifications correct?
.
@ Go to step 10M3.
@) : Replace tire.
CHECK WEAR OF TIRE.
: Is the tire worn excessively?
Replace tire.
Go to step 'IOM4.
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE.
: Is the tire pressure correct?
Cv Go to step 'IOMS.
@) : Adjust tire pressure.
110MS ICHECK INSTALLATION OF ABS SENSOR.
Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N·m (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
: Are the ABS sensor installation bolts tightened
securely?
Cvs) : Go to step 'IOMS.
@) : Tighten ABS sensor installation bolts securely.
161

4-4 [T10M6]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
t
Sensor gap
G4M0700
110M6 I CHECK INSTALLATION OF TONE WHEEL
Tightening torque:
13±3 N·m (1.3± O.3 kg-m, 9±2.2 ft-Ib)
: Are the tone wheel installation bolts tightened
securely?
Cv Go to step 10M7.
: Tighten tone wheel installation bolts securely.
110M7 I CHECK ASS SENSOR GAP.
Measure tone wheel to pole piece gap over entire perimeter
of the wheel.
: Is the gap within the specifications shown in
the following table?
Specifications
Front wheel
0.9 - 1.4 mm
(0.035 - 0.055 in)
6- : Go to step 10MS.
: Adjust the gap.
Rear wheel
0.7 - 1.2 mm
(0.028 - 0.047 in)
NOTE:
Adjust the gap using spacer (Part No. 26755AAOOO). If
spacers cannot correct the gap, replace worn sensor or
worn tone wheel.
Sensor gap
G4M0701
CHECK OSCILLOSCOPE.
: Is an oscilloscope available?
6- Go to step 10M9.
: Go to step 10M10.
162

BRAKES [T10M9] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
Connector cover
Cable clamp cover
Band
L---
B ________ _ ___
_ 4M _ O _ 81 5A
----J
/10M9. I CHECK ABS SENSOR SIGNAL
1) Turn ignition switch OFF.
2) Raise all four wheels of ground.
3) Disconnect connector from ASS control module.
4) Remove band.
5) Remove cable clamp cover.
6) Remove screws securing connector cover.
CAUTION:
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
7) Remove connector cover.
B4M1026
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
Hole
8) Connect connector to ASS control module.
9) Connect the oscilloscope to the ASS control module
con nector.
10) Turn ignition switch ON.
163

4-4 [T1 OM1 0]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
0w=
11) Rotate wheels and measure voltage at specified frequency.
NOTE:
When this inspection is completed, the ABS control module
sometimes stores the trouble code 29.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 14 (+ ) - No. 15 (-) (Front RH):
(F49) No. 49 (+ ) - No. 19 (-) (Front LH):
(F49) No. 18 (+) - No. 46 (-) (Rear RH):
(F49) No. 16 (+) - No. 17 (-) (Rear LH):
Specified voltage: 0.12 - 1 V (When it is 20 Hz.)
: Is oscilloscope pattern smooth, as shown in
.
. figure?

BRAKES [T10M14] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110M13 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
@sD
(§) : Go to step 10M14.
10M14 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
(§) A temporary poor contact.
165

4-4 [T10NO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D • NEW 3 1 ( FBI )
FR. EV VALVE
N: TROUBLE CODE 31 FR. EV VALVE
- ABNORMAL FRONT RH INLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0953
D • NEW 3 3 ( FBI )
FL .EV VALVE
0: TROUBLE CODE 33 Flo EV VALVE
,- ABNORMAL FRONT LH INLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0954
D • NEW 3 5 ( FBI )
RR . EV VALVE
P: TROUBLE CODE 35 RR. EV VALVE
- ABNORMAL REAR RH INLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0955
D • NEW 3 7 ( FBI )
RL. EV VALVE
Q: TROUBLE CODE 31 Rlo EV VALVE
- ABNORMAL REAR LH INLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0956
166

ASS
control
module
®
1§lml1
BRAKES [T10QO] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty harness/connector
.. Faulty inlet solenoid valve in hydraulic unit
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Relay box
-l
- - - - - - - -
,
I ,
---
@
,
Valve I relay ,
I
,
I
n Motor I
'
U relay
,
_ _ _ _ _ J
Hydraulic unit
@
,- ,
I Solenoid valve
® @' FL inlet
FL outlet
FR inlet
FR outlet
RL inlet
RL outlet
, RR inlet ,
RR outlet
I , Pump motor ,
L _
_ _
_
_ _ J
,
I ,
I
,
I ,
I
I
H4M1115
167

4-4 [T10Q1]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
I
MM B1 AT CM AO
c=J00QQ.
0[iJ00
I
BRAKES
/1001 /CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
Press [FJ, [EJ , [1] and [5] on the select monitor.
. : Is the select monitor LED 5 off? Was the ABS
inactive when the problem occurred?
Cv
: Go to step 1002.
C@ : Go to step 10015.
B4M0957A
1002 CHECK THE CONDITION WHEN THE TROU­
BLE OCCURRED.
Ask the vehicle owner about driving conditions when the
trouble occurred. Attempt to duplicate the conditions.
: Is the trouble immediately apparent?
Go to step 1003.
C@ Go to step 10015.
10Q3 CHECK THE CONDITION WHEN THE TROU­
BLE OCCURRED.
8 : Did the trouble occur immediately after
engine starting or during standing starts?
CY Go to step 10011.
C@ : Go to step 1004.
CJ
----to Q O+-- ...-
B4MOB24C
/1004 /CHECK RESISTANCE OF SOLENOID VALVE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 7.8 and 9.2 Q?
CY Go to step 1005.
C@ : Replace hydraulic unit.
168

BRAKES [T10Q6] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10Q5 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cv Go to step 10Q&.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
Ii
®
, , , , "I\
/,
lXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
58 5916q 61 1621631 64 651 66 67 68
, , , • ,
\,,'
,
m "
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 80 • [EL'l3I
Q ,
-5'
84M0828A
110Q& I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 - Chassis ground:

4-4 [T10Q7]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
0
.
®
L' , , , , , , • • ""
M M D
i:?1 fJ§§l§1 58 1;916 61 1621631 64 651 66 67 68/
\"
Q M
76 77 78 79 lsa ' [i '3
"
B4M0829A
BRAKES
10Q7 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 (F49) No. 30 - No. 1:
Trouble code 33 (F49) No. 24 - No. 1:
Trouble code 35 (F49) No. 23 - No. 1:
Trouble code 37 / (F49) No. 31 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 8.3 and 9.7 Q?
Cv Go to step 10Q8.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
1 10Q8 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10Q9.
1 10Q9 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10Q10.
10Q10
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
170

BRAKES [T10Q12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
@
•
B4M0826C
10011 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF .
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):

4-4 [T1 OQ13]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
""'1 =
CJ
@ /,
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 381
58 ;91601 61 1621631 64 Qll_ 66 67 68
, , , . . , , , , "" ,
\" 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Q

BRAKES [n OQ16] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
'---_j

4-4 [T10Q17]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
o
@
•
B4M0826C
10Q17
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM .
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
cY Go to step 10Q18.
: Replace hydraulic unit.
o
@
•
B4M0826C
10Q18
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON .
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (ABS5) No. 4 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (ABS5) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (ABS5) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C® Go to step 10Q19.
: Replace hydraulic unit.
174

BRAKES [T10Q20] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
... =
@ /!
IX ,
29
,
3058 ,
31 ;g601 ,
3261 ,
33 1621631 .
3464 ,
35 (;!iL. 66 36
. 67 37
""
3 68
I
I
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IXI
76 n
.. 78 79 80'[]jR3I
" "
84M0827A
1 10Q19 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step 10Q20.
@) :
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
1 10Q20 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 I (F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 33 I (F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 35 I (F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 37 I (F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
cY Go to step 10Q21 .
@) : Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
175

4-4 [T1 OQ21]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
n
Q
. , , , @, . , . ".
J'
56
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
1591601 61 1621631 64 6El 66 67 68
\
,
P
.. ro " " " "
Q •
76 77 78 79 /80 ' [i 31
B4M0828A
BRAKES
1'10Q2'1 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 (F49) No. 30 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 33 / (F49) No. 24 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 35 / (F49) No. 23 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 37 / (F49) No. 31 - Chassis ground:
9 : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Cv Go to step '10Q22.
:
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
n
, @ "R
• , , , • , , •
O 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
5i 58 li9lSCI 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68
,
)". ro " " " " "
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 55 IX
76 77 78 79 IBOI ' [E ,3I
B4M0829A
'10Q22 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT .
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 31 / (F49) No. 30 - No. 1:
Trouble code 33 / (F49) No. 24 - No. 1:
Trouble code 35 / (F49) No. 23 - No. 1:
Trouble code 37 / (F49) No. 31 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 8.3 and 9.7 o.?
Cv Go to step '10Q23.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
176

BRAKES [T10Q25] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110Q23 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE·
WORD [T3C1J.>
Repair connector.
Go to step 10Q24.
110Q24 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
@ Replace ABSCM.
(§) : Go to step 10Q25.
10Q25 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
(v!"S) Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
(§) A temporary poor contact.
177

4-4 [nORD]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D .. NEW 3 2 ( FBI )
FR. AV VALVE
R: TROUBLE CODE 32 FR. AV VALVE
- ABNORMAL FRONT RH OUTLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0958
D .. NEW 3 4 ( FBI )
FL .AV VALVE
S: TROUBLE CODE 34 Flo AV VALVE
- ABNORMAL FRONT LH OUTLET SOENOID
VALVE -
B4M0959
D .. NEW 3 6 ( FBI )
RR . AV VALVE
T: TROUBLE CODE 36 RR. AV VALVE
- ABNORMAL REAR RH OUTLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0960
D .. NEW 3 8 ( FBI )
RL .AV VALVE
U: TROUBLE CODE 38 Rlo AV VALVE
- ABNORMAL REAR LH OUTLET SOLENOID
VALVE -
B4M0961
178

®
ABS
control
module
rn2T3T4l
BRAKES [T10UO] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty harness/connector
.. Faulty outlet solenoid valve in hydraulic unit
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Relay box
- - - - - - -l
- -
,
Valve I
relay ,
I
, ,
I ' -
,
... 1
I
L-=@=;ti
-
l:t=-J-
r--
,=========== = m = t-=:! I = I
L
=
I
0 n Motor
I '
9 U relay
I
---J
@, Hydrau I ic un it
Solenoid valve
® @ ; r- FL inlet
I FL outlet
r FR inlet --
1=
,
1--...-----1 FR outlet RL inlet -- I ,
II
I
C l L RLoutlet --
I
L- RR inlet r---< ,
,
RR outlet
I
Ll::---j
r-- I
I
I '
I ,
I
H4M1115
179

4-4 [T10U1]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
I
MM 81 AT CM AO
0 D.
D[2JDD
I
BRAKES
110U1 ICHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
Press [F], [EJ, [1] and [5] on the select monitor.
: Is the select monitor LED 5 off? Was the ABS
inactive when the problem occurred?
@: Go to step 10U2.
C® Go to step 10U15.
B4M0957A
10U2 CHECK THE CONDITION WHEN THE TROU­
BLE OCCURRED.
Ask the vehicle owner about driving conditions when the
trouble occurred. Attempt to duplicate the conditions.
: Is the trouble immediately apparent?
Go to step 10Ul.
Cv
C® Go to step 10U15.
10Ul CHECK THE CONDITION WHEN THE TROU­
BLE OCCURRED.
: Did the trouble occur immediately after
engine starting or during standing starts?
Go to step 10U11.
C® : Go to step 10U4.
CJ
'---+0 Q 01-- ....,
B4M0831D
\10U4 I CHECK RESISTANCE OF SOLENOID VALVE. I
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 3.8 and 4.8 n?
@: Go to step 10U5.
C® : Replace hydraulic unit.
180

BRAKES [T10U6] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10U5 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 - Chassis ground:,
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step 10U6.
: Replace hydraulic unit.
-n
Q
I-=:;-
@
"
IX "
2< 29 56[571 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 a8\,
' i:E' 61 1i2l631 64 §§I 66 67 68
,
"
, , , , , , , . ' {
' " " " v "
'16 47 " 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 n 78 79 Be 81 321831
t
B4M0835A
110U6 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (F49) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 34 I (F49) No. 51 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 36 I (F49) No. 50 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 38 I (F49) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
e : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step 10U7.
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
181

182
4-4 [T10U7]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
0
--8
®
I
, , ,
31
.
32 33
, ,
34
,
35
,
36
,
37
'" 3ff\
= 1561571 ' rn R 611621631 64165166 67 68
" I
" 00
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 8( 81 1321831
.\
"
B4M0836A
BRAKES
10U7 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM con nector
.-
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 / (F49) No. 3 - No. 1:
Trouble code 34 / (F49) No. 51 - No. 1:
Trouble code-36 / (F49) No. 50 - No. 1:
Trouble code 38 / (F49) No. 4 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 5.3 Q?
6'rV Go to step 10Ue.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
110ue 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS .
. : Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10U9.
110U9 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10U10.
10U10
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
CvrV : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.

BRAKES [110U12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0833C
10U11
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit con nector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Gr Go to step 10U12.
C§) : Replace hydraulic unit.
B4M0833C
10U12
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Troub/ code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Gr o to step 10U13.
C§) : Replace hydraulic unit.
183

4-4 [T10U13]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
' n
@
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Replace ABSCM.
: Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
184

BRAKES [11 OU16] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
'----+0 Q 0+-- ....11-1
B4M0831D
/10U15 / CHECK RESISTANCE OF SOLENOID VALVE. /
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic
unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 - (ABS2) No. 2:
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 7 - (ABS2) No. 2:

4-4 [T10U17]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0833C
BRAKES
10U11
CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis mound.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (ABS5) No. 8 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (ABS5) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (ABS5) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground
(-:-):
Trouble code 38 I (ABS5) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?

BRAKES [11 OU20] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
'-'rr
, , , , , , , . . '""
®
1,
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3ff\'
\ '" '" " M '" " '"
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 8t 81 321831
X 561571 ' k>Ol 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68,
. . B4M0834A
I
l10U19 lCHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 I (F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 34 I (F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 36 I (F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
Trouble code 38 I (F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10U20.
:
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
-:
®
"
, , , , , , , . , '"
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
:>

4-4 [T10U21]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
n
-::::-
Q
@)
61 1621631 64 651 66 67 68,
, , , . , . , . , '""
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
56/571 '
\,,'
>< rn fJl
" " " M " " "
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 8C 81 ,321831
.\
I
B4MOB35A
BRAKES
110U21 ICHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 (F49) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 34 (F49) No. 51 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 36 (F49) No. 50 - Chassis ground:
Trouble code 38 / (F49) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
C Go to step 10U22.
C® :
Repair harness between ABSCM and hydraulic
unit.
n
-tQQ '-=---=-
@)
m 32 M 35 35 •
561571 ' rn ,01 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68
" , . " " ' '"
\" '
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
"
" " M " " " "
76 77 78 79 8C 81 321831
B4MOB36A
10U22 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
Trouble code 32 (F49) No. 3 - No. 1:
Trouble code 34 (F49) No. 51 - No. 1:
Trouble code 36 (F49) No. 50 - No. 1:
Trouble code 38 / (F49) No. 4 - No. 1:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 5.3 o.?
0-) Go to step 10U23.
C® :
Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
hydraulic unit.
188

BRAKES [T1 OU25] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110U23 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS. I
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1}.>
Repair connector.
Go to step 10U24.
110U24 ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
C€c3:> : Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
0" Replace ABSCM.
: Go to step 10U25.
10U25 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
0" : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
189

4-4 [T10VO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 41 (FBI )
ECU
V: TROUBLE CODE 41 ECU
- ABNORMAL ABS CONTROL MODULE -
DIAGNOSiS:
CD Faulty ABSCM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
CD ABS does not operate.
84M0962
WIRING DIAGRAM:
r-
ASS
control
modu le
E
- -
84M0837
'--
190

BRAKES [T10V5] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
-n
Q
-=
®
561571 58 59160 61 621631 64 651 66 67 581
, , , . , , , . . '""
M • _
'
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 n 78 79 80 81 1821831
84M0838A
!10V1 ! CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 55 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 fA?
Go to step 10V2.
(§) Repair ABSCM ground harness.
110V2 ICHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
battery, ignition switch and ABSCM? < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C1]. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10V3.
Gr
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Is the car telephone or the wireless transmitter
properly installed?
Go to step 10V4.
Properly install the car telephone or the wireless
transmitter.
CHECK SOURCES OF SIGNAL NOISE.
: Are noise sources (such as an antenna)
installed near the sensor harness?
Install the noise sources apart from the sensor
harness.
(§) Go to step 10V5.
/10V5 /CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
E3 : Is the same trouble code as in the current
Gr
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
(§) : Go to step 10V6.
191

4-4 [T10V6]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
10V6
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary poor contact.
192

BRAKES
[T10V6] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
193

4-4 [T10WO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 42 (F Bl )
LOW VOLTAGE
W: TROUBLE CODE 42 LOW VOLTAGE
- SOURCE VOLTAGE IS LOW ­
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
• Power source voltage of the ABSCM is low.
84M0963
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse
IGN sw
S8F-4
FL 1 .258
No.18
A8S
contro l
module
Generator
®
H4M110B
194

BRAKES [T10W4] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q G W
76 n 78 79 8 81 a 8
B4M0430
B4MOB42A
110W1 I CHECK GENERATOR.
1) Start engine.
2) Idling after warm-up.
3) Measure voltage between generator B terminal and
chassis ground.
Terminal
Generator B terminal - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?
Cv Go to step 10W2.
@) : Repair generator.
110W2 ICHECK BATTERY TERMiNAl.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Are the positive and negative battery terminals
tightly clamped?
Go to step "Iowa.
:
@) : Tighten the clamp of terminal.
110wa ICHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF ABSCM.
1) Disconnect con nector from ABSCM.
2) Run the engine at idle.
3) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 28 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
E3:> : Is the voltage between 10 V and 15 V?
Cv Go to step 10W4.
@)
Repair harness connector between battery, ignition
switch and ABSCM.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 9 1O
M 3
5 58 5 6 61 6 6 646 66 67 68
B4MOB43A
110W4 ICHECK GROUND CIRCUIT OF ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 1 - Chassis .ground:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Cv Go to step 10W5.
@) : Repair ABSCM ground harness.
195

4-4 [T1 0W5]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
110W5 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
generator, battery and ABSCM? < Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10W6.
\10W6 \ CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as ;n the current
diagnosis still being output?
0' Replace ABSCM.
(§) : Go to step 10W7.
10W7 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
(§) A temporary poor contact.
196

197
BRAKES
[T10W7] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:

198
4-4 [T10XO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D·NEW 44 (FBI )
CCM LINE
B4M0964
X: TROUBLE CODE 44 CCM LINE
- A COMBINATION OF AT CONTROL
ABNORMALS -
DIAGNOSIS:
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
• Combination of AT control faults
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse
IGN sw S8F -4 FL 1.258
No. 16
.--
® ® ®
-r----o
-
Transmission
contro l module
ASS
contro l
module
lH
@
F2
@
[ll-----ill
®
-
11lmlnl1
@
11\111lhlIThIm
H4M1109

BRAKES [nOX3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
1997
AB S
(F 00)
4WD -AT
H4M1117
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19D
• a « • •
ffi ffi ro n n n H
B4M0846A
10)(1 CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF ABSCM USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [F], [0] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is an A8SCM for A T model installed on a MT
model?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10)(2.
110)(2 1 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors from TCM.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
C€ Go to step 10)(3.
Repair harness between TCM and ABSCM.
B4M0848B
110)(3 ICHECK TCM.
1) Connect all connectors to TCM.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON.
3) Measure voltage between TCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(855) No. 1 (+) - (856) No. 5 (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
@ Go to step 10)(5.
: Go to step 10)(4.
199

4-4 [T10X4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0849B
BRAKES
110X4 1 CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR TCM.
Measure voltage between TCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(B54) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(B55) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
Cv Replace TCM.
: Repair harness/connector between battery, ignition
switch and TCM.
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
a a "
68 I 70 71 72 73 74 75 76
B4M0844A
110X5 1 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HARNESS.
Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 39 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage more than 10 V?
Cv Go to step 10X6.
: Repair harness/connector between AT control
module and ABSCM.
110X6 ICHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Repair connector.
Go to step 10X7.
200

BRAKES [n OX8] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
1 10X7 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [T10YO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D·NEW 44 (FBI )
CCM OPEN
84M0965
Y: TROUBLE CODE 44 CCM OPEN
- A COMBINATION OF AT CONTROL
ABNORMAlS -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Combination of AT control faults
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse
FL 1 .258
No. 16
r--
@ @ ®
=-
Transmission
contro l module
A8S
control
module
I-...-
®
;:::;:::-
f.±..
@
=
-t.LJ
'--
==-
®
®
lillilnlfil
@
11111IThlrtlhlIThB1
H4M1109
202

BRAKES [T1 0Y2] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
M G a M •
m n n N
B4M0847A
110Y1 ICHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect two connectors from AT control module.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

4-4 [T10Y3]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
10 11 12
68 ! l 70 71
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
a M G .
72 73 74 75 76
/10Y3 /CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors to TCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 12 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
'--__ -'-________ B _
4 _
MO _
84 --.J
4A (F49) No. 39 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
: Go to step 10Y4.
@) :
Repair harness/connector between TCM and
ABSCM.
/10Y4 /CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
A T control module and ABSCM? < Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10Y5.
/10Y5 /CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
C
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
@) Go to step 10Y6.
10Y6 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
@ Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) A temporary poor contact.
204

BRAKES
[T10Y6] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
205

4-4 [T10Z0]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 46 (FBI )
GS POWER OVER
Z: TROUBLE CODE 46 GS POWER OVER
- G SENSOR LINE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH ­
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty G sensor power supply voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
B4M0966
WIRING DIAGRAM:
r--
®
ABS
control
module
h.-
'--
- -;to
m
"'-
f48
Shl,ld joint conneeto'
H4M1111
206

BRAKES [T1 0Z2] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
" 1/ "
-n
-:F"
®
IX! 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3fJ\'
>

4-4 [T10AAO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 46 (FBI )
GS POWER LOW
AA: TROUBLE CODE 46 GS POWER LOW
- G SENSOR LINE VOLTAGE TOO LOW ­
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty G sensor power supply voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ASS does not operate.
84M0967
WIRING DIAGRAM:
r-
®
1-0.-
--,4
ASS
control
module
....!.
F4B
L--....f
'--
H4M1111
208

BRAKES [T10AA3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
84M0851
110AA1 ICHECK G SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console cover from console box.
3) Disconnect connector from G sensor.
4) Measure resistance of G sensor.
Terminal
No. 1 - No. 3:
E3:> : Is the resistance between 42 and 58 ko.?
Cvs) Go to step 10AA2.
C§) :
Replace G sensor.
n
Ir8
® (,
84M0852
IX 29 30 ' 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3S\
>< 561571 58 591601 61 1621631 64 6' 66 67 68
, , , . , . , . . ""
" " " " " " " " "
G a « • •
"
I II 58 69 70 71 72 73 74 ;; 76 II
1/
84M0853A
110AA2 I CHECK GROUND SHORT OF G SENSOR.
Measure resistance between G sensor and bracket.
Terminal
No. 3 - Bracket:
S : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step 10AA3.
Replace G sensor.
C§) :
10AA3 CHECK SHORT OF HARNESS BETWEEN
ABSCM AND G SENSOR.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 45 - No. 8
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?

4-4 [T10AA4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
n
Q
-:
®
I,
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 :Lff\
:>

BRAKES
[T10AA7] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
211

4-4 [110ABO] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
D-NEW 51 (FBI )
V.RELAY
AB: TROUBLE CODE 51 V. RELAY
- ABNORMAL VALVE RELAY -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty valve relay
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
B4M0968
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ABS
contro l
module
Fuse SBF-3 FL 1.25B
@8 ®> No. 1 9
r
Relay box
TI
, - ------ - - l
,
'--{;:::;:::;'
® ® (@:ll' . Na ive I w
=
m
' ,
1
i======I
relay ,
I I '
;;,. ... I
I ' ! 0 n Motor
I '
[7 U re lay
I
ABS----<
-@'--
l-i.:tr- - J
_ _
@ tWJ Hydraulic unit
Ll
! I
I
Solenoid va lve
® @l' r-
'f FL inlet r----<
I-------t----. L-- 1--+---' r FR inlet r----<
IJ;;
t!f
I
II L-. =1--+---"
I FL outlet r----< I
I'; ====:E l lll ll
FR outlet r----<
I '
!
C
' L RL outlet ---< I '
'--____--L-ITl--:.:;[I----+-----. '------L_..6.J
I--+---, L RL in let ---<
@
L- RR inlet ---< ,
@D ® ®
-=
E
I RR outlet
- I
[jlg] B _ L! __
@)
®
, Pump motor ,
_ _
_
_ _ J
I
,
H4M1112
212

BRAKES [T10AB4] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
I
MM 61 AT CM AO
QDGJ.
D0DDQ
I
110AB1 ICHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
Press [F], [El, [1] and [5] on the select monitor.
: Is the select monitor LED 5 off? Was the ABS
inactive when the problem occurred?
Go to step 10AB2.
Go to step 10AB32.
0
86
12 V
---III
86
t::::l
87
t::::l
87a .
030
t::::l
87a
G30
0
85
0
Q
-=-
84M0957A
84M0858A
84M1110A
110AB2 ICHECK RESISTANCE OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove valve relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
:
No. 85 - No. 86:
Is the resistance between 93 and 113 O?
YES : Go to step 10AB3.
:
Replace valve relay.
110AB3 ICHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
1) Connect battery to valve relay terminals No. 85 and No.
86.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:

4-4 [T10AB5] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110AB5 ICHECK CONTACT POINT Of VALVE RELAY. I
1) Disconnect battery from valve relay terminals.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
cd Terminals
87 No. 30 - No. 87:
o c::::J 0 : Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
86
o
87a
85
C :
Go to step 10ABS.
L _ --======30=====-I ___ 84M1112A : Replace valve relay.
=c/n
87
87a
85
o 0
86
"030
.I
c6
87
0 87a c:::J
0
86 85
030
'
0
l2.Q
Ii
Q
®
[lliJ
84M1113A
84M0861A
84M08628
110ABS ICHECK CONTACT POINT Of VALVE RELAY. I
Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87a:

BRAKES [T10AB12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
H4M1149
CHECK OPEN AND GROUND SHORT CUR-
10AB9 CUlT IN POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF
RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
2) Connect connector (F8) to relay box.
3) Disconnect con nector (F50) from relay box.
4) Measure voltage of relay box.
Connector & terminal
Valve relay installing point No. 87 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
@ Go to step 10AB10.
: Replace relay box, and check fuse No. 19.
84MOB66A
10AB10 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTACT POINT
CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 2 - Valve relay installing point No. 30:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
,
: Go to step 10AB11.
: Replace relay box.
10ABH CHECK GROUND SHORT CIRCUIT IN CON­
TACT POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 2 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
YES : Go to step 10AB12.
:
Replace relay box, and check fuse SBF6.
110AB12 1CHECK DIODE OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between relay box connector and
valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
Valve relay installing point No. 30 (+) - (ABS4) No. 2
(-):
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
C
:
: Go to step 10AB13.
Replace relay box.
215

4-4 [T10AB13]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
@
[lWJ
B4M0870C
10AB13 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN GROUND CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 3 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C Go to step 10AB14.
: Replace relay box, and check all fuses.
@
[lWJ
B4M0870C
10AB14 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN GROUND CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cvs) Go to step 10AB15.
Replace relay box, and check all fuses.
:
216

L....c-____________ B _ 4M _ O _ 87 ---.J
BRAKES [T10AB17] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AB15 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Install valve relay to relay box.
3) Measure resistance between relay box connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 - No. 5:
1C

4-4 [T1 OAB18]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0873C
BRAKES
10AB18 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
E:9 : Is the voltage less than 1 V?

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q •
76 77 78 79 81 8
B4M0875A
BRAKES [T10AB21] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AB20 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL SyS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Disconnect connector (F50) from relay box.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
:
YES
(F49) No. 27 - Chassis ground:
Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
: Go to step 10AB21.
Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box,
and check fuse No. 18.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q •
76 77 78 79 8 81 8 8
B4M0876A
10AB21 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL SYS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Connect connector (F50) to relay box.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 27 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10AB22.
@)
Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box,
and check all fuses.
219

4-4 [T1 OAB22]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
• W M
76 n 78 79 8 81 8 8
B4M0876A
10AB22 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL SYS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 27 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10AB23.
Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box,
and check all fuses.
CJ
"------+O Q ot-- .d..J ..
B4M0824C
10AB23 CHECK RESISTANCE OF INLET SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit.
3) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit con nector
terminals.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 1 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 2 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 3 - (ABS2) No. 2:
: Is the resistance between 7.8 and 9.2 Q?
Cv Go to step 10AB24.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
220

BRAKES [T1 OAB26] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
----to
QOI--..&.....&.
84M0831D
10AB24 CHECK RESISTANCE OF OUTLET SOLE­
NOID VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 8 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 5 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 6 - (ABS2) No. 2:
(ABS5) No. 7 - (ABS2) No. 2:
E0 : Is the resistance between 3.8 and 4.8 O?
Go to step 10AB25.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
'-'n
Q
-:?-
@
•
® (,
84M0879C
3Q..
, , , . , , , , . '""
_31. 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
5; " - - j' - iiOl 61 621631 64 1651 66 67 66
I
I" 00 " " " 00 v
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 81 _' r 3I
84M0882A
10AB25 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
Measure resistance between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
(v:§:> : Go to step 10AB2S.
Replace hydraulic unit, and check all fuses.
:
110AB2S 1 CHECK GROUND SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground,
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 24 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 23 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 31 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 3 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 51 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 50 - Chassis ground:
(F49) No. 4 - Chassis ground:

4-4 [T10AB27]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
n
..
®
, , , '" I\
r:J§§l2! 58 ;l!I!i 61 621631 64 651 66 67 66
m • M E E
, , , • , ,
\" ro " '1!-" ro
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 80 ' iJFi 31
,
, B4MOBB3A
BRAKES
10AB27 CHECK HARNESS/CONNECTOR BETWEEN
ABSCM AND HYDRAULIC UNIT.
1) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 24 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 23 - No. 1:
(F49) No. 31 - No. 1:

BRAKES [T10AB32] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
110AB30 ICHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
@: Replace ABSCM.
@) : Go to step 10AB31.
10AB31 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
(vo::§> Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) A temporary poor contact.
@
•
; 7 6 5
84M0880C
10AB32 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF .
2) Disconnect connectors (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic unit.
3) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
4) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
(Yo::§> Go to step 10AB33.
Replace hydraulic unit, and check all fuses.
@) :
223

4-4 [T10AB33]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
< / '
@
•
B4MOBBOC
10AB33 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON .
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10AB34.
: Replace hydraulic unit, and check all fuses.
,.. .----
CJ
®
, , , , , , , , . ""Q
M
:' !' n 61 1621631 64 1651 66 67 68,
'"
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 77 78 79 8( ::rL;31
"
I-..!::-
B4MOBB1A
11 OAB34 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
: Go to step 10AB35.
: Repair harness between hydraulic unit and
ABSCM, and check all fuses.
224

BRAKES [T1 OAB37] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
.. ,---
CJ
@) /,
M 3
67 68,
, , , , , , , . . '""
:' fh"lOl 61 6216 64 651 66
\'" ro
6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
" " '" " '"
76 77 78 79 81 _' r .3I
B4M0881A
i"lOAB35 i CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step "lOAB36.
C® :
C§ :
Repair harness between hydraulic unit and
ABSCM, and check all fuses.
i"lOAB36 i CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
C
C§ : Go to step "lOAB37.
"lOAB37 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
@ Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
C§ A temporary poor contact.
225

4-4 [T10ACO] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
D-NEW 51 (FBI )
V.RELAY ON
AC: TROUBLE CODE 51 V. RELAY ON
- VALVE RELAY ON FAILURE -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty valve relay
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
B4M0802
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse SBF-3 FL 1.25B
ABS
control
module
® @ N O.19
F8
'---{;::::;::::;1 TI
t:::1
® ® @), '
Relay box
, - -------- l
Va
,
lve ' W
9 relay ,
=
§===================
r------_r---
,
,
-+ I ..
I
I
", 7 i U re lay ,
L---l r--- ---J
: , ",d",ulic
I
0 n Motor "
u";1
!
II
,
,
Solenoid va lve
Im===========t====::::;l ® @ ; r- FL inlet
I -1----1--
ill-------+---.
I
' L.:=::
:r
Q.
1 ..
11 FL outlet
r FR inlet
\
1
\
1 FR outlet
I--+----, RL inlet -
L::======E=E
C l L RL outlet -
! L- RR inlet r-----< ,
E , RR outlet t--
L
-=
Pump motor
I
I
J
_ _ _ _ _ _
",
I ,
,
"
,
, w
H4M1112
226

BRAKES [T10AC3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
0
86
c:::::J
87
c:::::J
87a
D30
0
85
0
Q
B4MOB5BA
/10AC1 /CHECK RESISTANCE OF VALVE RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove valve relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 86:
: Is the resistance between 93 and 113 O?
Cv Go to step 10AC2.
C§) : Replace valve relay.
12 V
---III
86
c:::::J
87a
G30
B4M1110A
/10AC2 /CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. /
1) Connect battery to valve relay terminals No. 85 and No.
86.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Go to step 10AC3.
C§) : Replace valve relay.
12 V
---III
86
CJ
Q
B4M1111A
/10AC3 /CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. /
Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87a:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Cv Go to step 10AC4.
Replace valve relay.
C§)
227

4-4 [T10AC4] BRAKES
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
'10AC4 'CHECK CONTACT POINT OF VALVE RELAY. I
1) Disconnect battery from valve relay terminals.
2) Measure resistance between valve relay terminals.
Terminals
cd'
87
No. 30 - No. 87:
87a
85
: Go to step 10AC5.
o c:::::J 0

229
L--___________
BRAKES [T10AC8] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AC7 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUiT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
3) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
84 M 0867A ___ -J
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
: Go to step 10AC8.
C§ :
Replace relay box, and check fuse No. 19 and
SBF6.
84M0867A
10AC8 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
@: :
C§ :
Go to step 10AC9.
Replace relay box, and check fuse No. 9 and
SBF6.

230
4-4 [T10AC9]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
@
rm
B4M0869C
10AC9 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN GROUND CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 3 - Valve relay installing point No. 87a:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
@ Go to step 10AC10.
Replace relay box.
:
B4M0872C
10AC10 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Install valve relay to relay box.
2) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS4) No. 1 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Cs) Go to step 10AC11.
:
Replace relay box, and check all fuses.

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q • G M E
76 77 78 79 8 81 8
B4M0875A
BRAKES [T1 OAC12] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AC11 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL SyS­
TEM HARNESS OF VALVE RELAY.
Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 27 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
Cv
C§ :
Go to step 10AC12.
Repair harness between ABSCM and relay box,
and check fuse No. 18.
@
•
B4M0880C
10AC12 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Disconnect connector (ABS1, F9) from hydraulic unit.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv
C§ :
Go to step 10AC13.
Replace hydraulic unit, and check all fuses.
231

4-4 [T10AC13]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
@
-
B4MOBBOC
BRAKES
10AC13 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF SOLENOID
VALVE.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between hydraulic unit connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS5) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv Go to step 10AC14.
Replace hydraulic unit, and check all fuses.
:
®
, , , , , , , " • m "
m • M D •
: f'L'lOI 61 621631 64 651 66 67 68,
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 1X
f""" = 76 77 7B 79 Be
'" " .
CJ
_' C r MI
I*
B4M0881A
110AC14 1CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from hydraulic unit.
3) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 24 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C : Go to step 10AC15.
:
Repair harness between hydraulic unit and
ABSCM, and check all fuses.
232

BRAKES [T10AC18] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
r-- n
®
m M $ $ _
: f' .,01_ 61 621631 64 6 66 67 66,
, , , , , , , . "'""
"
'16 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
• M
76 77 78 79 81 ::':ro'3l
B4M0881A
110AC1S 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 30 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 24 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 23 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 31 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 3 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 51 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 50 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 4 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv : Go to step 10AC1S.
:
Repair harness between hydraulic unit and
ABSCM, and check all fuses.
110AC1S 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connectors between
ABSCM and hydraulic unit? < Ref. to FORE­
WORD [T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AC17.
110AC17 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Gr
: Go to step 10AC18.
10AC18 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
233

4-4 [T10ADO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 52 (FBI )
M. RELAY OPEN
84M0969
AD: TROUBLE CODE 52 M. RELAY OPEN
- OPEN CIRCUIT OF MOTOR RELAY -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty motor
• Faulty motor relay
• Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
SSF-6
FL1 .25S
ASS
contro l
module
Relay box
- - - - - - - - -
l
, >
a::
Va lve '
re lay , «
,CD
,
n Motor, '
U re lay
,
_ _ _ _ _ J
Hydrau I ic un it
®
@)
Solenoid va lve
FL inlet
FL outlet
I
,
,
,
FR inlet
FR outlet RL inlet ,
RL outlet
, RR inlet ,
I
RR outlet
I
, Pump motor ,
L _
_ _
_
_ _ J
H4M1 113
234

BRAKES [T10AD3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
I
87
0 0
86 85
30
I
n
Q
L...:O..--
84M0886A
110AD1 I CHECK RESISTANCE OF MOTOR RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove motor relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 86:

4-4 [T10AD4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
0
n
pQ
C:: :::=:::J 1,.-
87
86 85
30
r(
B4M0889A
B4M0890B
/10AD4 /CHECK SHORT OF MOTOR RELAY.
Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 30:
No. 85 - No. 87:
.: Is the resistance more than 1 MD.?
Cvs) : Go to step 10AD5.
Replace motor relay.
:
110AD5 I CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector (F8) from relay box.
2) Measure voltage between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F8) No. 2 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
C) Go to step 10AD6.
:
Repair harness/connector between battery and
relay box, and check fuse SBF6.
B4M0891
10AD6 CHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF MOTOR
RELAY.
1) Connect connector (F8) to relay box.
2) Measure voltage between relay box and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Relay installing point No. 87 (+ ) - Chassis ground
(-):
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
Go to step 10AD7.
Replace relay box, and fuse SBF6.
:
236

BRAKES [T10AD9] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AD7 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTACT POINT
CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector (ABS1) from hydraulic unit.
2) Measure resistance between hydraulic unit and motor
relay installing portion.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 1 - Motor relay installing portion No. 30:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
@: Go to step 10AD8.
Replace relay box.
:
84M0893A
10AD8 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTACT
POINT CIRCUIT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between hydraulic · unit and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
(ABS1) No. 1 - Chassis ground:

4-4 [T10AD10]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
'--
______ _ _____
B 4M OB __ ---J
10AD10 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Remove valve relay from relay box.
2) Measure resistance between motor relay installing
point and valve relay installing point.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing pOint No. 86 - Valve relay
installing point No. 30:
94 : Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Cv Go to step 10AD11.
: Replace relay box.
@
m
B4MOB95C
B4MOB96
10AD11 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUiT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between motor relay installing point
and relay box connector.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point No. 86 - (ABS4) No. 4:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Go to step 10AD12.
Replace relay box.
10AD12
CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUiT OF RELAY BOX.
Measure resistance between relay box and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point No. 86 - Chassis ground:
Motor relay installing point No. 85 - Chassis ground:

239
BRAKES [T10AD14] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
B4M0897
10AD13
CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
2) Measure voltage between motor relay installing point
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point No. 85 (+ ) - Chassis
ground (-):
Motor relay installing point No. 86 (+ ) - Chassis
ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10AD14.
Replace relay box, and check all fuses.
@) :
B4M0897
10AD14
CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between motor relay installing point
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point No. 85 (+) - Chassis
ground (-):
Motor relay installing point No. 86 (+) - Chassis
ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv) Go to step 10AD15.
@) :
Replace relay box, and check all fuses.

240
4-4 [T10AD15]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
'/
®
I112l3l
[TIill]
84M08988
10AD15 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN MONITOR SyS­
TEM HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect between terminals No. 10 and No. 1 of ABSCM
connector (F49) with a lead wire.
3) Measure resistance between relay box connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(FSO) No. 6 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance less than O.S O?
Go to step 10AD16.
: Repair harness/connector between ABSCM and
relay box.
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
Q M
76 77 78 79 ' 81 8
84M0899A
10AD16 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN RELAY CONTROL
SYSTEM HARNESS.
1) Connect valve relay and motor relay to relay box.
2) Connect connector (F50) to relay box.
3) Connect connector to hydraulic unit.
4) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 22 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance between 70 and 90 O?

241
BRAKES [T10AD18] 4·4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
/""1 =
CJ
Q
®
, , 'r
, , , , , · ,
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
'> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Cv) Go to step 10AD19.
@) : Repair harness between relay box and ABSCM,
and check fuse SBF6.

242
4-4 [T10AD19]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
'- =
CJ
-=-
®
, , , , . . , . . ""
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 31f\
Co>< 156/571 58 1591601 61 621631 64 !651 66 67 68
1
..
"
'l6 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 IX
76 n 78 79 '. 81 821831
" " " " "
/ B4M0901A
BRAKES
10AD19 CHECK BATTERY SHORT IN HARNESS
BETWEEN RELAY BOX AND ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM and chassis ground .
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 22 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
(F49) No. 10 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is the voltage less than 1 V?
C Go to step 10AD20.
:
Repair harness between relay box and ABSCM,
and check fuse SBF6.
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
W $ • 33
68 67 66 5 64 3 2 61 5 58 756
Connector cover
Cable clamp cover
Band
B4M0815A
10AD20 CHECK GROUND SHORT AT ABSCM MONI­
TOR TERMINAL
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM terminals.
Terminal
No. 10 - No. 1:

BRAKES [T10AD21] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
Rib
NOTE:
.. To install, reverse above removal procedures .
.. Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
00 00 " ro "n
@ I
I IX " " " '" " "
1831821 81 18" 79 78 77 76
0
r
'
'/I 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
fll8 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
68 67 66 1651 64 (63(621 61 (60159 58 1571561.:
'"
6) Connect all connectors.
7) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
8) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W12D1]. >
~
Connector & terminals
(F49) No. 22 (+) - No. 1 (-):
B4M0904A
: Does the voltage drop from between 10 V
and 13 V to less than 1.5 V, and rise to
between 10 V and 13 V again when carrying
out the check sequence?
Go to step 10AD22.
Replace ABSCM.
243

4-4 [T10AD22]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
Q
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 $ M
68 67 66 6 64 3 2 61 0 58 7 6
84M0905A
1 10AD22 1 CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
1) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminal.
2) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W1 2D1]. >
Connector & terminals
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Does the voltage raise from less than 1.5 V
to between 10 V and 13 V and return to less
than 1.5 V again when carrying out the check
'sequence?
Go to step 10AD23.
Replace hydraulic unit.
1 10AD23 1 CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W12D1]. >
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be heard
when carrying out the check sequence?
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AD25.
1 1 OAD25 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
@ Replace ABSCM.
: Go to step 10AD26.
10AD26
CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
. : Are other trouble codes being output?
Cv : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
244

BRAKES
[T1 OAD26] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
245

246
4-4 [T10AEO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D·NEW 52 (FBI )
M.RELAY ON
B4M0970
AE: TROUBLE CODE 52 M. RELAY ON
- MOTOR RELAY ON FAILURE ­
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty motor
• Faulty motor relay
• Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ASS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
SSF-6 FL1 .25S
Relay box
-l
- - - - - - - -
ASS
contro l
module
®
@
,
va lve '
re lay , «
====fflFPt : m
n Motor, '
U re lay
_ _ _ _ _ J
Solenoid va lve
Hydrau I ic un it
FL inlet
FL outlet
,
FR inlet
FR outlet ,
RL inlet RL outlet ,
RR inlet ,
, RR outlet , Pump motor ,
L _
_ _
_
_ _ J
,
,
H4M1113

BRAKES [T10AE3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
I
87
0 0
86
8 5
30
I
Ff
Q
-"--
B4M0886A
1 10AE1 ICHECK RESISTANCE OF MOTOR RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove motor relay from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 86:
: Is the resistance between 70 and 90 O?
Go to step 10AE2.
Replace motor relay.
:
B4M0887A
10AE2 CHECK CONTACT POINT OF MOTOR
RELAY.
1) Connect battery to motor relay terminals No. 85 and
No. 86.
2) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance less than 0.5 O?
Cv Go to step 10AE3.
Replace motor relay.
:
I
.L,
87
Ff
/
0 0
86
8 5
30
B4M0888A
10AE3 CHECK CONTACT POINT OF MOTOR
RELAY.
1) Disconnect battery from motor relay terminals.
2) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO?
Go to step 10AE4.
Replace motor relay.
:
247

4-4 [T10AE4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
0
[20.
c:: ::::J If'
87
86 0 85 rf
30
84M0889A
84M0793A
1 10AE4 I CHECK SHORT Of MOTOR RELAY.
Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 85 - No. 30:
No. 85 - No. 87:

BRAKES [T10AE8] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
CJ
Q
B4M1032
10AE7 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN CONTROL CIR­
CUIT OF RELAY BOX.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector (F50) from relay box.
3) Measure resistance between relay box and chassis
ground.
Connector & terminal
Motor relay installing point No. 85 - Chassis ground:
Motor relay installing point No. 86 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
Go to step 10AE8.
C§V : Replace relay box, and check fuse No. 19.
@
, , , , , . , . . ""
M 3
,;:>

4-4 [T10AE9]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
r"" n
@ {,
IX] 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 3E11'
>

BRAKES [T10AE11] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
Connector cover
Cable clamp cover
Band
B4M0815A
10AE11 CHECK BATTERY SHORT AT ABSCM MONI­
TOR TERMINAL
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABS control module.
3) Remove band.
4) Remove cable clamp cover.
5) Remove screws securing connector cover.
CAUTION:
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
6) Remove connector cover.
B4M1026
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
7) Connect all connectors.
251

4-4 [T10AE12]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
8) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage less than 2 V?
Cv Go to step 10AE12.
Replace ABSCM.
:
,
@
M " M"
I II 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
o
r -
84M0903A
'/36 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29
... ., .. " M ,,,.
M M " 00 ".
84M0903A
,
l
D< M ,, " '"
183182 61 18' 79 76 77 76
"" @
· · , , , · , ,
6 34 • W
68 67 66 1651 64 1631621 61 160 59 56 157156
n
Ir
84M0904A
10AE12 CHECK BATTERY SHORT AT ABSCM MONI·
TOR TERMINAL
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
C€3:> : Is the voltage less than 2 V?
Cv : Go to step 10AE13.
Replace ABSCM.
:
1 10AE13I CHECK MOTOR GROUND.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Tightening torque:
32 ±10 N'm (3.3 ±1.0 kg-m, 24 ±7 ft-Ib)
Is the motor ground terminal tightly
clamped?
Go to step 10AE14.
Tighten the clamp of motor ground terminal.
1 10AE14 I CHECK ABSCM MOTOR DRIVE TERMINAL
1) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminals.
2) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W12D1]. >
Connector & terminals
(F49) No. 22 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Does the voltage drop from between 10 V
and 13 V to less than 1.5 V, and rise to
between 10 V and 13 V again when carrying
out the check sequence?
Go to step 10AE15.
Replace ABSCM.
252

BRAKES [T10AE18] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 $ M
68 67 66 6 64 3 61 58 7
CJ
B4M0905A
1 10AE1S 1 CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
1) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminal.
2) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W12D1]. >
Connector & terminals
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Does the voltage raise from less than 1.5 V
to between 10 V and 13 V, and return to less
than 1.5 V again when carrying out the check
sequence?
Go to step 10AE16.
Replace hydraulic unit.
1 10AE16 I CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4 [W12D1]. >
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be heard
when carrying out the check sequence?
Cv Go to step 10AE17.
Replace hydraulic unit.
C§) :
1 10AE17 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
hydraulic unit, relay box and ABSCM? < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C11. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AE18.
1 10AE18 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
(V Replace ABSCM.
C§) Go to step 10AE19.
253

4-4 [T10AE19]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
10AE19 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
e : Are other trouble codes being output?
C€ : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
254

BRAKES
[T1 OAE19] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
255

256
4-4 [T10AFO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D·NEW 52 (FBI )
MOTOR
B4M0971
AF: TROUBLE CODE 52 MOTOR
- ABNORMAL MOTOR -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty motor
• Faulty motor relay
• Faulty harness connector
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WiRING DIAGRAM:
S8F-6 FL1 .258
Relay box
-l
- - - - - - - -
A8S
contro l
module
§Eg+ft:: J
_ _ _ _ _
,
va lve '
relay , «
n Motor
'
U rel ay ,
!
,
Hydraul ic unit
m
®
@
Solenoid va lve
FL inlet
FL outlet
FR inlet
RR inlet
,
,,
FR outlet
,
RL inlet ,
RL outlet
,
,
,
RR outlet
, ,
, Pump motor ,
L _
_ _
_
_ _ J
,
,
H4M1113

257
BRAKES [T10AF3] 4·4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
12 V
II---I
86 85
30
B4M0887A
10AF1 CHECK CONTACT POINT OF MOTOR
RELAY.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove motor relay from relay box.
3) Connect battery to motor relay terminals No. 85 and
No. 86.
4) Measure resistance between motor relay terminals.
Terminals
No. 30 - No. 87:

258
4-4 [T10AF4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
1 10AF4 I CHECK MOTOR GROUND.
Tightening torque:
32 ± 10 N·m (3.3 ± 1.0 kg-m, 24 ± 7 ft-Ib)
: Is the motor ground terminal tightly
clamped?
Go to step 10AF5.
Tighten the clamp of motor ground terminal.
Connector cover
Cable clamp cover
Band
84M0815A
1 10AF5 I CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
1) Disconnect connector from ABS control module.
2) Remove band.
3) Remove cable clamp cover.
4) Remove screws securing connector cover.
CAUTION:
Do not allow harness to catch on adjacent parts during
installation.
5) Remove connector cover.
84M 1 026
NOTE:
• To install, reverse above removal procedures .
• Align connector cover rib with connector hole before
installation.
6) Connect connector to ABSCM.
7) Connect motor relay to relay box.
8) Connect all connectors.

BRAKES [T10AF9] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8
68 67 66 6 64 3 2 61 0 58 7
84M0905A
9) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector terminal.
10) Operate the check sequence. < Ref. to 4-4
[W1 2D1]. >
Connector & terminals
(F49) No. 10 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Does the voltage raise from less than 1.5 V
to between 10 V and 13 V, and return to less
than 1.5 V again when carrying out the check
sequence?
Go to step 10AF6.
Replace hydraulic unit.
1 10AF6 I CHECK MOTOR OPERATION.
Operate the check sequence.
: Can motor revolution noise (buzz) be heard
when carrying out the check sequence?
0' Go to step 10AF7.
Replace hydraulic unit.
:
1 10AF7 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
hydraulic unit, relay box and ABSCM? < Ref.
to FOREWORD [T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AF8.
1 10AF8 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
@: Replace ABSCM.
: Go to step 10AF9.
10AF9 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
0' : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
259

4-4 [T10AGO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D-NEW 54 (FBI )
BLS
AG: TROUBLE CODE 54 BlS
- ABNORMAL STOP LIGHT SWITCH -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty stop light switch
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
84M0972
WIRING DIAGRAM:
Fuse
SSF-3 FL1 .258
® @
No.12
r-
stop light
l--------f=-n 1-----nTn .....=.--=--..J sw itch
o
III
UI
:::J
III
b .!!?
.. :::J
5 0
L; L;
.. ..
j j
ASS
control
module
®
(Without cruise contro l)
@ (With cruise controD
®
®
111111W.
H4M1114
260

BRAKES [T10AG3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BLS
(F09)
0.0 0 V
B4M0973
10AG1 CHECK OUTPUT OF STOP LIGHT SWITCH
USING SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [FJ, [0] and [9] on the select monitor.
2) Depress the brake pedal.
3) Read the stop light switch output on the select monitor
display.
E3> : Is the reading indicated on monitor display
less than 1.5 V?
C€ : Go to step 10AG2.
Go to step 10AG3.
C§) :
BLS
(F09)
5.0 0 V
H4M1118
10AG2 CHECK OUTPUT OF STOP LIGHT SWITCH
USING SELECT MONITOR.
1) Release the brake pedal.
2) Read the stop light switch output on the select monitor
display.
S : Is the reading indicated on monitor display
greater than 4.5 V?
: Go to step 10AG5.
C§) : Go to step 10AG3.
/ 10AG3 I CHECK IF STOP LIGHTS COME ON.
Depress the brake pedal.
C€HC3> : Do stop lights turn on?
Go to step 10AG4.
C§) :
Repair stop lights circuit.
261

4-4 [T10AG4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M 3
5 58 596 61 64 I i 67 68
B4M0908A
1 10AG4 1 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Depress brake pedal.
4) Measure voltage between ABSCM con nector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 36 - Chassis ground:
: Is the voltage between 10 V and 13 V?
Go to step 10AGS.
@) Repair harness between stop light switch and
ABSCM connector.
1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
stop light switch and ABSCM? < Ref. to
FOREWORD [T3C1j. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AG6.
1 10AGS
1 10AG6 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AG7.
10AG7 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
C Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
@) A temporary poor contact.
262

BRAKES
[11 OAG7] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
263

4-4 [T10AHO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
AH: TROUBLE CODE 56 G SENSOR LINE
- OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT OF G SENSOR
D • NEW 5 6 ( FBI )
G SENSOR LINE
B4M0974
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
.---
- ...,II
'---
-
COO
4
F48
L---.4
Shi,ld joint conneeto'
H4M1111
264

BRAKES [T10AH5] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
1997
ABS
(F 00)
4WD ·AT
H4M1117
10AH1 CHECK SPECIFICATIONS OF ABSCM USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [FJ, [0] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is an ABSCM for 4WD model installed on a
FWD model?
CS' Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AH2.
:
G-SENS (FlO)
2.30 V
B4M0927
10AH2 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [FJ, [1] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is the indicated reading between 2.1 and 2.5
V when the G sensor is in horizontal position?
Go to step 10AH3.
Go to step 10AH6.
1 10AH3 I CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
C
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and G sensor? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AH4.
1 10AH4 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.

4-4 [T10AH6]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
FR (FE5)
o km/ h
84M0977
1 10AH6 I CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1) Press [F], [E] and [5] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is the reading indicated on monitor display 0
km?
(ED : Go to step 10AH7.
: Go to step 10AH15.
FL
o
(FE6)
km/ h
84M0978
1 10AH7 I CHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1) Press the scroll key so that FE6 appears on the monitor
display.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is the reading indicated on monitor display 0
: Is the reading indicated on monitor display 0
(ED :
:
km?
Go to step 10AH10.
Go to step 10AH15.
1 10AH10 ICHECK FREEZE FRAME DATA.
1) Press the scroll key so that FE14 appears on the monitor
display.
2) Read the select monitor display.
: Is the reading indicated on monitor display
more than 3.65 V?
(vEV : Go to step 10AH11.
: Go to step 10AH15.
266

BRAKES [T10AH14] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
n
r-
®
/,
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 36\
>< 561571 58 5916 61 621631 ', 651 66 67 68
, , , . , . , , , "" ,
" " " " " " " " "
35 35 • a M
"
I II 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 ;; 76 II
"
B4M0912A
10AH11 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR OUT­
PUT HARNESS AND GROUND HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 - No. 45:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9 kn.?
Go to step 10AH12.
(§) : Repair harness/connector between G sensor and
ABSCM.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and G sensor? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1J. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AH13.
1 10AH13 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
Cvs) Replace ABSCM.
(§) : Go to step 10AH14.
10AH14 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
(§) A temporary poor contact.
267

4-4 [T10AH15]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
84M091 1C
--------
1 10AH1S ICHECK INPUT VOLTAGE OF G SENSOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console box.
3) Disconnect G sensor from body. (Do not disconnect
connector.)
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 1 (+) - No. 3 (-):
: Is the voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 V?
Cv Go to step 10AH16.
(@ : Repair harness/connector between G sensor and
ABSCM.
n
Ir
@
, , , , , . , , . '""
IX 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\
X 56/571 58 591601 61 1621631 " 651 66 67 68
/
'" " " " " " " " "
35 35 •
"
1 11 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 ;; 76J!
1/
84M0912A
10AH16 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR OUT­
PUT HARNESS AND GROUND HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 - No. 45:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9 kQ?
Go to step 10AH17.
(@ : Repair harness/connector between G sensor and
ABSCM.
268

BRAKES [T10AH19] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
• • M 3
5 58 5 6 61 6 " 6 66 67 68
B4M0913A
10AH17 CHECK GROUND SHORT IN G SENSOR
OUTPUT HARNESS.
1) Disconnect connector from G sensor.
2) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 - Chassis ground:
: Is the resistance more than 1 MO.?
@ Go to step 10AH18.
Repair harness between G sensor and ABSCM.
C§
H4M1146
1 10AH18 I CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Connect connector to G sensor.
2) Connect connector to ABSCM.
3) Turn ignition switch to ON.
4) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 2.1 and 2.5 V when G
sensor ;s horizontal?
Go to step 10AH19.
Replace G sensor.
Front
¢
H4M1147A
1 10AH19 I CHECK G SENSOR.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 3.7 and 4.1 V when G
sensor is inclined forwards to 90°?
Cv) Go to step 10AH20.
Replace G sensor.
C§ :
269

4-4 [T10AH20]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
Front
¢l
H4M1148A
1 10AH20 1 CHECK G SENSOR.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 0.5 and 0.9 V when G
sensor ;s inclined backwards to 90°?
C Go to step 10AH21 .
Replace G sensor.
1 10AH21 1 CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and G sensor? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C1}. >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AH22.
1 10AH22 1 CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
CvtV Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AH23.
:
10AH23 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
CvtV : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
270

BRAKES
[T10AH23] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
271

4-4 [T10AIO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D • NEW 5 6 ( FBI )
G SENSOR +B
AI: TROUBLE CODE 56 G SENSOR + B
- BATTERY SHORT OF G SENSOR -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
• ABS does not operate.
B4M0982
WIRING DIAGRAM:
ASS
control
module
r-
ti:
-
----:i:
® @
®
=811 I]
®
f48
Shield joint ,onnedo,
U nsor
@
H4M1111
272

BRAKES [T10AI3] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
G-SENS (F lO)
2.30 V
B4M0927
@ .
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M 3
5 58 596 61 6 6
" 66 67 68
B4M0914A
10AI1 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [F], [1] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
S : Is the indicated reading between 2.1 and 2.5
V when the G sensor is in horizontal position?
0- :
Replace ABSCM.
@) : Go to step 10A12.
1 10AI2 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console box.
3) Disconnect connector from G sensor.
4) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
5) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
E3> : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
0- Go to step 10A13.
@) : Repair harness between G sensor and ABSCM.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
M
5 58 59 61 6 6 " 6 66 67 68
B4M0914A
1 10At3 1 CHECK BATTERY SHORT OF HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON.
2) Measure voltage between ABSCM connector and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
e : Is the voltage less than 1 V?
Go to step 10A14.
@) : Repair harness between G sensor and ABSCM.
273

274
4-4 [T10AI4]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
1 10AI4 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.

BRAKES
[11 OAIS] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
MEMO:
275

4-4 [T1 OAJO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D • NEW 5 6 ( FBI )
G SENSOR HJl
AJ: TROUBLE CODE 56 G SENSOR HJl
- ABNORMAL G SENSOR HIGH Jl OUTPUT -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ABS does not operate.
B4M0984
WIRING DIAGRAM:
-
ASS !
control
module
'--
® @
@
I :[tj U S snsor
@
r4B
Shi,ld joint conn,cto'
@
H4M1111
276

277
BRAKES [T10AJ4] 4 .. 4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
G-SENS (FlO)
2.30 V
84M0927
10AJ1 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [FJ, [1] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.

278
4-4 [T10AJ5]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
r=r
r-Q
® /,
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
>< 56/571 58 591601 61 1621631
, , , , , . 'I 651 66 67 68
, , . '""
1
" " " " " " " " '"
3B
\\
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 II,
"
II 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 ; ; 76 II
\ '
B4M0912A
10AJ5 CHECK OPEN CIRCUIT IN G SENSOR OUT­
PUT HARNESS AND GROUND HARNESS.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Disconnect connector from ABSCM.
3) Measure resistance between ABSCM connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(F49) No. 7 - No. 45:
: Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9 kQ?
Go to step 10AJ6.
@) : Repair harness/connector between G sensor and
ABSCM.
H4M1146
----
/ 10AJ6 / CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Remove console box.
2) Remove G sensor from vehicle.
3) Connect connector to G sensor.
4) Connect connector to ABSCM.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 2.1 and 2.5 V when G
sensor is horizontal?
Cv Go to step 10AJ7.
@) Replace G sensor.

BRAKES [T10AJ10] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
Front
¢
H4M1147A
1 10AJ7 I CHECK G SENSOR.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 3.7 and 4.1 V when G
sensor is inclined forwards to 90°?
: Go to step 10AJ8.
Replace G sensor.
:
Front
¢J
H4M1148A
1 10AJ8 I CHECK G SENSOR.
Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+ ) - No. 1 (-):
: Is the voltage between 0.5 and 0.9 V when G
CS§D :
:
sensor is inclined backwards to 90°?
Go to step 10AJ9.
Replace G sensor.
1 10AJ9 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
cy Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AJ10.
10AJ10 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
cy) : Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
: A temporary poor contact.
279

4-4 [T1 OAKO]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
D • NEW 5 6 ( FBI )
G SENSOR STICK
AK: TROUBLE CODE 56 G SENSOR STICK
- G SENSOR OUTPUT IS STUCK -
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Faulty G sensor output voltage
TROUBLE SYMPTOM:
.. ASS does not operate.
B4M0813
WIRING DIAGRAM:
.---
®
ABS
contro l
module
I-...-
- ...,t.
-
..!.
f48
'----/
l....-
I
H4M1111
280

BRAKES [T10AK4] 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
10AK1
CHECK ALL FOUR WHEELS FOR FREE
TURNING.
: Have the wheels been turned freely such as
when the vehicle is lifted up, or operated on
a rolling road?
The ABS is normal. Erase the trouble code.
Go to step 10AK2.
G-SENS (F lO)
2.30 V
Fron!
¢:l
84M0927
H4M1147A
10AK2 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Press [FJ, [1] and [0] on the select monitor.
2) Read the select monitor display.
E3> : Is the indicated reading between 2.1 and 2.5
V when the vehicle is in horizontal position?
Go to step 10AK3.
Go to step 10AKS.
C§ :
10AK3 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Remove console box.
3) Remove G sensor from vehicle. (Do not disconnect
connector.)
4) Turn ignition switch to ON.
5) Press [FJ, [1] and [0] on the select monitor.
6) Read the select monitor display.
: Is the indicated reading between 3.7 and 4.1
V when G sensor is inclined forwards to 90°?
G' Go to step 10AK4.
Replace G sensor.
C§ :
Fron!
¢J
H4M1148A
10AK4 CHECK OUTPUT OF G SENSOR USING
SELECT MONITOR.
Read the select monitor display.

4-4 [T10AKS]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
/ 10AK5 / CHECK POOR CONTACT IN CONNECTORS.
Turn ignition switch to OFF.
: Is there poor contact in connector between
ABSCM and G sensor? < Ref. to FOREWORD
[T3C11· >
Repair connector.
Go to step 10AKS.
/ 10AKS / CHECK ABSCM.
1) Connect all connectors.
2) Erase the memory.
3) Perform inspection mode.
4) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
C Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AK7.
@) :
10AK7 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
: Are other trouble codes being output?
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary poor contact.
0
!r
@
t,
"
IXI 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38\'
.> : Is the resistance between 4.3 and 4.9 kD.?
C : Go to step 10AK9.
@) : Repair harness/connector between G sensor and
ABSCM.
282

BRAKES [T10AK11J 4-4
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
H4M1146
110AK9 1 CHECK G SENSOR.
1) Remove console box.
2) Remove G sensor from vehicle.
-3) Connect connector to G sensor.
4) Connect connector to ABSCM.
5) Turn ignition switch to ON.
6) Measure voltage between G sensor connector terminals.
Connector & terminal
(R70) No. 2 (+) - No. 1 (-):

4-4 [T10AK12]
10. Diagnostics Chart with Select Monitor
BRAKES
1 10AK12 I CHECK ABSCM.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF.
2) Connect all connectors.
3) Erase the memory.
4) Perform inspection mode.
5) Read out the trouble code.
: Is the same trouble code as in the current
diagnosis still being output?
0- Replace ABSCM.
Go to step 10AK13.
:
10AK13 CHECK ANY OTHER TROUBLE CODES
APPEARANCE.
8 : Are other trouble codes being output?
Proceed with the diagnosis corresponding to the
trouble code.
A temporary poor contact.
284

BRAKES [T11AO] 4-4
11. General Diagnostics Table
Vehicle instability during braking
Poor braking
Symptom
Vehicle pulls to either side.
Vehicle spins.
11. General Diagnostics Table
A: SYMPTOMS AND PROBABLE CAUSES
Probable faulty units/parts
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve)
• ABS sensor
• Brake (caliper & piston, pads)
• Wheel alignment
• Tire specifications, tire wear and air pressures
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Road surface (uneven, camber)
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve)
• ABS sensor
• Brake (pads)
• Tire specifications, tire wear and air pressures
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve)
• Brake (pads)
Long braking/stopping distance • Air in brake line
• Tire specifications, tire wear and air pressures
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
Wheel locks.
Brake dragging
Long brake pedal stroke
Vehicle pitch ing
Unstable or uneven braking
Excessive pedal vibration
Noise from hydraulic unit
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve, motor)
• ABS sensor
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve)
• ABS sensor
• Master cylinder
• Brake (caliper & piston)
• Parking brake
• Axle & wheels
• Brake pedal play
• Air in brake line
• Brake pedal play
• Suspension play or fatigue (reduced damping)
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Road surface (uneven)
• Hydraulic unit (solenoid valve)
• ABS sensor
• Brake (caliper & piston, pads)
• Tire specifications, tire wear and air pressures
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Road surface (uneven)
• Incorrect wiring or piping connections
• Road surface (uneven)
• Hydraulic unit (mount bushing)
• ABS sensor
• Brake piping
• Hydraulic unit (mount bushing)
• ABS sensor
Vibration and/or noise (while
• Master cylinder
driving on slippery roads) Noise from front of vehicle • Brake (caliper & piston, pads, rotor)
• Brake piping
• Brake booster & check valve
• Suspension play or fatigue
Noise from rear of vehicle
• ABS sensor
• Brake (caliper & piston, pads, rotor)
• Parking brake
• Brake piping
• Suspension play or fatigue
285

4-4 [T11B1]
11. General Diagnostics Table
BRAKES
B: CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT
OPERATION
PREPARING THE BRAKE TESTER.
: Is the brake tester available?
C§ : CHECKING THE HYDRAULIC UNIT ABS OPERA­
TION BY PRESSURE GAUGE < Ref. to 4-4
[W12C1]. >
286

SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM 5-5
Page
T DIAGNOSTiCS ....................................... . ............................ . . . . . . . . . . ................. 2
1. Electrical Components Location .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............................ 2
2. Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . . . . 3
3. Tools for Diagnostics .............................................................................4
Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System . . . . . . . . ................... 8
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code ................................................. 14
4.

5-5 [T100] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
1. Electrical Components Location
1. Electrical Components location
Airbag
main harness
To body
harness
Roll
connector
Inflater
(Driver)
H5M0668B
Connector No.
(AB1)
(AB2)
(AB3)
(AB6) (AB7) (ABS) (AB9)
(AB10)
Pole
7
3
3
12 3 3 3
3
Color
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Yellow
Male/Female
Male
Female
Female
Female Male Male Male
Female
2

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
[T200] 5-5
2. Schematic
2. Schematic
Combination meter
Airbag
warning
light
Dimmer
circuit
I
Airbag control module
G-sensor
1....--""" 1---'
Impact
sensing
circuit
sensor
I Electric
--L
..:r:.
FIB
R No.15 (10A)
GW
l
IGI ...-- ---
Diagnosis
connector
U 2
@)
Booster
"'
.:;()....I.
,....:.;,:..:...----l----I @) @
I
@ :r
I No.16(15A I GY GY
;::=
815A'=(-= R
":"'-----------R
__ __
.; __ ____ ___
I
r
------' ...
____
r-- L
1 5 ------I--I-I Diagnosis
I
'--
L '-- I
I-- 2 W w'r-- II Clear
4 1--#------+--4-1-1
I I memory
B82
GR r-
II Warning
3 4 5 6 1 l op
I I light unit
B r-I
.-------------- 2 ..
_I.-
B 'r-
.------------------.:=.....j 31--u- -- -I--H-- ...
l
I
•
Safety
sensor
Inflater I----I_;:=-U---+=I_-----If-+f----:;I__+-----
(Driver)
I::::
I!:.:
-
I
I
Inflater [ 0 0 0 0
(Passenger)
0 0 0
I
H5M06678
3

4
5-5 [T300] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
3. Tools for Diagnostics
3. Tools for Diagnostics
CAUTION:
Be sure to use specified test harness A, B or C when
measuring voltage, resistance, etc. of AIRBAG system
component parts.
A: TEST HARNESS A
PN 98299PAOOO
..,.....,.,.....IX:151617181
==11311 '1151161171181
5A
< > 1000
Ili'h'J,11
®I t,Ll ri·1
..
'R
lW
I"
J Co
® I 'r1'rr 'r!
rrr2T3l
B5MOl12A

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T3S0] 5-5
3. Tools for Diagnostics
B: TEST HARNESS B2
PN 98299PA011
®
t
Le!/B
Gy/L
IB
La
-+ L GW
-f= Bf" Y
f B WR
W
YB
14- BW
4
L
-
'B
La/B
Gv'L ...,-
6
-t:l- TI
B
L 12
L
Gw+4
Y+ P.:
_H
WHf-'f- -t
Bf" 1,9.
YB
W
BW 1 6
WL
W
.. t:l
Y fl,f.
8
..L
78
1

5-5 [TaCO]
3. Tools for Diagnostics
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
c: TEST HARNESS C
PN 98299PA020
1112131
B5M01 13A
6

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
[T3CO] 5-5
3. Tools for Diagnostics
D: AIRBAG RESISTOR
The airbag resistor is used during diagnostics. The airbag
resistor has the same resistance as the airbag module and
thus provides safety when used instead of the airbag
module. It also makes it possible to finish, diagnostics in
less time.
PN 98299PA040
BR====I
B5M01 14A
7

5-5 [T4A1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board
Diagnostic System
A: BASIC DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
4A1
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Airbag warning light comes ON.
2) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
3) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light stay ON after
about 7 seconds or remain OFF, or come
back ON after 30 seconds?
Cv : Repair and replace. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4DO]. >
C® Go to step 4A2.
1 4A2 I CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
Perform ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS.
C€
4A3
: Does trouble code indicate?
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5AO}. >
: Repair and replace. < Ref. to 5-5 [T500]. >
Then go to step 4A3.
Repair and replace. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5RO]. > Then
go to step 4A3.
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to ON (engine OFF).
2) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light stay ON after
about 7 seconds or come back ON after 30
seconds?
Repair and replace. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4DO]. >
Go to step 4A4.
4A4
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light come ON for about
.
7 seconds, then go out and stay out?
cY) Perform clear memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T 4CO] . >
C® : Go to step 4A1 .
8

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T4CO] 5-5
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
DIAG.
terminal
81Jllij@ B5M0115D
B: ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
When the airbag system is in functioning condition, the
airbag warning light will remain on for about 7 seconds
and go out when the ignition switch is set to ON.
If there is any malfunction, the airbag warning light will
either stay on or off continuously. In such cases, perform
on-board diagnostic in accordance with the specified procedure
to determine trouble codes.
1) Turn ignition switch ON (with engine OFF).
2) Con nect DIAG. terminal to No. 1 terminal of diagnosis
connector located inside lower cover.
3) Check in accordance with the trouble code indicated
by the AIR8AG warning light, and record the trouble
codes.
4) Turn the ignition switch "OFF" and remove the DIAG.
terminal from No.1 terminal of diagnosis connector.
DIAG.
terminal "A"
fIhIllij @ B5M01 16D
C: CLEAR MEMORY
After eliminating problem as per trouble code, clear memory
as follows:
1) Make sure ignition switch is ON (and engine off). Connect
one DIAG. terminal "A" on diagnosis connector terminal
No. 1.
While warning light is flashing, connect the other DIAG.
terminal "8" on terminal No. 2 for at least three seconds.
2) After memory is cleared, normal warning light flashing
rate resumes. (Warning light flashes every 0.6 seconds
ON-OFF operation.) Memory cannot be cleared if any
problem exists.
3) After clear memory and then DIAG. terminals "A" and
"8", extract from diagnosis connector.
9

5-5 [T4D1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
1
D: DIAGNOSTICS PROCEDURE
4D1 I CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
1) Perform on-board diagnostic.
2) Check trouble code indicates.
: Are trouble codes 4, 22, 34, 42 indicated?
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5A2J. >
Cv Go to step 4D3.
@) Go to step 4D1.
1 4D3 I CHECK TROUBLE CODE INDICATES.
Check trouble code indicates.
e
4D4
: Are trouble codes 12, 13, 41, 43 indicated?
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5A2J. >
Go to step 4D4.
Go to step 4D8.
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery ground
cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Disconnect passenger's airbag module connector
(AB9) to (AB10).
3) Connect test harness C connector (1 C) to (AB9).
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness C connector
(3C).
10

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T4D6] 5-5
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
5) Remove lower cover panel and connect test harness C
connector (1C) to (ABS) with airbag
resistor attached to test harness C connector (3C).
6) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
7) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4011}. >
Go to step 405.
Perform diagnostics and repair according to indicated
trouble code. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5AO] . > Then
go to step 4010.
405
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery ground
cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Connect passenger's airbag module connector (AB9)
to (AB10).
3) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
4) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4011}. >
Go to step 406.
Replace with a new passenger's airbag module.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2]. > Then go to step 4D5.
406
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to "OFF". Disconnect battery
ground cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Con nect connector (ABS) to (AB3).
G5M0430
3) Remove driver'S airbag module and connect test harness
C connector (1C) to (AB7).
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness C con nector
(3C).
5) Con nect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
6) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4011}. >
11

5-5 [T4D7] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
G-
Replace with a new driver's airbag module.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W3A 1]. > Then go to step 4010.
Replace with a new combination switch.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W600]. > and install driver's airbag
module. < Ref. to 5-5 [W3A 1]. > Then go to step
409.
407
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery ground
cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Remove lower cover panel and connect test harness C
connector (1C) to (AB8) with airbag
resistor attached to. test harness C connector (3C).
3) Con nect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
4) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does a;rbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4D111. >
Go to step 406.
Perform diagnostics and repair according to indicated
trouble code. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5AO]. > Then
go to step 4010.
408
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Turn ignition switch to OFF. Disconnect battery ground
cable, and wait 20 seconds.
2) Disconnect passenger's airbag module connector
(AB9) to (AB10). < Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2]. >
12

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T4D11] 5-5
4. Diagnostics Chart for On-board Diagnostic System
3) Connect test harness C connector (1 C) to (AB9).
4) Connect airbag resistor to test harness C connector
(3C).
5) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
6) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
C€H3> : Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4D11}. >
409
Replace with a new passenger's airbag module.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W3A2]. > Then go to step 4010.
Perform diagnostics and repair according to indicated
trouble code. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5AO]. > Then
go to step 4010.
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
2) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4D11}. >
4010
Perform clear memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4CO] . >
Replace with a new driver's airbag module.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W3A 1]. > Then go to step 4010.
CHECK AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT ILLUMI­
NATES.
1) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
to ON.
2) Check airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does airbag warning light go off after about
7 seconds and remain off for more than 30
seconds? < Ref. to 5-5 [T4D11}. >
Perform clear memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4CO]. >
Then go to step 401 .
1 4011 1 NOTES
e Always remember to secure the green double locks
before turning the ignition switch to ON.
e In some cases the airbag warning light will go OFF after
about 7 seconds but will turn ON again within 30 seconds.
In this case continue diag nostics with the basic diagnostics
procedures or trouble code procedures.
13

5-5 [T5A1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
A: TROUBLE CODES
1. LIST OF TROUBLE CODES
Trouble code/ Memory
Contents of troubles function
Contents of diagnosis Ref. to
1) Airbag main harness circuit is shorted.
04 Provided. 2) Passenger's airbag module harness circuit is shorted. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5BO]. >
3) Airbag control module is faulty.
1) Airbag control module is faulty.
11
/
Provided. 2) Airbag main harness circuit is open.
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5CO]. >
3) Fuse No. 8 is blown.
4) Body harness. circuit is open.
1) Airbag main harness circuit is open.
12 Provided. 2) Driver's airbag module harness circuit is open.
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5DO]. >
3) Roll connector circuit is open.
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
1) Airbag main harness circuit is shorted.
13 Provided. 2) Driver's airbag module harness is shorted.
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5EO]. >
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
1) (AB9) and (AB10) are not connected properly.
14 Not provided. 2) (AB2) and (AB?) are not connected properly. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5FOj. >
3) (AB3) and (AB8) are not connected properly.
4) (AB6) is not connected properly to airbag control module.
21 Provided. Airbag control module is faulty. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5GO]. >
22 Provided. 2) Passenger's airbag module harness circuit is open. . < Ref. to 5-5 [T5HO]. >
3) Airbag control module is faulty.
1) Airbag control module is faulty.
31 Not provided. 2) Airbag main harness circuit is open. < Ref. to 5-5 [T510]. >
3) Fuse No. 16 is blown.
4) Body harness circuit is open.
33 Provided. Airbag module is inflated. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5JO]. >
1) Passenger's airbag main harness circuit is shorted to
power supply.
34 Provided.
supply.
3) Airbag control module is faulty.
1) Driver's airbag main harness circuit is shorted to ground.
2) Driver's airbag module harness circuit is shorted to
41 Provided. ground. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5LOj. >
3) Roll connector circuit is shorted to ground.
1) Passenger's airbag main harness circuit is shorted to
ground.
42 Provided. 2) Passenger's airbag module harness circuit is shorted to < Ref. to 5-5 [T5MOj. >
ground.
1) Driver's airbag main harness circuit is shorted to power
supply.
43 Provided. 2) Driver's airbag module harness is shorted to power
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5NOj. >
supply.
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
3) Roll connector circuit is shorted.
1) Airbag main harness circuit is open.
2) Passenger's airbag module harness is shorted to power < Ref. to 5-5 [T5KO]. >
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
3) Airbag control module is faulty.
3) Roll connector is shorted to power supply.
14

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSA2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
Trouble codel
Contents of troubles
Airbag warning light remains on.
Airbag warning light remains off.
Warning light indicates trouble
code, then normal code.
(Flashing trouble code.)
Warning light indicates trouble
code, then normal code.
(Flashing normal code.)
Example:
Flashing
code 12:
Memory
function
Not provided.
Not provided.
Provided.
Not provided.
Contents of diagnosis Ref. to
1) Airbag warning light is faulty.
2) Airbag control module to airbag warning
light harness circuit is shorted or open.
< Ref. to 5-5 [T500]. >
3) Grounding circuit is faulty.
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
5) (AB1) and (B31) are not connected properly.
1) Fuse No. 15 is blown.
2) Body harness circuit is open.
3) Airbag warning light is faulty. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5PO]. >
4) Airbag main harness is faulty.
5) Airbag control module is faulty.
Airbag system component parts are faulty. < Ref. to 5-5 [T5QO). >
1) Airbag connector is faulty.
2) Fuse No. 16 is blown.
3) Airbag main harness is faulty.
4) Airbag control module is faulty.
5) Body harness is faulty.
< Ref. to 5-5 [T5RO). >
2. HOW TO READ TROUBLE CODES
The AIRBAG warning light flashes a code corresponding
to the faulty parts.
The long segment (1.2 sec on) indicates a "ten", and the
short segment (0.3 sec on) indicates a "one".
----( )
Flashing
code21:
Flashing
normal code:
:; 1 ..::
..::
10
1.2
t:1 10
1.2
ON
Ol 06l 0.6 (Sec)
JIlt
I
t:fd 1.2
(
)
J: w 10
B5M01 17A
15

5-5 [T5BO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
B: TROUBLE CODE 04
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Airbag main harness circuit is shorted .
.. Airbag module harness (Passenger) circuit is shorted .
.. Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (ABS), (ABS) and
(AB10).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1819 20
.-----.....'7ji1[J,1'>-.
G5M0559
1 5B1 1 AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Discon nect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO). > , and con nect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 6 - (58) No. 7:
: Is resistance more than 10 kn?
@: Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500). >
Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400). >
16

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5C1] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
C: TROUBLE CODE 11
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Airbag control module is faulty .
.. Airbag main harness circuit is open .
.. Fuse NO. 8 is blown .
.. Body harness circuit is open.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "Off", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
"After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (ABS), (AB9) and
(AB10).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
----C'#l''7}!£lU?:>-..
G5M0559
I SC1
I AIR BAG CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
1) Disconnect connector (AB6) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. > and con nect it to test harness
B2 connector (8B).
2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON". (engine off)
3) Measure voltage across connector (5B) terminal and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage more than 10 V?
Cvs) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
@) Go to step SC2.
17

18
5-5 [T5C2] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
I SC2
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Go to following procedure after performing diagnostics
on airbag system as per diagnOSis procedure under "5C1
AIR BAG CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION" < Ref. to 5-5
[T5C1j. > previously outlined.
2) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
terminal and then wait at least 20 seconds.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
..-.--.'7jl[{]i
3) Disconnect body harness connector (B31) from connector
(AB1) at front lower pillar, and connect connector
(AB1) to test harness A con nector (2A).
4) Measure resistance between test harness A connector
(5A) terminal and test harness B2 connector (5B) terminal.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 1 - (58) No. 2:
: Is resistance less than 10 O?
G5M0559 Cv Go to step 5C3.
----
C§ : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400j. >
ISC3
I AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between (5A) connector terminal and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 10 kO?
G- Go to step SC4.
C§ : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400j. >

19
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSeS] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
----....'7fifIl,,,,...
1 5C4 I AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between (58) connector terminal and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 2 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-);
; Is resistance more than 10 kn?
C® Go to step 5C5.
G5M0559 @) : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
'-----'
[W400). >
1 5C5 I FUSE No. 8 INSPECTION
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF", and remove airbag fuse
protector.
G5M0444
2) Remove and visually check fuse No. 8.
; Is fuse No. 8 blown?
C) Replace fuse No. 8 if fuse No. 8 blows again,
repair body harness.
@)
Repair body harness.
G5M0445

20
5-5 [T500] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
D: TROUBLE CODE 12
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag main harness circuit is open.
• Airbag module harness (Driver) circuit is open.
• Roll connector circuit is open.
• Airbag-control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
15D1
1 AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Remove lower cover panel < Ref. to 5-4 [W1 AO]. > , and
connect connector (ABS) below steering column to test
harness C connector (1 C).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
----...
G5M0559
2) Disconnect connector (AB6) < Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO] . >
from airbag control module, and connect it to test harness
B2 connector (SB) terminal.
3) Measure resistance between test harness B2 connector
(5B) and test harness C connector (3C) terminals.
Connector & terminal
:
YES
(58) No. 14 - (3C) No. 4:
Is resistance less than 10 Q?
: Go to step 5D2.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSD2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
15D2
1 AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) and test harness C connector (3C) terminals.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 1 - (3C) No. 3:
: Is resistance less than 10 Q?
Gr Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
21

5-5 [T5EO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
E: TROUBLE CODE 13
DIAGNOSIS:
GIl Airbag main harness circuit is shorted.
GIl Airbag module harness (Driver) is shorted.
GIl Roll connector circuit is shorted.
GIl Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (AB8),(AB9) and
(AB10).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
cWfo'7JI!1U
G5M0559
ISE1
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Discon nect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. > I and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 1 - (58) No. 14:
: Is resistance more than 10 kQ?
Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
22

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5F2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
F: TROUBLE CODE 14
DIAGNOSIS:
• (AB9) and (AB10) are not connected properly.
• (AB2) and (AB?) are not connected properly.
• (AB3) and (AB8) are not connected properly.
• (AB6) is not connected properly to airbag control module.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
G5M0596
L-________________________
5F1
DOUBLE LOCK INSPECTION FOR CONNEC­
TORS (ABS) AND (AB10)
1) Remove front pillar lower trim (Passenger side). < Ref.
to 5-3 [W500]. >
2) Check double lock of connectors (AB9) and (AB10).
: Is there poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB9) and (AB10)?
: Repair poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB9) and (AB10).
C® : Go to step 5F2.
//
/
G5M0449
5F2
AIR BAG CONTROL MODULE DOUBLE LOCK
INSPECTION AT CONNECTOR (AB6)
Check double lock of connector (AB6) connected to airbag
control module. < Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. >
e : Is there poor contact in double lock of connector
(ABS)?
Cv : Repair poor contact in double lock of connector
(AB6).
C® : Go to step 5F3.
23

5-5 [T5F3] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
,..,
.--"
G5M0312
----
SF3
DOUBLE LOCK INSPECTION FOR CONNEC­
TORS (AB3) AND (ABS)
1) Remove lower cover panel. < Ref. to 5-4 [W1 AOj. >
2) Check double lock of connectors (AB3) and (ABS)
below steering column.
: Is there poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB3) and (ABS)?
Cv Repair poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB3) and (ABS).
Go to step SF4.
SF4
ROLL CONNECTOR DOUBLE LOCK INSPEC­
TION AT CONNECTORS (AB2) AND (AB7)
Remove driver's airbag module ,
and check double lock of con nectors (AB2) and (AB?) at
roll connector.
: Is there poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB2) and (AB7)? "
@: Repair poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB2) and (AB7).
@) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500j. >
24

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5G1] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
G: TROUBLE CODE 21
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
terminal, and then wait at least 20 seconds. < Ref. to 5-5
. [W5AO].>
5G1 CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 21 IS INDI­
CATED.
Confirm flashing trouble code according to "BASIC DIAG­
NOSTICS PROCEDURE". < Ref. to 5-5 [T4AO]. >
8 : Is airbag warning light trouble code 21 indicated?
Cv) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
Perform clear memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4CO]. >
25

5-5 [T5HO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
H: TROUBLE CODE 22
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag main harness circuit is open.
• Airbag module harness (Passenger) circuit is open.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
I I SH1 AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Remove front pillar lower trim (Passenger side). < Ref.
to 5-3 [W500]. >, disconnect connector (A89) and (AB10)
and connect connector (A89) to test harness C connector
(1 C).
GSMOS97
2) Disconnect connector (A86) < Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO] . >
from airbag control module, and con nect it to test harness
82 connector (88) terminal.
3) Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) and test harness C connector (3C) terminals.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 6 - (3C) No. 4:
E3> : Is resistance less than 10 Q1
'---____________G
_
SM _
OS --l S9 Cv:!: Go to step SH2.
@) : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
GSMOS97
26

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5H2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
\ SH2 \ AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) and test harness C connector (3C) terminals.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 7 - (3C) No. 3:
: Is resistance less than 10 Q?
Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
C§ Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
27

5-5 [T51O] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
I: TROUBLE CODE 31
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag control module is faulty.
• Airbag main harness circuit is open.
• Fuse No. 16 is blown.
• Body harness circuit is open.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (ABS), (AB9) and
(AB10).
1511 1 AIR BAG CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
1) Discon nect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. >, and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON" (engine off).
3) Measure voltage across connector (58) terminal and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 5 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage more than 10 V?
C Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
@) Go to step 512.
28

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T513] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
/512 / AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Go to following procedure after performing diagnostics
on airbag system as per diagnosis procedure under "511
AIR8AG CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION" < Ref. to 5-5
[T511]. > previously outlined.
2) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
3) Disconnect connector (A81) from body harness connector
(831) at front lower pillar (driver side), and connect
connector (A81 ) to test harness A connector (2A).
4) Measure resistance between test harness A connector
(SA) and test harness 82 connector (58) terminals.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 9 - (58) No. 5:
: Is resistance less than 10 Q?
Cv Go to step 513.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
\513 / AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between each terminal of connectors
(SA) and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 9 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 10 kQ?
Cv Go to step 514.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
29

5-5 [T514] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
\ 514 \ AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between each terminal of connectors
(58) and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 5 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 10 kQ?
Gr) Go to step 515.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
G5M0453
\ 515 I FUSE No. 16 INSPECTION
Make sure ignition switch is turned "OFF", then remove
and visually check fuse No. 16.
: Is fuse No. 16 blown?
(v:::!:s) Replace fuse No. 16. If fuse No. 16 blows again,
repair body harness.
Repair body harness.
30

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5J1] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
J: TROUBLE CODE 33
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag module is inflated.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
terminal, and then wait at least 20 seconds. < Ref. to 5-5
[W5AO].>
5J1 CHECK IF TROUBLE CODE 33 IS INDI­
CATED.
Confirm flashing trouble code according to "BASIC DIAG­
NOSTICS PROCEDURE". < Ref. to 5-5 [T4AO]. >
: Is airbag warning light trouble code 33 indicated?
@: Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500] . >
(§) Perform clear memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T 4CO]. >
31

5-5 [T5KO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
K: TROUBLE CODE 34
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag main harness circuit (Passenger) is shorted to
power supply.
• Airbag module harness (Passenger) is shorted to power
supply.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground terminal
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (AB8), (AB9) and
(AB10).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
G5M0559
I SK1
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Discon nect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO] . > I and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON" (engine off).
3) Measure voltage across each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 6 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage less than 1 V?
CY Go to step SK2.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400] . >
32

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5K2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 1112 13141516 17 18 19 20
'7fl1ln
G5M0559
15K2
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure voltage across each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 7 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage less than 1 V?
cY Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
C® Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
33

5-5 [T5l0] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
L: TROUBLE CODE 41
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag main harness circuit (Driver) is shorted to
ground.
• Airbag module harness (Driver) is shorted to ground.
• Roll connector circuit is shorted to ground.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (ABS), (AB9) and
(AB10).
/5l1 / AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Discon nect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AOj. > I and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminals and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 200 Q?
0- Go to step 5l2.
@) : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400j. >
34

35
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5L2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
-.--."7;1!fl11i>_.
G5M0559
\Sl2
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminals and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 200 Q?
Cv) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
C§V Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >

5-5 [T5MO) SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
M: TROUBLE CODE 42
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag main harness circuit (Passenger) is shorted to
ground.
• Airbag module harness circuit (Passenger) is shorted to
ground.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wail at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (AB8), (AB9) and
(AB10).
15M1 I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
--.--.'7)11fl].1;>;0...
G5M0559
1) Disconnect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO] . > I and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminals and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 6 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 200 O?
Cv Go to step 5M2.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
36

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [15M2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 1 2 13 141516 17 18 19 20
.-----.....'7j[{[J,""
G5M0559
1 5M2 I AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure resistance between test harness 82 connector
(58) terminals and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 7 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance more than 200 Q?
C) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500] . >
@) Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400] . >
37

5-5 [T5NO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
N: TROUBLE CODE 43
DIAGNOSIS:
.. Airbag main harness circuit (Driver) is shorted to power
supply .
.. Airbag module harness (Driver) is shorted to power
supply .
.. Roll connector is shorted to power supply .
.. Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground terminal
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
After 20 seconds elapse, remove instrument panel
lower cover, and disconnect (AB3) and (ABS), (AB9) and
(AB10).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
.----...'7fi!Jl11>___
G5M0559
I SN1 I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Disconnect connector (A86) from airbag control module
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. >, and connect it to test harness
82 connector (88).
2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON" (engine off).
3) Measure voltage across each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 1 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is voltage less than 1 V?
C Go to step SN2.
C® : Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
38

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSN2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
ISN2
I AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
Measure voltage across each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 14 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
e : Is voltage less than 1 V?
@it> Replace airbag control modu le. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400] . >
39

5-5 [TSOO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
0: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT REMAINS ON.
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag warning light is faulty.
• Airbag control module to airbag warning light harness
circuit is shorted or open.
• Grounding circuit is faulty.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
• (AB1) and (B31 ) are not con nected properly.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
S01
DOUBLE LOCK INSPECTION FOR CONNEC­
TORS (AB1) AND (B31)
1) Remove front pillar lower trim (Driver side).
2) Check double lock of connectors (AB1) and (831).
: Is there poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB1) and (B31)?
Cv Repair poor contact in double lock of connectors
(AB1) and (B31 ).
Go to step S02.
IS02 1 INSPECTION OF AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF" and connect body harness
connector (831 ) to test connector A con nector (1A).
2) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON", (engine off) and connect connectors (3A) and (4A).
: Does the airbag warning light come off?
Go to step S04.
: Go to step S03.
40

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSOS] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
Airbag warning light module
1503 I INSPECTION OF BODY HARNESS
Check body harness.
e : Is there anything unusual to body harness?
Repair body harness.
@" :
(§) :
Replace airbag warning light mod ule.
NOTE:
After problem has been eliminated, disconnect connectors
H5M0726A (3A) and (4A).
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 1 2 13141516 17 18 19 20
"7ftIl1.""
G5M0559
1504 I INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
cable and then wait at least 20 seconds, and re-connect
connectors (A81 ) and (831).
2) Remove instrument panel lower cover and discon nect
(A83) with (A88), then disconnect connector (A86) from
airbag control module, < Ref. to 5-5 [W5AO]. > and connect
it to test harness 82 connector (88).
3) Con nect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON", (engine off) and connect connectors (68) and (78).
NOTE:
After problem has been eliminated, disconnect connectors
(68) and (78).
1505 1 GROUNDING CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
2) Disconnect connector (A81) from body harness connector
(831), and con nect connector (831 ) to test harness
A connector (1A).
3) Measure resistance between connector (5A) terminal
and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 17 (+) - Chassis ground (-):

5-5 [T506] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
1506 1 GROUNDING CIRCUIT INSPECTION
Measure resistance between connector (5A) terminal and
chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(5A) No. 18 (+ ) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance less than 10 01
507.
C§ Go to step
e§) Repair body grounding circuit.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
..---.¢I''7Pm
G5M0559
1507 I INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS
1) Connect connectors (A81) and (831). Disconnect connector
(A86) from airbag control module < Ref. to 5-5
[W5AO]. >, and connect it to test harness 82 connector
(88).
2) Measure resistance between each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 11 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance less than 10 01
Go to step 508.
: Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400] . >
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CWJl''7)11.1[V
G5M0559
1508 \ INSPECTION OF AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS
Measure resistance between each test harness 82 connector
(58) terminal and chassis ground.
Connector & terminal
(58) No. 12 (+) - Chassis ground (-):
: Is resistance less than 10 01
C€s) Replace airbag control module. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500]. >
e§) Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
42

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [T5P2] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
P: AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT REMAINS OFF.
DIAGNOSIS:
• Fuse No. 15 is blown.
• Body harness circuit is open.
• Airbag warning light is faulty.
• Airbag main harness is faulty.
• Airbag control module is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
terminal, and then wait at least 20 seconds.
/ SP1 / FUSE No. 1S INSPECTION
Remove and visually check fuse No. 15.
: Is fuse No. 15 blown?
C Replace fuse No. 15.
If fuse No. 15 blows again, go to step SP2.
Go to step SP2.
G5M0460
I SP2
I BODY HARNESS INSPECTION
Turn ignition switch "ON" (engine off) to make sure other
warning lights (in combination meter) illuminate.
: Do all the warning lights (in combination
meter) except airbag warning light come on?
@: Go to step SP3.
Repair body harness.
:
43

5-5 [T5P3] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
SP3
AIRBAG WARNING LIGHT MODULE (IN
COMBINATION METER) INSPECTION
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
2) Disconnect body harness connector (B31) from connector
(AB 1).
B5M0122B
3) Connect battery ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON" (engine off) to make sure airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does the airbag warning light come on?
Cvs) Go to step SP4.
Replace airbag warning light module.
:
I I SP4 AIR BAG MAIN HARNESS INSPECTION
1) Turn ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground
cable and then wait at least 20 seconds.
2) Connect body harness connector (B31) and connector
(AB1 ).
3) Disconnect con nectors (AB3) and (ABS) below steering
column. < Ref. to 5-5 [M2E2j. >
4) Discon nect connector (AB6) from airbag control module.
< Ref. to 5-5 [W5AOj . >
5) Con nect batter.y ground cable and turn ignition switch
"ON" to make sure airbag warning light illuminates.
: Does the airbag warning light come on?
Gr Replace airbag control modu le. < Ref. to 5-5
[W500j. >
Replace airbag main harness. < Ref. to 5-5
[W400]. >
44

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSQO] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
Q: WARNING LIGHT INDICATES TROUBLE
CODE, THEN NORMAL CODE.
- FLASHING TROUBLE CODE. -
DIAGNOSIS:
• Airbag system component parts are faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable,
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
45

5-5 [TSQ1] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
Trouble codes
,
04
11
12
13
21
22
33
34
41
42
43
5Q1
AIRBAG COMPONENT PARTS APPEAR·
ANCE INSPECTION
1) Conduct on-board diagnostic and call up trouble
codes stored in memory. < Ref. to 5-5 [T4BO]. >
2) Select trouble code required to check airbag component
parts from those listed in table and reproduce symptom.
Check parts
Refer to
• Airbag module (Passenger) < 5-5 [W300j. >
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Fuse No. 8
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module
• Body harness
-
• Roll connector
• Airbag module (Driver) < 5-5 [W300j. >
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag module (Driver) < 5-5 [W300j. >
• Roll connector < 5-5 [W600j. >
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag module (Passenger)
• Airbag main harness
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag module (Passenger)
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag module (Driver) < 5-5 [W300j. >
• Roll connector
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag module (Passenger) < 5-5 [W300j. >
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
• Airbag module (Driver)
• Roll connector
• Airbag main harness < 5-5 [W400j. >
• Airbag control module < 5-5 [W500j. >
46

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSQ3] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
3) Conduct appearance inspection on parts selected.

5-5 [T5RO] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
R: WARNING LIGHT INDICATES TROUBLE
CODE, THEN NORMAL CODE.
- FLASHING NORMAL CODE. -
DIAGNOSIS:
fit Airbag connector is faulty.
fit Fuse No. 16 is blown.
fit Airbag main harness is faulty.
fit Airbag control module is faulty.
fit Body harness is faulty.
CAUTION:
Before performing diagnostics on airbag system, turn
ignition switch "OFF", disconnect battery ground cable,
and then wait at least 20 seconds.
SR1
AIR BAG CONNECTOR APPEARANCE
INSPECTION
Conduct appearance inspection on airbag connectors
(AB2) through (AB8). < Ref. to 5-5 [T100]. >
: Is there anything unusual about the appearance
of connectors (AB2) through (ABS)?
Ci' : Replace faulty airbag component parts.
: Go to step SR2.
NOTE:
Check terminals, case and wiring harnesses for damage.
SR2
AIR BAG CONNECTOR VIBRATION INSPEC·
TION
Conduct vibration inspection on airbag connectors (AB2)
through (AB8). < Ref. to 5-5 [T1 00]. >
: Do the connectors (AB2) through (ABS) rna/-
function again when shaking?
@: : Replace faulty airbag component parts.
: Go to step SR3.
NOTE:
Gently shake each airbag connector.
48

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM [TSR5] 5-5
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
! 5R3 ! SHOWERING INSPECTION TO BODY
Spray water on vehicle body.
CAUTION:
Do not directly spray water on airbag components.
: Does water leak into the passenger compartment
when showering vehicle?
: Replace faulty airbag component parts.
G5M0461 (§§) : Go to step 5R4.
'-'-----' NOTE:
If leaks are noted, also check wiri ng harnesses as water
may leak along them and wet airbag connectors.
5R4
FUSE No. 16, AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS, AIR-
BAG CONTROL MODULE, BODY HARNESS
APPEARANCE INSPECTION
Conduct appearance inspection on fuse No. 16 < Ref. to
5-5 [T515j. >, airbag main harness < Ref. to 5-5 [W400j. > ,
airbag control module < Ref. to 5-5 [W5AOj. > and body
harness.
S : Is there anything unusual about the appearance
of fuse No. 16, airbag main harness,
airbag control module or body harness?
C® : Replace faulty airbag component parts.
(§§) : Go to step 5R5.
NOTE:
Also check connectors, terminals, wiring harness and
case for damage.
5R5
FUSE No. 16, AIRBAG MAIN HARNESS,
BODY HARNESS VIBRATION INSPECTION
Conduct vibration inspection on fuse No. 16, airbag main
harness and body harness.
CAUTION:
Do not shake or vibrate airbag control module.
: Do fuse No. 16, airbag main harness or body

5-5 [T5R6] SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
5. Diagnostics Chart with Trouble Code
I SHOWERING INSPECTION TO BODY
Spray water on vehicle body.
CAUTION:
Do not directly spray water on each part.

1997 IMPREZA SERVICE MANUAL
QUICK REFERENCE INDEX
WIRING DIAGRAM SECTION
FOREWORD
WIRING DIAGRAM 6-3
This portion of the service manual has been prepared
to provide SUBARU service personnel with the necessary
information and data for the correct maintenance
and repair of SUBARU vehicle.
The manual include the procedures for maintenance
disassembling, reassembling, inspection and adjustment
of components and diagnostics for guidance of
both the fully qualified and the less-experienced
mechanics.
Please peruse and utilize this manual fully to ensure
complete repair work for satisfying our customers by
keeping their vehicle in optimum condition. When
replacement of parts during repair work is needed, be
sure to use SUBARU genuine parts.
All information, illustration and specifications contained
in this manual are based on the latest product
information available at the time of publication
approval.
FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD.
G1780BE4

2
FOREWORD [0100]
1. Important Safety Notice
FOREWORD
1. Important Safety Notice
• Providing appropriate service and repair is a matter of great importance in the serviceman's safety
maintenance and safe operation, function and performance which the SUBARU vehicle possesses.
• In case the replacement of parts or replenishment of consumables is required, genuine SUBARU
parts whose parts numbers are designated or their equivalents must be utilized.
• It must be made well known that the safety of the serviceman and the safe operation of the vehicle
would be jeopard ized if he used any service parts, consumables, special tools and work procedure
manuals which are not approved or deSignated by SUBARU.
All right reserved. This book may not be reproduced
or copied, in whole or in part, without the written
permission of FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD.,
TOKYO JAPAN
SUBARU, @ and f) are trademarks of
FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD.
© Copyright 1996 FUJI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD.

WIRING DIAGRAM 6-3
Page
D WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . .... 2
2. Basic Diagnostics Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 8
3. Working Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ............... 11
4. How to Use Wiri ng Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .; ........ 14
5. Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... 16
1. POWER SUPPLY ROUTING . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2. GROUND DiSTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 22
4. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
5. AfT CONTROL SySTEM . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
6. AfT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7. AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 29
8. BACK-UP LIGHT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
9. CHARGING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
10. COMBINATION METER ................................................................... 32
11. CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . 33
12. DOOR LOCK SySTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 34
13. ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 36
14. FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. ...............44
15. FUEL GAUGE SySTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
16. HORN AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ..46
17. LIGHTING (HEADLIGHT) SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..47
18. LIGHTING (TAIL LlGHT·ILLUMINATION LIGHT-etc.) SYSTEM . . . . . ..48
19. OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE GAUGE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
20. PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
21. POWER WINDOW SYSTEM . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 52
22. RADIATOR FAN SYSTEM . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . 54
23. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... . . . . . . . . 56
24. REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 57
25. REMOTE CONTROL REARVIEW MIRROR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
26. SEAT BELT WARNING AND KEY WARNING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
27. SPOT LIGHT, ROOM LIGHT, LUGGAGE AND
TRUNK ROOM LIGHT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 60
28. SRS (AIRBAG SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 61
29. STARTING SySTEM . . . . . . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
30. STOP LIGHT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 63
31. SUNROOF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
32. TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
33. FRONT FOG LIGHT SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
34. REAR ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 67
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

6-3 [D101]
1. General Description
WIRING DIAGRAM
Viewed from this direction
m
GB
G6M0193
1. General Description
1. WIRING DIAGRAM
The wiring diagram of each system is ill ustrated so that
you can understand the path through which the electric
current flows from the battery.
Sketches and codes are used in the diagrams. They
should read as follows:
1) Each connector and its terminal position are indicated
by a sketch of the connector in a disconnected state
which is viewed from the front, as shown in figure.
2) The number of poles or pins, presence of a lock, and
pin number of each terminal are ind icated in the sketch
of each connector.
In the sketch, the highest pole number refers to the number
of poles which the connector has. For example, the
sketch of the connector shown in figure ind icates the connector
has 9 poles.
Connector used in vehicle
Sketch
Connector shown in wiring diagram
Symbol
Number of poles
Double frames
Indicates a lock
9 5
Numbered in order from
upper right to lower left.
Indicates the number of poles.
G6M0194
G6M0196
Indicates a lock is included.
3 4
8 9
Numbered in order from
upper left to lower right.
G6M0195
G6M0197
G6M019B
2

WIRING DIAGRAM [0101] 6-3
1. General Description
When one set of connectors is viewed from the front side,
the pole numbers of one con nector are symmetrical to
those of the other. When these two connectors are connected
as a unit, the poles which have the same number
are joined.
G6M0199
3) Electrical wiring harness
The connectors are numbered along with the number of
poles, external colors, and mating connections in the
accompanying list.
® r-- ----l
@
I @ I
I I
c), I
A
Wire color:
SR (No. 1 terminal)
RW (No. 3 terminal)
L _
___ J
@ @
() ______BB ____)
G6M0200
4) The sketch of each connector in the wiring diagram
usually shows the "A" side of the connector. The relationship
between the wire color, terminal number and connector
is described in figure.
NOTE:
A wire which runs in one direction from a con nector terminal
sometimes may have a different color from that
which runs in the other direction from that terminal.
5) In wiring diagram, con nectors which have no terminal
number refer to one-pole types. Sketches of these connectors
are omitted intentionally.
G6M0216
3

6-3 [D101] WIRING DIAGRAM
1. General Descri ption
Sealed wire
6) The following color codes are used to indicate the colors
of the wires used.
lIIDIa:lmll
..,. , ::
I II
I
I II I
I II L _ - _ - - - - - - - - -
I I I II
I I
I
_
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
I I
I
I
L : -: :. :. - _
-
R
_
-: -: - _
-
I
-JI
_
-
- _-_ _ _ N
G6M0201
Color code
L
B
Y
G
R
W
Br
Lg
Gr
P
Or
Lb
V
SA
SB
Color
Blue
Black
Yellow
Green
Red
White
Brown
Light green
Gray
Pink
Orange
Light Blue
Violet
Sealed (Inner)
Sealed (Outer)
EI 5t-.r:::)
V B
If Marking color: BlackJ
Reference color: Yellow
7) The wire color code, which consists of two letters (or
three letters including Br or Lg), indicates the standard
color (base color of the wire covering) by its first letter and
.
the stripe marki ng by its second letter.
G6M0202
4

WIRING DIAGRAM [D101] 6-3
1. General Description
8) The table below lists the nominal sectional areas and
allowable currents of the wires.
Nominal
sectional area
mm2
CAUTION:
No. of strandsl
strand diameter
Outside
diameter of
finished wiring
mm
Allowable
current
Amps/40·C
0.3 7/0.26 1.8 7
0.5 7/0.32 2.2 (or 2.0) 12
0.75 3010.18 2.6 (or 2.4) 16
0.85 11/0.32 2.4 (or 2.2) 16
1.25 16/0.32 2.7 (or 2.5) 21
2 26/0.32 3.1 (or 2.9) 28
3 41/0.32 3.8 (or 3.6) 38
5 65/0.32 4.6 (or 4.4) 51
8 5010.45 5.5
• When replacing or repairing a wire, be sure to use the
same size and type of the wire which was originally
used.
NOTE:
• The allowable current in the above table indicates the
tolerable amperage of each wire at an ambient temperature
of 40°C (104°F).
• The allowable current changes with ambient temperature.
Also, it changes if a bundle of more than two wires
is used.
67
1
9) Each unit is directly grounded to the body or indirectly
grounds through a harness ground terminal. Different
symbols are used in the wiring diagram to identify the two
grounding systems.
Direct ground
Indirect terminal
ground
G6M0203
The ground points shown in the wiri ng diagram refer to
the following:
@ Body ground
@ Engine ground
@ Radio ground
@ Rear defogger ground
All wiring harnesses are provided with a ground point
which should be securely connected.
5

6-3 [D101]
1. General Description
WIRING DIAGRAM
10) Relays are classified as normally-open or normallyclosed.
The normally-closed relay has one or more contacts.
The wiring diagram shows the relay mode when the energizing
circuit is OFF.
Relay type
Energizing circuit OFF
Energizing circuit ON
Normally-open type
4-pole
6-pole
x---.
I
-0
0
x---.
x---.
Lo
=
=
..., '-'
'-'
IJ
IJ
0---
I
0---
0---
---- -
-
• • 1
I
----
- '-'
Lv-
-..;;.;;.-
--'00'-
•
1
---.
- - ..
1
0- - - - - --- - +
x--..
=
Normally-closed type
4-pole
I -0 0
.!QO'-
,J
I
-v
v
.I'""QO\
I
1
I
0---
- --
- -...
x--+
Mixed type
5-pole
'-'
X----..
Lo
IJ
0- --
vo ...".,.
- - -
I
:J
Key to symbols:
o -+- : Current flows.
X-+-: Current does not flow.
G6M0204
6

WIRING DIAGRAM [D101] 6-3
1. General Description
11) Each connector number shown in the wiri ng diagram
corresponds to that in the wiri ng harness. The location of
each connector in the actual vehicle is determined by
reading the first character of the connector (for example,
a "F" for FB, "i" for i16, etc.) and the type of wiring harness.
The first character of each connector number refers to the
area or system of the vehicle, as indicated in table below.
Symbol
Wiring harness and Cord
F
Front wiring harness
Front turn
signal light
--­
I ,91
I
G6M0205
B
E
T
D
I
R
Bulkhead wiring harness
Engine wiring harness
Transmission cord, Rear oxygen sensor cord
Door cord LH & RH, Rear door adapter cord LH &
RH
Instrument panel wiring harness
Rear wiring harness, Rear defogger cord (Ground)
Fuel tank cord,
Roof cord,
Rear gate cord,
Rear gate lock adapter cord
7

6-3 [D200]
2. Basic Diagnostics Procedure
WIRING DIAGRAM
2. Basic Diagnostics Procedure
The most important purpose of diagnostics is to determine
which part is malfunctioning quickly, to save time and
labor.
A: IDENTIFICATION OF TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Determine what the problem is based on the symptom.
B: PROBABLE CAUSE OF TROUBLE
Look at the wiri ng diagram and check the system's circuit.
Then check the switch, relay, fuse, ground, etc.
c: LOCATION AND REPAIR OF TROUBLE
1) Using the diagnostics narrow down the causes.
2) If necessary, use a voltmeter, ohmmeter, etc.
3) Before replacing certain component parts (switch,
relay, etc.), check the power supply, ground, for open wiring
harness, poor connectors, etc. If no problems are
encountered, check the component parts.
D: CONFIRMATION OF SYSTEM OPERATION
After repairing, ensure that the system operates properly.
To power
supply
FUSE Switch Light
G6M0206
E: INSPECTION
1. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT
1) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal and the positive
lead to the connector or component terminal.
2) Contact the positive probe of the voltmeter on connector
(A).
The voltmeter will indicate a voltage.
3) Shift the positive probe to connector (B). The voltmeter
will indicate no voltage.
With test set-up held as it is, turn switch ON. The voltmeter
will indicate a voltage and, at the same time, the light
will come on.
4) The circuit is in good order. If a problem such as a
lamp failing to light occurs, use the procedu res outlined
above to track down the malfunction.
8

WIRING DIAGRAM [D2E2] 6-3
2. Basic Diagnostics Procedure
Continuity
No continuity
G6M0207
2. CIRCUIT CONTINUITY CHECKS
1) Discon nect the battery terminal or connector so there
is no voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check pOints.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
2) Use an ohmmeter to check for diode continuity.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive
side and the positive lead to the negative side, there
should be continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be
no continuity.
3) Symbol "0-0" indicates that continuity exists between
two points or terminals. For example, when a switch position
is "3", continuity exists among terminals 1, 3 and 6,
as shown in table below.
Switch Position
Terminal
1 2 3 4 5 6
OFF
1 0 -0----0
2 ()
3 0 'J D
4 0---0
9

6-3 [D2E3] WIRING DIAGRAM
2. Basic Diagnostics Procedure
Voltage is present
G6M0208
3. HOW TO DETERMINE AN OPEN CIRCUIT
1) Voltmeter Method
An open circuit is determined by measuring the voltage
between respective connectors and ground using a
voltmeter, starting with the con nector closest to the power
supply. The power supply must be turned ON so that current
flows in the circuit. If voltage is not present between
a particular connector and ground, the circuit between
that connector and the previous connector is open.
Pi "\
$
-=
Continuity exists. Continuity does not exist.
2) Ohmmeter method
Disconnect all connectors affected, and check continuity
in the wiring between adjacent connectors. When the
ohmmeter indicates "infinite", the wiring is open.
Test lamp
Fuse holder
G6M0209
G6M0210
4. HOW TO DETERMINE A SHORTCIRCUIT
1) Test lamp method
Connect a test lamp (rated at approximately 3 watts) in
place of the blown fuse and allow current to flow through
the circuit. Disconnect one connector at a time from the
circuit, starting with the one located farthest from the
power supply. If the test lamp goes out when a connector
is disconnected, the wiring between that connection and
the next connector (farther from the power supply) is
shorted.
2) Ohmmeter method
Disconnect all affected connectors, and check continuity
between each connector and ground. When ohmmeter
indicates continuity between a particular connector and
ground, that connector is shorted.
Continuity exists.
-=- Continuity does not exist. -=- -:::
G6M0211
10

WIRING DIAGRAM [D302] 6-3
3. Working Precautions
3. Working Precautions
1. PRECAUTIONS WHEN WORKING WITH THE PARTS
MOUNTED ON THE VEHICLE
1) When working under a vehicle which is jacked-up,
always be sure to use safety stands.
2) The parking brake must always be applied during
working. Also, in automatic transmission vehicles, keep
the select lever set to the P (Parking) range.
3) Be sure the workshop is properly ventilated when running
the engine. Further, be careful not to touch the belt
or fan while the engine is operating.
4) Be careful not to touch hot metal parts, especially the
radiator and exhaust system immediately after the engine
has been shut off.
2. PRECAUTIONS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS AND
REPAIR OF ELECTRIC PARTS
1) The battery cable must be disconnected from the battery's
(-) terminal, and the ignition switch must be set to
the OFF position, unless otherwise required by the diagnostics.
2) Securely fasten the wiring harness with clamps and
slips so that the harness does not interfere with the body
end parts or edges and bolts or screws.
3) When installing parts, be careful not to catch them on
the wiring harness.
Correct
4) When disconnecting a connector, do not pull the wires,
but pull while holding the connector body.
G6M0212
11

12
6-3 [0302]
3. Working Precautions
WIRING DIAGRAM
Example
LEFT
PUSH
PUSH
,
5) Some connectors are provided with a lock. One type of
such a connector is disconnected by pushing the lock,
and the other, by moving the lock up. In either type the
lock shape must be identified before attempting to disconnect
the connector.
To connect, insert the connector until it snaps and confirm
that it is tightly connected.
PUSH
...
G6M0213
G6M0214
6) When checking continuity between connector
terminals, or measuring voltage across the terminal and
ground, always contact tester probe(s) on terminals from
the wiring connection side. If the probe is too thick to gain
access to the terminal, use "mini" test leads.
To check water-proof connectors (which are not accessible
from the wiring side), contact test probes on the terminal
side being careful not to bend or damage the terminals.
7) Sensors, relays, electrical unit, etc., are sensitive to
strong impacts.
Handle them with care so that they are not dropped or
mishandled.

13
WIRING DIAGRAM
[D302] 6-3
3. Working Precautions
Abbr.
Full name
ABS Antilock Brake System
ACC Accessory
AIC Air Conditioning
AD Auto Down
AT Automatic Transmission
AU Auto Up
+B Battery
DN Down
E Ground
FIB Fuse & Joint Box
FL1.5 Fusible link 1.5 mm2
IG Ignition
IIlumi. Illumination
ABBREVIATION LIST
Abbr.
LH
La
M
MIB
MG
Mi
OP
PASS
RH
SBF
ST
SW
UP
WASH
Full name
Left Hand
Low
Motor
Main Fuse Box
Magnet
Middle
Optional Parts
Passing
Right Hand
Slow Blow Fuse
Starter
Switch
Up
Washer

6-3 [D400] WIRING DIAGRAM
4. How to Use Wiring Diagram
4. How to Use Wiring Diagram
@
©
® ®
BYBY
r-________R !r·R-------- L-
@
_
"--"-" "_..c--
@) ® .,®
(8 lack)
ril\
rmJ
®
CD
®
@)
(81 ack)
G
G6M0215
A: RELAY
A symbol used to indicate a relay.
B: CONNECTOR-1
The sketch of the connector indicates the onepole
types.
C: WIRING CONNECTION
Some wiring diagrams are indicated in foldouts
for convenience. Wiri ng destinations are indicated
where necessary by corresponding symbols
(as when two pages are needed for clear
indication).
D: FUSE NO. & RATING
The "FUSE No. & RATING" corresponds with
that used in the fuse box (main fuse box, fuse
and joint box.)
E: CONNECTOR·2
1. Each connector is indicated by a symbol.
2. Each terminal number is indicated in the
corresponding wiring diagram in an abbreviated
form.
3. For example, terminal number "C2" refers to
No. 2 terminal of connector (C:F41) shown in
the connector sketch.
14

WIRING DIAGRAM [D4l0] 6-3
4. How to Use Wiring Diagram
F: CONNECTOR SKETCH
1. Each connector sketch clearly identifies the
shape and color of a con nector as well as
terminal locations. Non-colored con nectors
are ind icated in natural color.
2. When more than two types of connector
number are indicated in a connector sketch,
it means that the same type con nectors are
used.
G: GROUND
Each grounding point can be located easily by
referring to the corresponding wiring harness.
H: DIODE
A symbol is used to indicate a diode.
I: WIRE TRACING ON EXTENDED
WIRING DIAGRAMS
For a wiring diagram extending over at least two
pages, a symbol (consisting of the same characters
with arrows), as shown below, facilitates
wire tracing from one page to the next.
AA,BB
J: SYMBOLS OF WIRE CONNECTION
AND CROSSING
+ Symbol Refers to wires which are connected
and branched at the
"dot" point.
+ Symbol
Refers to wires which are
crossed but not connected.
K: POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
A symbol is used to indicate the power supply
in each wiring diagram.
"MB-5", "MB-6", etc., which are used as powersupply
symbols throughout the text, correspond
with those shown in the POWER SUPPLY
ROUTING in the wiring diagram.
Accord ingly, using the POWER SUPPLY ROUT­
ING and wiring diagrams permits service personnel
to understand the entire electrical
arrangement of a system.
l: SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
A number of symbols and abbreviations are
used in each wiring diagram to easily identify
parts or circuits.
15

6-3 [0501]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
-- Battery current
-- Current from ignition switch IG termina l
- - - Current from ignition switch ACC terminal
---- Other currents
E
-=-
+
-
SBF- 130A
'SBF-230A
FL 1.25B
5. Wiring Diagram
1. POWER SUPPLY ROUTING
SBF-5 45A
SBF-445A ""
""
SBF-345A
Main fuse box (M/B)
@ MB 9
r;:;::- L
1
BY
BR
@)
I--
2 BW MB 1
1 YG MB 2
r--- MB 3
@
I-- R
I--
@)
Head I ight No. 22 15A '-0- r;:;::- W
relay LH No. 23 20A '-0-
5
Br
= ----- --
r:- --
RL
1 ------ -------. MB-4
I
t-"J LB
L=.J NO. 26 15A
MB 5
t--
3
LW ------ -------.
'4 BR
M B -6
'2 LOr
MB 7
'--
.
Head l ight
I-relay
RH
@
I -- W
2
1 W
MB 8
r---
I- --N25-10A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
M/B
FUSE/RELAY LOCATION
Ale relay holder
SBF holder
@
t:=J @l p
R t-_-SB[F -6U
W
Generator
W
§B ____________ -I AL T -1
F/B
1------------------
IN:[I2] IllilJJ
IfIDJ]] I!N£l
INQ}] INQJIll I!mdl
IillIT!ll llliITD Illirn
IllilJ]] lfID.J:ZJ I!IDdl
IillI:ZQ] I@J] I!'N]]
IN[llJ I!N]]
m 14 g R-DEF
W m
TAIL.
D[l:t] i5I:II.,
MAIN FAN
16
! @(BlaCk)
I @) ®
I
(Black)
I
I
I
I
I
I
F1l2T3T41
(Red)
m
GU01 -03A

-v---
WIRING DIAGRAM
[D501] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
1
0-
5
@-
[l]--
m2f3m
a: @
b: @
c: @
BW
Wr-:;-
WL
FB-l l----
IFB-2 1---B L
I+------- YR
t-;;4 t---
FB-4
FB-5
L
ffi-
r=-'-
Yr-
Br
t---
BR
ra
I---
BR
r-
[BJ-------
BR
1;2
'---
® ®
-
BY
R
7
1
-
BY
R
Fuse & Relay box (FIB)
No. 11 20A
L
,-----------------
No. 17 15A
-------------
No. 3 15A
----------- -
·--------------- L- l
L _ .-.? _ _ _ _ _ _-1- -
r-------...J
I
r-----------
J:::!l _____________
r..
.
No. 1410A
No. 7 20A
----v-Rear defogger relayl ,000
No. 1 15A
I
T
No. 15 10A
.r..
I
T
No. 8 15A I
-;:: No. 16 15A
r..
1
v
1
Ta il & Illumination
relay
-----
-... --
.-_______________________________ J _
L ____ g-lQ---------------
No. 1220A
.
No. 21 15A
No. 20 15A
No. 1920A
T
.
J
I
I
I
I
L
r-----------------------------------
L ____ -lQ---------------
I
-----------------------------------
No. 18 10A
.
No. 4 15A
d: @ I I
I
I I
e: @
I
I I
I
f: GD I
-YG I
::2.. w
e1
14 W I
l
@
1\
BY ;:::-
RY B I-
,--- 2 I-ACC
I
I--
LR
IG
Rr::--
I .- -- 4 I-- ST
I '--
I 1 -
I
L ______ •
ST
r
tsz
0 « 0 (f)
10
10 1
10 '1'"'"1
Ignition
switch
FB 7
FB 8
FB 9
4
YR
.-l
flll-:----1-- ----
-GR
FB- l0
f5 1-:- .---1-- ----
-GB
FB- ll
----
f13!-c:-. ---
-WL
FB-12
'- --------
FB-13
d6
- YR
FB 15
RL
------- --------
m
fi4 BW
FB-16
;;0 R
FB 17
dT BY
t--- WR
FB 18
g BY
FB 19
f8
RB
FB 20
trio GW
FB 21
t--- RB
FB 22
ell t--- R
FB 23
GY
FB 24
d5
FB 25
BG
FB 26
BR ----------------. FB-27
I---
71
r-
e6
r-
r;s
BrR
WY
FB 28
G --------------- . FB-29
GW -------------- . FB-30
RY
RY
r-
r- L
r9± GR
FB 31
FB 32
FB
33
f--------------FB-34
---------------- FB-35 I
FB 36
FB
37
0
tlli!§j
fOOl
tMmJ
GU01-03B
17
®
(Black)
®
(Gray)
®
(Gray)
@)
(Gray)
®
(Gray)
® CD
(Gray)
(Gray)

6-3 [D502]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
Side turn signal ® B
light LH
@
1
B
Shield joint
connector (ABS)
®
1
ABS control module B
III
®
®
Cru ise contro I 13 B
module
Main relay ®
1
B
III
®
2. GROUND DISTRIBUTION
@
ABS relay box [Ip B L-__
--,
®
Front fog 1::10-"B'-----+
light RH
Front fog @)
1111-"B'-----

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D502] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
@ CD @
Combination rnJL--....o:zJ B
meter
SRS harness
@
r- __ --=-jB 2 ffnt door switch
@
+- __ _ B"-I 2
(Coupe model>
* : 1800 cc engine model
Front door switch
LH
(Coupe model>
B I-"B'---------G>-----;lH B B Fuel
1-"__ R Cil.El ... ga uge
mocfule
,---+- ___-"-B121 Bra
®@ @ @ ®
@ ke fl u i d
level switch
®
+-----"BUJ1 FWD sw itc h
®
r---e-----"-BU4 Wiper motor
@
"'--___"'-BL"1U
.,. High-mount stop
Ii iht
(!;gedan and Coupe)
@
.--+-- _
_ -'!.BITJ Rear combination
light RH
@)
..-___"'-BL"1U License light
RH
® @@ C[8)
POlYer wi.ndow I-"B,-- ---,
ma In sw rtch
L!£.r "- ----uw
Front door lock @)
,....., B.
switch LH
® @
r.n f-CB'------< ... ---J
Rear ®
defogger
(Sedan ro
and Coupe)
E
...-. ___"-'B C
@ 10 License light
LH
@
...-.---"-IB rn Rear combination
light LH
@
.--___.!

6-3 [D502]
5" Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
I
a : @ ®®
BL
,.-.=---t 4 .. I n hOb" I Itor
b: @ switch
c: @ ®® Transmission
Transmission rb' B
control L -
module I l:ffiw ,
- BW
,w ,
I-..:f" -,
Veh'i 1
=
speed -=
®
sensor 1
Shield
*1 : 1800 cc engine model
joint 3 L
connector 2 '
2200 cc engine model : BG
: BL
®
94
r;::===B; '1'"""' . , . 4
I 1 3 , Engine
Lil..r B BY
[lliJ-BR
B control
- IT module
(MT> BR L1
B
@1®;B22 :'19J
®
Fuel gauge modul e
'R5B' @D @ @®
___
(lBOO cc engine model) B!!>.R
;=; BR
..
@
L------------lB:l..f '=31lgnitor
a: @
- --RlI

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D502] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
MEMO:
21

6-3 [D503]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
3. AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Air condition ing
re lay holder
A . '
I r
conditioning
re lay
@)
10A r-

" /"
WIRING DIAGRAM
[0503] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Mode contro l panel
...,
=
@ (JD
GR
@ ®
BW BW
:::.J
Ref. to Lighting
I rr;stem.
ail & Illumi.) c:
I
@
YL
WY EE
-'--f----
=
=
®
(q
...
r ------Ai
c l
I ON OFF ..(ii). I
I
n I
I
I I
I
I LJ I
LAIC sw itch
------- -
J
m
=
@I jl
15
I
I> I>
Blower motor
resistor
@9 E8
Diode
(AlC)
@ @
RY ;::;:;- BY
(8
IR'
IRW
==-
-
@ OFF LO ML
BY -=-'
Y ==-.r 0
-
() I
I
=L
0 () 0 () 0
-
Fan switch
MH
Hi
()
()
()
@
Dl2J
@9

6-3 [D504] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
4. ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
Combination
meter
Stqe light
SWI ch
FB-5
FUSE No. 19
SBF-6
SBFHOLDER
FB-36
FUSE No. 18
FB-23
FUSE No. 15
FB-31
FUSE No. 12
FB-21
FUSE No. 15
0::
;t
..J
al
0::
;t
al
0::
® @
L Y 1 pLo!UY--t+---IIl
* : With cruise control
Va lve
re lay
Motor
re lay
Re lay box
v
I--
: f
i@)
Hyd"elk
modu le
t--t---
t--t--t--t---
Solenoid
va lve
In e
ou e
In e
ou e
In e
ou e
In e
ou e
...
h
@
ABS2
Pump motor
®
@ @)
r;::;:::; WG
1 l..Lt"
@ @
- 8
r-- or
-
La1
LW
oW
@ ®
-
GR
-
LB
i'lL
1'11-1
E
- -
®
LOr
c;w
LaY
[W
8W
GR
G
L
1-11
R
8
l.i2
::J
-0
0
E
0
..
c
0
u
(f)
[IJ
«
17'1
...
@) (Gray)

..
WIRING DIAGRAM [D504] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
""
-
1'51.
rTI
'-'-'
,....,
® L
t36" W
La L
IG ¥
P WL
'4gW
fi[
fr4L
lB
W
E
rs R W
4 1B
OBD-ll
service
connector
i
c::
m
®
® @>
LnY ;::;::;:-
L
LaY
r;o- L
WB
GW f-3 IWI
1-5"""
W
LoR
LW
Y I1f L
=lf
'9'-
WL W
------ +
8
S8
...,.. L 6
P
15
-'-. -=- iB
@D @
C:R
- ----- -,.r-'W--+ W A
8 =t B
. ..
...
®
m
-
..:.J.---S!l- 6
L B
E
R
"' '''
.. ®
I
W
B Pi W
4 IB
=-
Check
connector
8 ®
Data link
connector
® u
Transmission
control
module
n
I
I
*--------------------
A
v v A v v
v
II ®
@:c
Ref. to Engine
electrical sys tem.
4' .
®
Dlag nosis
teem inal
-
I
r;:- W
I
I
I
::J
Twisted wire
A A A A
v ,/v v v V
(
-lie.
@ N -
YG
@
2 ABS di
WR
agnosis
1
conne ctor
@ Front
ABS
sensor
LH
®
L
Front
1
ABS
sensor
RH
"V
-v
A-
'>
t
<
m,",
@ N -
Shield
joint
connector
BS RearABS RearABS
sensor RH sensor LH
-- - ) a
- -- - ----- - nsor ---- ----- - -- - -- - -- - -- - ----- - -- - --
(Gray) ® @ (Gray) @ (Black) ® ® @ (Yellow)
IIT1J1
mill
om
® (Black) ® (Gray) @ CBlack)
F1l2T3I
@I2ffiJ
@ (Black)
gooO fil
7lUL
@ CBlack)
GU82-04B
25

6-3 [D505]
5. Wiring Diagram
Combination meter
-
Vehicle speed
r-EB-sensor 2 a: @
b: @
r-®FWD
N g B
tJ1.1;
-@AT OIL TEMP
l1U
f--
tJ1.1; tl
Y
FB-21
FUSE No. 15
5. AIT CONTROL SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-4 FB-15 FB-23
FUSE No. 16 FUSE No. 14 FUSE No. 15
WIRING DIAGRAM
m
I@
Q:
m
Q:
>-
Q:
>- ®
® @
GB liGB
L
Y
L
Ii9 Y
E
- D ' . @
lagnosls "":;:""'
connector
LY
L2J-
@
D;'900';'9
terminal B ffi
E
I Vr'
FB-31
FUSE No. 12
:;::
(!)
0..
:::l
*: With
cruise
control
Ol
Et
I "
U Q) 10
10 .. ..
[]J Ul (fJ •
oin'oE
+' +-' +'
.
Q)
+-'
'..c
't Ol 't Ul
0:: :':: 0:: in'
--
"' :I
II ®
Ll1®
L--
Stqrc light
SWI
J
v @·
*: @
r;
-(j]
2
WBr-
---mffi
?
Gff
Ly rN
l
YG
YL
LG
w
[Cy
c,
LOr ch
=-'--
@ CBlack)
@ -
®I '" :: v '" III m to ,.... N II
*1
m to Q: m :;:: >- m >- Q: m m m
*1 : Plastic body type only p
R
N
D
3 l-I-
2 I-
1
Inhibitor switch
@ CBlack)
®
® (Gray)
r1i2l
[M]
I:Ilr::::JJ2J
(Gray) @ @ (Gray)
1 1 1213141516171819 1101111121131141151161
GU4 1-05A
26

...
WIRING DIAGRAM
[D505] 6-3
S. Wiring Diagram
1
""
:J
-0
0
E
(5
'-
C
0
U
C
0
en
en
E
en
c
to
'-
l-
'C'
b
Iaf
a
c
8
FWD switch
(AT)
lil
Shield
-------------r----
joint
connector
I®
....J(D
Data link
connector
Check
connector
(D @
DBD-II
service
connector
E8 @
'5
AT ABS
Dropp'ing control
resistor module
SRI
®
w
1.-
----§I-§';I SS S:===-
It:!
'i==t========:; r
ffij
r
I
Ir ----- - - - - - - , Vehicle speed
1 I
Cruise
control
module
I
sensor
r
- I I Automactic transmission
________
or
__
WR H5--------------"-iW ATF temperature sensor I
r ----rt-h
r I*---
S===========-
a
r
rK
II
a: @
b: @
c: @ ®
-2® --- @ (YelOW) !
rmi3T41
@ (Light
gray)
1r.;1-r;! 12rr;13!;-r\14...-i H
5161718L
19110111112r
[$00[1] 56789
@

6-3 [D506]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
6. AIT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-3 1
FUSE No. 12
FB- 19
FUSE No. 1
FB- 13
FUSE No. 2
FB-8
FUSE No. 22
* : With cruise
contro l
*
®
®
& Bra ke 'I
SWI
StoE . ch C St op 2 *2
;Wt:i
1 *3
I ight switch)
Key
warn i n g
® switch
tD-i:i"\
w
1"'"-r-_-_t:i'q G::=::J
WB r-r
'-+----1
'----1f----T1ir-1P: 1
* 1 : Plastic body type on ly * 1
® ®@ L...-.e-----f'----lH
Inhibitor =
IR h
f-i'iLir or-----------+----'=Pi switch r=:-O y
L "-jr.
[UP" ra nge]
rr-
@1)
Parking
r-pos
ition r---a. -v--- '3H;; L,-----,
switch
::±:J--
@
AT sh ift
lock
contro l
module
Sh ift lock ....---ITOQ'I- i"TiHRr"-G-I----------------'
solenoid I 1-21L-...
c...=::.
E
® CBlack) @ CBlack) ® CBlack) @ CBlack)
ffi oflJ tI 3 4
@1)
1 1 IWI41
® @ CSlack) @ CGray)
.--.
1 2 3 4
5678
910 11 1 2
GU42-03
28

WIRING DIAGRAM [D507] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
7. AUDIO SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
MB-7
FUSE No. 25
9
FB- 10
FUSE No. 17
c::
>-
Front
door
speaker
RH
[)1m
®
EE
G
RG
@) @QD
GB!l WB
RG '
@ @
LOr 1 LOr
Front
door
Eeaker
Rear
speaker
RH
D1m
®
EE G
@
@
D1m
®
®
RG
R
LL;
® @
RG 13 I:lrW Gfm GB
: Wagon
: Sedan and Coupe
(Wagon)
® ®
: Wagon
: Sedan and Coupe
Rea r f'TfITi
Eeaker WR RG
(Wagon)
® ®
(Wagon)
® ®
R;EE1fu--
LG 4
(Wagon)
® ®
WR
R l WR
@ @
'§J
-
1
G
WI-<
(9)
YR lO
Jr""'t"
I:lrW *
RG L J1
WR
r----!-r
Ref. to Lighting ( Yl ±
system.
(Tail & "Iu mi.l
-
Radio
®®
®@
@ CBlack)
® ®
®® ®@)
® (Black) 29
GU76-03

30
6-3 [D508] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
8. BACK-UP LIGHT SYSTEM
Back-up ,..--_
light
switch cO
(MT) .
I ===:J
0
To Power Supply Routing
FB-18
FUSE No. 1
®®
I -Y
>-
CD
{ Ref. to
AT
control
system.
Ref. to <
Starting
system.
@ @
BL -
_G
YL
10(
W
LaY 1
RL
LOr
I:IY
Br
R ±
-
I
I I
I
I'
*3 : Plastic body type only
*3 Inhibitor
® switch (AT)
B ==-P RND321
GW
I I
,
, BY 4""
W -'-
YG
BR 2-
R ,....,-
Y
8
RW 12
BW7'
BW
BY rz
r-c..l.
-
11....1
@ ';
v
*1 AT
MT
Br
G
*2 Sadan and Coupe
Wagon
BrY
Br
E
Back-up
light LH
Back-up
light RH
® (Gray) @ (Gray)
@
@
@

WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
9. CHARGING SYSTEM
[D509] 6-3
To Power Supply Routing
FB-21 ALT-1
FUSE No. 15
[D
0::
0::
CD
Combination
_ m _ e _ te _ r a: _ _ i @
Charge b: @
CD@
IH5 __ __ ____ __ ____ __ ____ __ BR B=R __
@ (Gray)
@(Gray)
111213141516171&$1101111121131141151161
GU02-03
31

Cruise
control
main
switch
OFF ON
()'-I L
® GD ®
Q
f--±"':::
WIRING DIAGRAM [D5011] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
11. CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
FB-32
FUSE No. 12
( lwn; L ======J il-"""- +----'
) ---':: 2 'NY
-
( J
Combination
Vehicle
speed
2ensor b: ®
I'-------'
I
-==
'----
-1
- - - - -
@P ® I
(Blue) (Black) I
E
-0
0-
=
Horn relay
II
0.F< m m "
® I:-J II
To Power Supply Routing
FB-36 FB-31
FUSE No. 18 FUSE No. 12
® Ir: I ,----
@
FB-23 Gw ...,.., OBO-JI
FUSE No. 15
L R service
connector
g)1
@

6-3 [05012] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
12. DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-7
MB-7
FUSE No. 11 FUSE No. 25
®
: ' 1
@
Front door
LOr
lock
actuator RH ®
I
@
rnWR
® @Qj)
Ln
Door lock
timer
'---___ L';lIHL
rnf- ---*
Knob-lock
@ ®
@ switch
EEFii I
Rear gate
Rear door
lock
lock
a ctu a to r
actuator
f'i'i'1":t\ rIVi?\ tni?\ rr;:;;)'\
(Wagon) ®
R H
@ ® ®
® ® ® ® ®,,-"-'----.
®
I I-Blrr- W ---lI- W rn ---HiTr I7

WIRING DIAGRAM
[05012] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
MEMO:
35

6-3 [D5013]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
Combination meter
To Power Supply Routing
-
OBD-II
FB-21 MB-2
ST FB-23 service Check
connector
I I FB-4
FUSE No. 15 sBF-2 FUSE No. 16
I IGSW T""
No. 15
f Tac0:r 1
- f'1@
HI" ®
OJ
>- 0: OJ
0:
g
a: g
a:@
...J
0:
Malfunction
C® f.
indicator
light 'bRB
L§ @ E
'--
® >- ® -
,--
\.II,
Vehicle speed
sensor 2
1
b @
: @
RrrnR
11 1
r-
r.:
13. ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
.. 1800 cc engine model
,--
FUSE
""
::
:::
Main
YG
=
relay
pump
relay
f",I
Pressure control I
solenoid valve
Fuel pump assembly
t--6
1 Fuel
temperature
sensor
Fuel level
sensor
®
I YG
®
---"-
LY
1llrf I
'v
@@
=BR
jf-li l
OJ
-] I
@ ill
>-
. r
@ @ E
-=-
ll@
ill @
0:
OJ
OJ
...J
-lXi'
§: CJ>-
Engine
control
module
0
E
...J
0:
'"
®
F
A
B
c
""
::
=
=
Neutral
poition cO 0
sWitch
I
I
® ®
lmLaY
® Vent
I control solenoid
valve
@
Fuel tank R
pressure
sensor
4§-m1

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5013] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Data I ink
connector
g @
3;
>- "..J
Test mode
connector
B@ @
if
lD
Test mode
connector
@ 0
c'i
[lJ-
1m-
'"
:;:
=
=====:: ) Ref. to Radiator fan system.
[ID-----... Ref. to Air conditioning system.
Eng ine
control ®
module
§I
j:!
EI
11
BI
3;
lD
;:
>-
>-
i
II
II
II
II
J
..
i
@
@
H
I
1
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
I.J
r: :"1
G
Pressure sources
switching
solenoid va lve
F.I.C.D.
solenoid
va lve
Rear
oxygen
sensor
Front
oxygen
sensor
@

...
6-3 [D5013] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
Shield
Boost
joint
sensor
,lIKIIlli,® @
1i1fri _liD
;=VJ
)li
Iffig
CD-
A
@m
® I I
Throttle
Knock
position
sensor
sensor
Q@ @
0::;=
i 1
I I
I I
IJ
t::FI
i
I I
: 1:
lJ
B
C
0::
I 'I
...
m
Engine
coolant
temperature
sensor
®
m
H
gi
co
10
6
t!l
II
t!l
0::
II
0::
-'
1"'1
=
F
D
IOI
Q.VJ
f
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
u
ttl .
-t ®
r
-'>-
>-t!l
):!
@)
Engine
control @
module
r.::
I
1i5
@
@
'II ?I
;=
fn
t!l
0::
>-r®
f 'H
...J
t!l
0::
@
""
=
E
E
Mass air
flow sensor
Ignitor
-
®
Ignition
coil
@ (Gray)
@

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5013] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
I
rn-m---- ...
Camshaft
position
sensor
Crankshaft
position
sensor
EGR
solenoid
valve
@ @ @
i
I
1J- i
Idle
air
control
solenoid
valve
®
'"
== -
I
I
I
- - - --- -
-
- - - - -----
==
1
-
_ _ - - - - - - - - -
m---- -- -
-
--- - - - - -
I
I
J
J""
D:;;::
Engine
control ®
module
FI
I:!I
I
D:
-.J
I
I
%'
-
;;::
I
-.J
;;::
I
""
=
(!)p;
lpl
>--.J
3:
Fi
D:
3:
II
.5
;;::
rl
d;
®-
ttl
ll®
D:-.J >- 3: ®
Fuel injector
Purge
control
solenoid
valve
Cill) (Gray)
@ (Gray)
(Gray) ®
@ (Gray)
(Gray) Ci[) ([Q) (Gray)
@ (Brown)
c@p
@ (Blue)
@
@ (Gray)
rnm
GU1 0-08D
39

6-3 [D5013] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
Combination meter -
FS-21
13. ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
• 2200 cc engine model
To Power Supply Routing
ST
I MS-2 I FS-4 I
I FS-23
Check
FUSE No. 15 sB F -2 FUSE No. 16 IGSW FUSE No. 15 C f
nnector
a:@
Malfunction b:@ ® >- ® _
indicator
light
'-v.
Vehicle speed
sensor 2
'"
-
=r=====
l:"';::::
"';°1 tiFYG
relay
3
Fuel
mm;®
pump
Fuel pump
relay 41f-!=-BR-----,:lj1
®
bY
ill®= F 44===I;:::
1 ====rud---1
l8J rD1'\
r assembly ® ® @
Neutra l
position
switch (MT)
® @
IC?=o1===[Rif7
I nh ib itor
switch (AT)
P R N D 3 2 1
I
IIII
CD
_ E
ill=@)::::!:
B R == ===tI:t= :::;itt
Ref. to Starting system.­
Starter .
interlock
[irgJM5LR21
*1
H*l-1-H-H®
LR
@ ®r12
5 =
;:::====:lj ___---,
III
...J
{!H">-
<
>-
...J
I "
L+++++-++---..,.j E
==:JtDt--
(AT)
Engine I'iloA\
control
module
·c
8l:H:.8-H---H
Ref. to Air conditioning
'-"'L...J.::='L-L...L--'--i'= syste m .
*1 : Plastic body type only
@

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5013] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Data link
connector
J"f@
85
Test mode
connector
_S @ - @
;0
!II
0:
!II
Test mode
connector
@ O @§)
0 ;0
!II
OBD-II
service
connector
:=
@
"
ID-
lID-
r.n
""
=
=
)
=
1!ll1--- -
---I .. Ref. to Air conditioning system.
IIDI-------i ..
I![II-------i
..
Il!ll-------I ..
lID
..
Ill]
..
Ref. to AT
control system.
I!!II------i .. ) Ref. to Rad iator fan system.
1!lJ1------i ..
=
@ -
i
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t.J
'"
>-
rJ@
Front
oxygen
sensor
@

6-3 [D5013]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
F }oa-----l
G }4----1
Shield
joint
connector
.@)
m
-o
Boost
sensor
Throttle
position
sensor
Engine
coolant EGR
Knock temperature solenoid
sensor sensor valve (AT)
® @ ® ® @
m
..Jom
3:
1
-
Ii
L_
...
rlH------I I----
l
@m
Jlnlf
vl====I==IIr=== 1
1 '-
----Il
B }.It-----I-+++-----+-+----_f_' r I
A l+--------+++------------f---------l
YH-------------------------------41!
I I
I I
o
m
11:g1
I
I
Engine
control ®
module
rl
Igjl
..J..J
m
Mass air
flow sensor
Ignitor
®
Ignition
coil
@ (Gray)
(Brown) ® @ (Brown)
@
(Brown) @ ®

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5013] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Crankshaft
position
sensor
Camshaft
position
sensor
@ @
I[]J
- -
1 1
. ;
IrH
3lfI: []J!Jl1 ®
I"'Heel
_-----:e @
-------- I
I
I
I
I
I
) ===== :::
Jlk
-
Engine
control ®
module
[]J
I::I
®-
I
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -1
(Gray)
@ @

44
6-3 [D5014] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
14. FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-l
FUSE No. 2
FB-13
FUSE No. 2
@
Front WL @ ®
motor 1 r==h
washer M LQR 4 LQR
Combination switch
(Without intermittent wiper)
§"OFF ON
W 0
Washer
C)
EW
switch
Front wiper
70
motor
L-o
Jr
-*
± RL
SL
B RL I S2 0 0 0 0 I
'--___--II - L- S3 0 0
Front wiper switch
rilii""'\
'--__
----'
L""'1aIRi5-ics=- '" OFF LO HI
r---- - I:![L ..., '" MIST OFF MIST OFF MISl OFF
L::: t-;._rr1V,L------ ...-t----yL 4= - ACC 0 0 0 0 0
E
BL ± S1 () I I I I
-
5
2
6
9
8
-
7
Combination switch
(With intermittent wiper)
I nterm ittent
wiper time
control
volume
'W- OFF
r -%-1
Wa.sher
Ur EW 0
sWitch
= C OFF INT LO HI
MIST OFF MIST OFF MIST OFF MIST OFF
-
"E :::l ACC 0 0 0 0 0 0
L L '- W W
S1 I 0 I 0 J I I
- ... 0.
c-
-3:
%
S3 0 ()
S2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
INT1 INT2 0 0
Front wiper switch
@ (Green)
gmO[iJ 56789
GU50-02

45
WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5015] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
15. FUEL GAUGE SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
b:@
FB-21
FUSE No. 15
[IJ
c:::
Fuel
gauge
Engine contro l module
(1800 cc engine model)
I
I
B__________________________
t
[IJ
®
@
Fuel gauge
sub module
sensor
t
[IJ
@
t ®
[IJ
Fuel gauge
module
@@
BrY (2200 cc engine model)
sensor
11121314151611®$1101111121131141151161
® (Light gray) ® (Light blue)
1 2 34
56 78
910 1112
1314 1516
i '2[lJ 3 4 U 5 6 U 7 8 UU 910 U 1112 U 1314\U15if6
1718 1920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44
45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
71 72 7374 75 76 7778 79 80 81 82 83 84 8586 87 88 89 90 91 92 939495 96
L L-..J U
GU61-04

6-3 [D5016]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
16. HORN AND CIGARETTE LIGHTER SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-32
FUSE No. 12
FB-1 1
FUSE No. 3
,------"
Cigarette
I ignter
® ® rl1b-l
G"'-{R P'G"'-R--r -
I::,;;
e
;
,
:
____________
RG __ ______
Horn
switch
Horn switch
(With cru ise t'""Di:O\
contro l)
®
...!-'-'
RG"-----1
(@)
@

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5017] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
17. LIGHTING (HEADLIGHT) SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
MB-5 MB-6
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
FUSE No. 26
MB-4
FUSE No. 24
®®
Head light RH
Head light LH
@
LB
Diode
(Lighting) I-"-----,
@ ®
Combination
meter
@ (Brow n)
C® @
(Bl ack) CBlack)
®®
mmm
@ (Gray)
111213141516IDll0Il1i121131141151161
GU20-03
47

6-3 [D5018]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
18. LIGHTING
(TAIL lIGHT·ILLUMINATION LIGHT· ETC.) SYSTEM
FB-6
FUSE No. 5
FB-35
FUSE No. 5
To Power Supply Routing
FB-34 FB-27 FB-28 FB-26 FB-29 FB-30
FUSE No. 5
TAIL & ILLUMI.
RELAY
FUSE No. 23
TAIL& ILLUMI.
RELAY
FUSE No. 9 FUSE No. 9
""
...J
""
fo
"" ""
tIl
tIl
If
Front
clearance 2
li
*-'
Front
clearance ®
li
E
-=
E
Lighting
sWitch
.. OFF I II
TC 0 0
EL ® 0 HC 0
B
BG V1
B
Le= rr- V2
BrY 6 rV3' .
llL Pock",
· llh ,w ;toh
_ -
I" Orr ON
B 0
T 0 I
P 0 0
.."

WIRING DIAGRAM [D5018] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Hazard
switch
illumi.
'®
Combination
meter
Illumination
light
2
3
4
t
-
lD ...J
u@
Illumination
control module
CD
illumi.
light
(!)
®
(!)
(!)
@
Radio
illumi.
light
®
rn
==-
t:;i;'\ Mode control
panel illumi.
.r--__ m
r:1"O"\ Rear defogger
® switch illumi.
m m
pzt======jy
Cru ise contro I
main switch
illumi. light
@ CBrown)
® (Black)
®
m2I3T4l
@ (Gray)
11121314151611T8j91101111121131141151161
49
GU21-03B

6-3 [D5019]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
19. Oil PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE GAUGE
SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-21
FUSE No. 15
Oil pfessure
warn ing
light
Tem perature
gauge
®
@
Thermometer
tE9"
\..:V
® ®
WG (2200 cc en ine model)
cc en Ine mode
Oi l
prssure r£11'"
sW itch
® ®
®
® (Light gray) ®
(Light gray) ® (Bl ue) (Gray)@ ® (Gray)
1 2 34
5678
910 1112
13141516 11121314151611JID$1101111121131141151161
GU66-04
50

WIRING DIAGRAM [D5020] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
20. PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SYSTEM
Brake fluid
level switch
@
______.-__ L R
@®
LR ____________
To Power Supply Routing
FB-21
FUSE No.15
m
0::
ALT-1
GENERATOR
0::
III
Parking
brake
switch @ ® @
==
LR________
L R LR
____
0::
Ill @
o::
III
®
Combination meter
Parking brake/
brake fluid level
warning light
a: @
----lb: GD
@ (Gray)
@C@)
@ (Gray)
GD (Gray)
1112131415161fJBffill01111121131141151161
GU60-03
51

6-3 [D5021] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
21. POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
MB-1
SBH
FB-23
FUSE No.15
:;::
m
m
®
:;::
m
@
Power
window
circuit
breaker
@
I L(§dcBRW
Power
window
and
sunroof
relay
@
y
RB IB
-OJ
2
Front power
window sub
switch RH
OFF UP DN ®
° °iL- R
o )1 It--- w
10
10
O
0 I r-
0tF
o
0)
'--
E
®
R
w
w( :E------:L
__________:
Front power
window
motor RH
@)
L
@
(Green)CQ[) @) (Green)
(Green) (Green)
GU70-02A
52

.c...c....
WIRING DIAGRAM [D5021] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
Power window main switch
LOCK NORMAL LOCK SW
Front power :z
, . Position
;>
/
motor LH
window @3 :S: u..
L C======= I
I __
__ L==QD
.-----------------l':
g g, g g, / Switch
L PJ c
W
B
W \!;-jL r==- I L
.--____________WR r-
------------m
--
r
1r_-'"
:z:
® ® @ ® ® ® L-----"
Rear power
tJPiI'30 window motor RH
I.===L
Rear power
window sub
switch RH
® DN UP OFF
L¥-lR -- 010 10 -1
--LGaWI -- r-----LGaWIR R-------L Y R
I , w-----==== LQ L 5R Ig Ig
...-I-+---+-+- _ ..
B"-!'Y BY t:::tJ BY 11. ' u"
B __ h 0 1 0
I L
) 1 0
-I
5r----'
Rear power
window sub
switch LH
® ® ® ® ®
DN UP OFF
'-I------.-% GCI-....-- [] 1-====:liG Y L9.!\lLR====LJ}l R
,----"L""-I B t:n I FRLa
I- GB w . GW r-- I 0 I 0 '
BY BY Y H'B7L ________
BL -- ) . 0
La -! LQ
LR O
10 '
@
Rear power
window
motor LH
L----'=-IL
® (ill)
@ ® ®®
® @ ®®
1112fW4151 fIlID®OO
@
gooD
5 6 7 m 8 9
®
®
GU70-02B
53

6-3 [D5022]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
22. RADIATOR FAN SYSTEM
.. Without Ale
To Power Supply Routing
FB-3
MAIN FAN
RElAY
c::
>-
FB-2
MAIN FAN
RElAY
3:.
c::
Engine
® contro l
module
RL-illJ
I
I
...J
c::
lI'l
®
...J
®
c::
(ill) Diode
I I I I
Main fa n
motor ®
7
YR
B
® (Black)
(ill)

WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5022] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
22. RADIATOR FAN SYSTEM
• With Ale
FB-3
MAIN FAN
RElAY
To Power Supply Routing
MB-3 MB-8
IGSW FL1.258
FB-2
MAIN FAN
RElAY
Engine
contro l
module
.----¥rl± .:
20A I'f27'I
A
Sub fan L------------+---Br 10A
m oto r
fil';=-G __ -+-____________________ ----,-,,-\
t1i6" I L---..;;-L+2] I---->.
f-r3 u n Sub fan I'f28'\
, ___ B?H
Main fan
motor ®
{}iYR==:r
r tt U relay
E
(@

6-3 [D5023]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
23. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-16 FB-17 FB-21
Rear defogger Rear defogger fUSE No. 15
relay
relay
Combination
meter
Ref. to Lighting (-4--+----;;;'-1
system.
(Tail & Illumi.>
Rear
defogger
(Sedan
and Coupe)
(Sedan and Coupe)
(Wagon)
@ @
Rear
defogger
(Wagon)
r1i2l
mrn
CD
@ (Gray)
® (Gray)
J 1 J 2 J 3 J 4 J 5 J 6 JfiBffil1oJ l 1l1 2 J 13 J 14 J 15 J 16 J
GU52-03
56

.,..
WIRING DIAGRAM [D5024] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
24. REAR WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-13
FUSE No. 2
FB-1
FUSE No. 2
@@
-'
3::
r-_-",BR.." f-!.!.W.!=....L---,
r--W
@
L !M Rear washer
motor
Rear wiper
relay
LW
_______ B:
@@ ®
Rear wiper
motor
-------[i
______
@
@
@

6-3 [D5025]
5. Wiring Diagram
WIRING DIAGRAM
25. REMOTE CONTROL REARVIEW MIRROR SYSTEM
"
To Power Supply Routing
FB- 12
FUSE No. 3
ID
(!)
Rarview
mirror
LH
t t
a. I
::;) ...J
I
Z
I
0 D:
+ +
'--l
C-
OO
>-;;:
U
IDD:
-ID
®
®
Change
over
switch
R N L
)
C
I
c
(
(
Remote
control
switch
DN UP L R OFF
0 ) ()
I ( ()
0 0 ) ()
1 ( 0 ( (
GD
-a=LB
±I
1
+
® @
LB Tcf
BR
LB
-liT I tl
RL
Br! Itlr
R
IRL
4 I R
==-
m
IEEE]
Rearview
mirror
RH
®
(ill)
® CSlllck)
rTI2t3l
@JmID
GU79-02
58

WIRING DIAGRAM [D5026] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
26. SEAT BELT WARNING AND KEY WARNING
SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-8
FUSE No. 22
FB-23
FUSE No. 15
FB-21
FUSE No. 15
CD
0:
CD
0:
Key .
warn ing
switch
@
I cO iitffi
RB
Combination
meter
Front door
switch LH
®
W ----e---*Hrf
k OdIDJf-'"'-'--
® @
Seat belt
timer
Seat be lt
switch
®
I cO iitffi-wRm-W ----'
(Gray)CTIQ) CTII) (Gray)
@

6-3 [D5027] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
27. SPOT LIGHT, ROOM LIGHT, LUGGAGE AND
TRUNK ROOM LIGHT SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
MB-7
FUSE No. 25
@ ®
Combination
meter
@
®
( Cou pe model> ® ®
@ aD
-RiB1 Y ® Diode
L-____________====ilBRR---I
Luggage room
® I ight (Wagon)
Front door @ t;:=====::::t
c t g RH I cO o-d EE f-,L y .----+--..;.; ( c;..:.
o u.:;.

WIRING DIAGRAM [D5028] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
28. SRS (AIR BAG SYSTEM)
To Power Supply Routing
FB-22
FUSE No. 15
FB-24
FUSE No. B
FB-25
FUSE No. 16
FB-23
FUSE No. 15
81
@
.------4--"'B__lTIJ
lr---,,<
term i na I
®
B-l Diagnosis
Combination
t'f13' ®
GD @D836C=-=-=-=-=-=-======W- ==========B
A i rba g t=mIWK===_r.:IR 1 R
W
KB L
Ef Check
eire u it H ttit-=l t:l'--___ ---'B"-l 1 [-"'It:l_--,
m
m
E
- ®
E
_
rt connector
tt======== tL-I1l b 1 Diagnosis
connector
Inflator
(Passenger
side)
@ : Airbag cord
Electric
sensor
® I 1L-l.1 =ro--

I
6-3 [05029] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
29. STARTING SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
ST
IGSW
Battery
terminal
a:
...J
*1 : Plastic body type only
Inhibitor
*1
switch (AT)
®
PRND3 2 1 f-== B
..!Q GW
.1LJ
LSP ®
I I 2 R r---r BL
I J..!. .... l:i
B Y I
L
W
..§... YG"'
LaY
2.. BR
L
"y"-'
BY
LOr
., L B r
Q BW 1 LR
rr= Y
..2. BW
2-
1
BY
'--
} Ref. to
contro l
system.
AT
Ref. to Back-up
> I ight system.
(AT)
Starter
interlock
re lay (MT)
e
t»lf
®
RY.(Q]
-
Starter
motor
(M
Clytch
sWitch
(MT)
I
I
cD
o:::a-rnGY
e
I ITJ-B
-==
-
e
(Blue)
®
(Gray)
®
GU03-02
62

63
WIRING DIAGRAM
[D5030] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
30. STOP LIGHT SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-31
FUSE No. 12
Stop &
Brake switch
(With cruise
® control)
L..---EEFi=o:-J I
High-mount
stop light
(Sedan
and Coupe)
c@
W B
____ ____
@
[op light
.---_--"'1 W B
@)@
E
@)
@ ® @

64
6-3 [05031] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
31. SUNROOF SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-23
FUSE No. 15
aJ
a::
@ 1 [1
MB-1
SBF-I
C®
@:;: aJ
-
Power
window
and
sunroof
@ circuit
breaker
BW I
@
y
RB 3
B 1
BY 4
2
Power
window
and
sunroof
re lay
Sunroof
motor
®
Y
YR ;::::;;::;
LG =
'- ,-
- _
--:.-- _
- _ --:.--_-_-_-_-_-
_ - _ - _ - _ - _ - _ -_- _ - _ -_- _- _- _- _- ®
R
1 ®I-Or ---------'rt:tmi
®
I
Sunroof
contro l
module
@
====
Sunroof
switch
Ti lt &
Slide
@® @
®
®
LDlJl2'l
n1ful
IllltGl1
GU75-02

65
:::.
WIRING DIAGRAM [D5032] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
32. TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD SYSTEM
I
Turn signa I &
Hazard un it
Turn
iL W I'I
signa l
BrWrR
II ffi 1-"---------,
Ui"--
. _____
----,
To Power Supply Routing .
FB-9 FB-20
FUSE No. 22 FUSE No. 1
® i 3 f= =
===== j B w f
Y
p
=f
0
I
J I
Hazard
switch
OFF ON
f'iiOD\ ®
()
BrR .. BrR
-m:l
(
-;l! B -------+-

6-3 [D5033] WIRING DIAGRAM
5. Wiring Diagram
33. FRONT FOG LIGHT SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-37
FUSE No. 4
FB-27
Tail & Illumi.
relay
MB-4
FUSE No. 24
Front @
ft U ============WL
rel ay
f-!!.!"------,
BR
BW YL
@ ®
@®
Ref. to
Li g ht i ng ( ____ ---"'
stem. -

WIRING DIAGRAM [D5034] 6-3
5. Wiring Diagram
34. REAR ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
To Power Supply Routing
FB-1 1
FUSE No.3
MB-9
SBF-5
'" -

6-3 [D600] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground
Point
H6M0414A
CD Front wiring harness
® Engine wiring harness
@ Bulkhead wiring harness
@ Instrument panel wiring harness
® Front door cord RH
® Rear door adapter cord RH
(J) Rear door cord RH
® Rear wiring harness
® Rear defogger cord (Ground)
@) Fuel tank cord
® Rear door cord LH
@ Rear door adapter cord LH
@ Front door cord LH
® Roof cord
@ Transmission cord
@) Rear gate cord
® Rear gate lock adapter cord
@ Rear oxygen sensor cord
68

WIRING DIAGRAM [D600] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
MEMO:
69

6-3 [D601] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
F2 16 Black B100 Bulkhead wiring harness
F3 2 Black Front turn signal light RH
F5 1 x 2 * Horn
F6 2 * Front fog light RH
F7 3 Black Headlight RH
F8 2 Gray
F9 8 Gray
Hydraulic module (ABS)
F16 2 Black Sub fan motor
F17 2 Black Radiator main fan motor
F19 2 Black Front turn signal light LH
F21 2 * Front fog light LH
F23 3 Black Headlight LH
F24 3 Gray A/C compressor
F25 1 x 2 *
F26 2 *
Generator
F27 4 Black A/C fuse (Relay holder)
F28 4 Black A/C sub fan relay (Relay holder)
F31 4 Black A/C relay (Relay holder)
F32 2 Green Front washer motor
F33 2 * Rear washer motor
F34 2 Red SBF holder
F35 8 *
F36 3 *
F37 2 Black MIB
F38 2 Black
F39 1 Brown
F40 10 Gray
F41 3 Gray FIB
F42 5 Gray
F43 2 Black A/C diode
F44 8 * B61
F45 20 * B62
Bulkhead wiring harness
F48 6 * Shield joint connector (ABS)
F49 83 Black ABS control module
F50 6 Black ABS relay box
F51 2 * Side turn signal light RH
F52 2 Gray Front marker light RH
F53 2 Gray Front marker light LH
F54 2 * Side turn signal light LH
F55 12 Black R49 Rear wiring harness (ABS)
F56 2 Black Fuse holder
*: Non-colored
70

1. FRONT WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT
WIRING DIAGRAM [D601] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
c
c
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0405
71

6-3 [D602] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
B1 2 Blown Pressure source switching solenoid
B2 3 Black Pressure sensor
B3 5 Gray Mass air flow sensor
B4 2 Gray AT dropping resistor
B6 2 Gray ABS front sensor RH
B7 4 Gray Cruise control actuator
B8 5 * Front wiper motor
B9 2 * FWD switch (AT)
B10 2 Gray AIC pressure switch
B11 16 Gray T4
B12 12 Gray T3
Transmission (AT)
B13 6 Gray Ignitor
B14 1 Black Starter (Magnet)
B15 2 Gray ABS front sensor LH
B16 2 Gray Brake fluid level switch
B18 4 * Front oxygen sensor
B19 4 Gray T5 Rear oxygen sensor cord
B20 6 * E1 Engine wiring harness (2200 cc engine model)
B21
12 Light gray E2 Engine wiring harness (2200 cc engine model)
16 Blue E2 Engine wiring harness (1800 cc engine model)
B22 16 Light gray
E3
Engine wiring harness
B24 2 Gray T1 Back-up light switch (MT)
B25 2 Brown T2 Neutral position switch (MT)
B26 4 Blue AIC cut relay
B27 2 Gray FICO solenoid (1800 cc engine model)
*: Non-colored
72

WIRING DIAGRAM [D602] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
2. BULKHEAD WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT (IN ENGINE ROOM)
1 2 3 4
A
A
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0406
73

6-3 [D603] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
E2 16 Blue B21
E3 16 Gray B22
Bulkhead wiring harness
E4 2 Black Purge control solenoid valve
E5 2 Gray Injector #1
E6 2 Gray Injector #3
E7 3 Gray Idle air control solenoid
E8 2 Brown Engine coolant temperature sensor
E9 1 * Thermometer
E10 2 Gray Crankshaft position sensor
E1 1 1 * Oil pressure switch
E12 3 Gray Ignition coil
E13 3 Gray Throttle position sensor
E14 2 Gray Knock sensor
E15 2 / Gray Camshaft position sensor
E16 / 2 Gray Injector #2
E17 2 Gray Injector #4
E18 2 Brown EGR solenoid valve
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
T1 2 Gray B24 Bulkhead wiring harness (Back-up light switch)
T2 2 Brown B25 Bulkhead wiring harness (Neutral position switch)
T5 4 Gray B19 Bulkhead wiring harness
T6 4 Gray Rear oxygen sensor
*: Non-colored
74

WIRING DIAGRAM [D603] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
3. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS , TRANSMISSION CORD AND GROUND POINT (1800 cc engine
model)
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
B
B6M0090A
C
C
D
D
B6M0260A
2 3 4
75

76
6-3 [D603] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
E1 6 * B20
E2 12 Light gray B21 Bulkhead wiring harness
E3 16 Light gray B22
E4 2 Blue Purge control solenoid valve
E5 2 Light gray Injector #1
E6 2 Dark gray Injector #3
E7 3 Gray Idle air control solenoid valve
E8 2 Brown Engine coolant temperature sensor
E9 1 * Thermometer
E10 2 Gray Crankshaft position sensor
E11 1 * Oil pressure switch
E12 3 Gray Ignition coil
E13 3 Brown Throttle position sensor
E14 2 Gray Knock sensor
E15 2 Dark gray Camshaft position sensor
E16 2 Light gray Injector #2
E17 2 Dark gray Injector #4
E18 2 Brown EGR solenoid (AT)
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
T1 2 Gray B24
T2 2 Brown B25
Bulkhead wiring harness (MT)
T3 12 Gray B12
T4 16 Gray B11
Bulkhead wiring harness (AT)
T5 4 . Gray B19 Bulkhead wiring harness
T6 4 Gray Rear oxygen sensor
T7 12 * Inhibitor switch (AT)
*: Non-colored

77
WIRING DIAGRAM [D603] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
3. ENGINE WIRING HARNESS, TRANSMISSION CORD AND GROUND POINT (2200 cc engine
model)
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
B
86M0763
C
C
D
D
86M0764
86M0260A
1 2 3 4

78
6-3 [D604] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector' Connecting to Connector
No. Pole Color No. ,Name No. Pole Color
B30 13 * 0.1 Front door cord LH' B79 14 Gray
B31 , 7 Yellow AB1 SRS (Airbag) harness B80 4 'Blue
B32 3 Black Turn & hazard module , B81 1 x 2 *
B36
24
B37 8 * i2
B38 12 *
Black i1 B82 6 Black
i3
Instrument panel wiring harness 6 *
B39 20 Blue i4 8 *
B40 16 Black aBO-II service connector
B41 2 * Power window circuit breaker
B83
B84 96
Light
blue
B42 4 * Power window and sunroof relay B85 4 Brown
B43 6 Black Illumination control module B86 4 *
B44 8 * Seat belt timer B87 2 *
B45 6 * R53 Roof cord B88 4 Brown
B46 4 Green Fuel pump relay B92 8 *
B47 6 Brown Main relay B94 20 *
B48 4 Black Front fog I ight relay B97 10 *
B49 3 Black Horn relay B98 12 Black
B50 4 * Blower relay B99 20 *
B51 11 Gray
B52 12 Gray
B53 6 * Shield joint connector (AT)
B54 12 Black
FIB B100 16 Black
B55 16 Black Transmission control module
B56 20 Black
B57 12 Black Shift lock control module
B61 8 * F44
B62 20 * F45
Front wiring harness
B64 2 Black Stop light switch
B65 4 Black
Stop & brake switch
(With cruise control)
B68 5 Black Cruise control sub switch
B69 11 *
B70 9 * Combination switch
B71 8 *
B72 6 Black Ignition switch
B73 2 Black Key lock solenoid (AT)
B74 2 Black Key warning switch
B75 2 Green B76
B76 2 Green B75
Test mode connector
B78 9 Yellow Data link connector
B101 13 *
B105 4 Blue
B106 2 *
B107 2 Blue
B113 9 *
B114 2 Black
B115 2 Black
B116 4 Black
B117 4 *
B118 2 *
B119 3 *
B120 14 *
B121 1 Black
B122 6 *
B123 4 *
B124 3 *
B125 1 Green
B126 1 Green B125
*: Non-colored
Nq.
i20
R1
R2
R3
F2
Connecting to
Check connector
Name
Instrument, panel wiring h'arness
Diagnosis terminal (Ground) ,
Diagnosis connector
Shield jOint connector (EtG)
(1800 cc engine model)
Shield joint connector (E/G)
(2200 cc engine model)
Engine control module
Diode (Lighting)
Blower motor resistor
Blower motor
Evaporator thermoswitch
Door lock timer
Cruise control module
Rear wiring harness
Front wiring harness
(With ABS model)
011 Front door cord RH
Starter interlock relay (MT)
Clutch switch (MT)
Clutch switch (Cruise control)
050 Front door cord LH
Diode (A/C)
Check connector (ABS)
Select level illumination light (AT)
Parking position switch & shift lock
solenoid (AT)
CD player illumination light
Cigarette lighter
Radio
Ground (Radio)
Sensor ground jOint connector
R48 Rear wiring harness
Front door cord RH
B126
Test mode connector

79
4. BULKHEAD WIRII\JG HARNESS (IN COMPARTMENT)
WIRING DIAGRAM [D604] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
C
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0408

80
6-3 [0605] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
i1 24 Black B36
i2 8 * B37
i3 12 * B38
Bulkhead wiring harness
i4 20 Blue B39
is 15 Gray FIB
i6 10 * Remote control rearview mirror switch
i7 6 * Front fog light switch
i10 16 Gray
i12 16 Gray
Combination meter
i13 4 * Combination meter (Airbag warning)
i15 6 * Fan switch
i17 3 * Mode control panel
i18 4 * Rear defogger switch
i19 6 Brown Cruise control main switch
i20 4 Blue B80 Bulkhead wiring harness
i22 8 * Hazard switch
i30 2 * Mode control panel illumination light
*: Non-colored

81
WIRING DIAGRAM [D605] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
5. INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
B
c
c
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0409

6-3 [D606] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
R1 10 * B97
R2 12 Black B98 Bulkhead wiring harness
R3 20 * B99
R4 1 Black Parking brake switch
R8 2 * Seat belt switch
R9
1 Brown Front door switch LH (Sedan and Wagon model)
2 * Front door switch LH (Coupe model)
R11 8 * D21 Rear door adapter cord LH
R12
1 Brown
Front door switch RH (Sedan and Wagon model)
2 * Front door switch RH (Coupe model)
R14 8 * D27 Rear door adapter cord RH
R15 6 Black R57 Fuel tank cord
R16 1 Brown Rear door switch RH
R22 1 Brown Rear door switch LH
R46 4 * R67 Fuel tank cord (1800 cc engine model)
R48 4 B123 Bulkhead wiring harness (Wagon model)
!*
R49 12 B lack F55 Front wiring harness (With ABS model)
R52 2 * Room light
R53 6 * B45 Bulkhead wiring harness
R55 2 * Sunroof control module and sunroof motor
R56 2 * Spot light
R57 6
,
Black R15 Rear wiring harness
R58 6 * Fuel gauge module & fuel pump assembly
R59 2 * Fuel gauge sub module
R67 4 * R46 Rear wiring harness
R68 2 Black Pressure control solenoid valve
R69 2 I * Vent control solenoid valve
R70 3 * ABS G sensor
R71 4 Red Rear accessory power supply relay
R72 2 Gray Rear ABS sensor RH
R73 2 Gray Rear ABS sensor LH
*: Non-colored
82

6. REAR WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT
WIRING DIAGRAM [D606] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
1 2 3 4
A
(Sedan and Wagon model)
A
B
B
(Coupe model)
c
c
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0410
83

6-3 [D607] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
01
13
* 830 8ulkhead wiring harness
02 2 * Front speaker LH
03 2 Green Front power window motor LH
05 6 * Remote control rearview mirror LH
07 14 * Power window main switch
08 2 Gray Front door lock switch LH
011 13 * 8101 Bulkhead wiring harness
012 2 * Front speaker RH
013 2 Green Front power window motor RH
015 6 * Remote control rearview mirror RH
017 5 * Front power window sub switch RH
018 4 * Front door lock actuator RH
021 8 * R11 Rear wiring harness
023 2 * Rear door speaker LH
024 2 Green Rear power window motor LH
025 5 * Rear power window sub switch LH
026 4 * Rear door lock actuator LH
027 8 * R14 Rear wiring harness
029 2 * Rear door speaker RH
030 2 Green Rear power window motor RH
031 5 * Rear power window sub switch RH
032 4 * Rear door lock actuator RH
050 9 * 8113 Bulkhead wiring harness
053 3 * B124 Bulkhead wiring harness
054 8 * 055 Rear door cord LH
055 8 * 054 Rear door adapter cord LH
056 8 * 057 Rear door cord RH
057 8 * 056 Rear door adapter cord RH
*: Non-colored
1
/
84

WIRING DIAGRAM [0607] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
,/
(
7. DOOR CORD
1
2
3 4
A
A
B
B
C
c
D
D
1
2
3 4
H6M0411
85

6-3 [D608] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
No.
Connector
Connecting to
Pole Color
No.
Name
R17 1 Black Rear defogger (Power)
R18 2 Black Rear speaker RH
Rig 2 * High-mount stop light
R20 2 Black Trunk room light
R21 2 Black Rear speaker LH
R26 7 * Rear combination light RH
R27 2 * Trunk room light switch
R28 7 * Rear combination light LH
R47 3 Black Fuel tank pressure sensor (1800 cc engine model)
R6S 1 Black Rear defogger (Ground)
R76 2 * License plate light LH
R77 2 * License plate light RH
*: Non-colored
86

WIRING DIAGRAM [D608] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
8. REAR END WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT OF SEDAN AND COUPE
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
B
C
c
D
D
1 2 3 4
H6M0412
87

6-3 [D609] WIRING DIAGRAM
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name )
R26 7 * Rear combination light RH
R28 7 * Rear combination light LH
R32 1 * Rear accessory power supply (Power)
R33 1 Black Rear accessory power supply (Ground)
R36 5 Black Rear wiper relay
R37 2 * D33
R38 4 * 034 Rear gate cord
R39 4 * 035
R74 2 Green Rear washer motor
R75 2 * Luggage room light
R76 2 * License plate light LH
R77 2 * License plate light RH
Connector
Connecting to
No. Pole Color No. Name
033 2 * R37
034 4 * R38 Rear wiring harness
035 4 * R39
039 2 * High-mount stop light
040 1 * Rear defogger (Power)
043 4 * Rear wiper motor
046 2 * Rear gate latch switch
047 4 * Rear gate lock actuator
048 1 * Rear defogger (Ground)
058 2 * 059 Rear gate lock adapter cord
059 2 * 058 Rear gate cord
*: Non-colored
88

WIRING DIAGRAM [D609] 6-3
6. Electrical Wiring Harness and Ground Point
9. REAR END WIRING HARNESS AND GROUND POINT OF WAGON
1 2 3 4
A
A
B
B
c
c
D ) D
1 2 3 4
H6M0413
89

6-3 WIRING DIAGRAM
MEMO:
\ .
!
90